You are on page 1of 545

HEALTHCARE

Imaging Services

ReadMeFirst

How to print and add Comments
1 Printing single Pages, Chapters or the complete Manual
IMPORTANT: This PDF manual is screen optimized – nevertheless it is possible to print single pages, single chapters or the complete manual on paper size DIN A4 or Letter. Some pages – especially circuit diagrams for equipment – have been created on paper size larger than DIN A4/Letter. Printing these pages on DIN A4/Letter may result in reduced legibility. Preferably print circuit diagrams on a DIN A3/ANSI B (Ledger) printer, if available.

1.1

Printing single Pages or Chapters
To print single chapters or pages of a chapter proceed as follows: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Click the bookmark of the desired chapter Write down or remember the shown page number Go the end of the section or desired range of pages Select "Print" Select the page range Select "Reduce to printer margins" and "Auto-rotate and Center". Select “OK”

NOTE: “Reduce to printer margins” may be named on other Adobe Reader versions “shrink to printable area” or “shrink oversized pages to paper size”

2007-05-31 printed in Germany Agfa Company Confidential

Copyright © 2006 Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare

Document Node ID: 16099429

ReadMeFirst

1.2

Printing the complete Service Manual
To print the complete service manual proceed as follows: (1) (2) (3) (4) Select "Print" Select “All” Select "Reduce to printer margins" and "Auto-rotate and Center". (see NOTE previous page) Select “OK”

2

Adding Comments
• • If you open this file in an Adobe Reader version ≥ 7, the comment toolbar will show-up. This allows adding comments, to highlight or underline text and many more text manipulations.

2.1

How to export your Comments
(1) In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List"

(2)

Select the desired comments: Press the CTRL-key for multiple selections.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Revision 1 2007-05-31

How to print and add Comments

Page 2 of 3 Agfa Company Confidential

ReadMeFirst

(3) (4)

Select “Options - Export Selected Comments” Save the file with any name

2.2

How to import Comments
(1) (2) (3) NOTE: The imported comments possibly appear on different pages, if the file where the comments have been imported has a different number of pages.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List" Select “Options - Import Comments” Browse for the comments file and press “select”

Revision 1 2007-05-31

How to print and add Comments

Page 3 of 3 Agfa Company Confidential

HEALTHCARE
Global Services Organisation
Order No.: DD+DIS301.03E

Technical Documentation Classic E.O.S. Classic E.O.S. CL
Type 5270 / 105 as of SN 1138 Type 5270 / 100 as of SN 4500

*1WACEX1*
1 piece WACEX MA1

Edition 6

R .CD _02 0 0 00 0_1 527

printed in Germany 02 / 2005
Agfa Company Confidential

HEALTHCARE
Global Services Organisation
Order No.: DD+DIS301.03E

Technical Documentation Classic E.O.S.
Type 5270 / 100 as of SN 4500

*1WACEX1*
1 piece WACEX MA1

Classic E.O.S. CL
Type 5270 / 105 as of SN 1138

6. Edition

Ordering of spare parts and spare part kits:

Phone: Fax:

xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 -3760 xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 -7388

Ordering of documentation:

Phone:

xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 -3553

Caution:
This system uses mains voltage. Please observe the pertinent safety instructions. These instructions describe adjustments and routines which must only be performed by qualified technical personnel.

Note:
Electrical repairs and connections must only be made by certified electricians. Mechanical repairs and connections must only be made by certified technicians. CE Declaration: According to the medical directives the CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes void if the product is modified without permission of the manufacturer! This applies to all parts, not only the safety devices!

DR 02.C 00_ 100 _ 0 527

AGFA-GEVAERT AG HE/S&S - GSO Tegernseer Landstr. 161 D-81539 Munich

printed in Germany 05 / 2005 Agfa Company Confidential

Pictographs and conventions for this documentation Contents
This documentation uses certain conventions (pictographs, styles) to help you find information faster and easier.

0.

Order list

Meaning of the pictographs
High voltage! Waiting time Required tools Removal Installation

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Installation preparations Controls and connectors

Attention!

Info

Installation / start-up Operating instructions Theory of function Repair and Service Reference and circuit diagrams Spare parts list Accessories Conventions
Activity Instruction, Explanation Mouse activities, or Return key Type face Switch on machine <omni-cd.exe> vips Example Switch on machine Doubleclick the icon <omni-cd.exe> Enter vips and click <Continue> Hint Mechanical adjustment Required spare part Electrical adjustment Required time Calibration

10. Modifications 11. Technical standard modifications 12. Maintenance 13. Field Service Bulletins 14. Installation planning

Text input via keyboard required

15. Glossary / key word index

Agfa Company Confidential

DD+DIS441.04E

General Information

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270/100/105) Edition 6
The 6th edition is the Service Documentation applying to the machines > SN4500 (Type 5270/100) or > SN1138 (Type 5270/105) It is not a replacement for Edition 5. The 5th edition remains the Service Documentation applying to the machines < SN4500 (Type 5270/100) or < SN1138 (Type 5270/105) and it includes the information about technical modifications in the machines up to these serial numbers. All previous information regarding the serial number of Type 5270/105 (SN 1500) to differentiate compatibility is void. The new valid threshold for compatibility differentiation of Type 5270/105 is the serial number SN 1138. This serial number refers to the complete documentation. Edition 6 provides information about technical modifications in the production standard as of serial numbers 4500 or 1138 respectively. The technical modifications are: A new Control Board (with label F8.5270.7890) has been introduced, and this board only works with Software Version CLLC1107 and up. It is not compatible with the previous control boards and their software. The water circulation pump became an option. A level sensor in the fixer tank 2 has been added. The 24V crossflow fan has been replaced by crossflow fan with 230V.

Edition 5 DD+DIS324.00D/E/F

only downward compatible

only upward compatible

Edition 6 DD+DIS301.03D/E/F

TYPE 5270/100 SN 1001

TYPE 5270/100 SN 2200

TYPE 5270/105 SN 1001

TYPE 5270/100 SN 4500

TYPE 5270/105 SN 1138

only downward compatible Software versions: CEOS1117 - CEOS1801 Software versions: Techn. characteristics: MEOS1201 - MEOS1401 - 4-key control panel Software versions: Techn. characteristics CLLC1107 - 4-key control panel

Techn. characteristics: - 3-key control panel

As of CEOS1714: - Must calibration - Selection of application Control board:
ST 55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST63 ST57 IC57 C2 10
Dev Repl Clutc h Supply Dr ain Fan2

- Current sensor - Integrated repair routine - Cross-flow fan 24V Steuerkarten:
ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST 63 ST57 IC57 C2 10
Dev Repl Clutch Supply Dra n i

MC31

MC32

R47 7

MC4

L11

D48

M C1 6 M C1 7 TY 2

SI9

SI8 ST5 D50

MC31

MC32

R47 7

MC4

L11

D48

MC1 6 MC1 7 TY 2

SI9

SI8 ST55 ST5 D50 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 MC24 MC23 D49 ST66 S1

IC5 7

C2 10

Dev Re pl Clutch Supp ly Drain

MC31

MC32

R477 MC4 R410

L11

D48

M C1 6 M C1 7 TY 2

SI9

SI8 ST 5 D50

R41 0 C80 BU9

R41 0 C80 BU9

C80

ST89 ST66 S1

ST90

HeatF

HeatF

IC5 0

IC5 1 IC63 ST 88 S T71 S T 7 2
ST7 3

He atD

Bl o we

IC5 0
R S1 9

IC5 1 IC6 3 ST 88 S T 71 S T 7 2
ST 7 3

IC50
R S1 9

IC51 IC6 3 ST88 S T 71 S T 7 2
ST 7 3

Blowe

Heat D

HeatD

ST53

IR

HeatF

Blowe

F8.5270.7750._
12 V2 ST45 Circ . + 24V2 C64 C63 ST85 SI2 ST54 ST62 F an1 M C1 3 M C2 M C2 0 M C3 4
M C22

MC24 MC23 D49 +12MOT

ST66 S1

ST89

ST 90

MC3

TY 1

+24V

+12MOT

IC5 2

C79

ST64

D2

BU1 BU4 ST 53

ST 65

IR

R4 7 6 R3 8 0

R47 6 R38 0 RS 2 1

R47 6 R38 0

RS20

R377

T76 S T74 S ST 82 ST 15 ST 87 F ilm O ut Bright ness C ont rast R464 R465 IC7 9 IC88

M C 3 5 M C3 6 ST7 9

RS20

R377

SI12 RS24

M C3 5 M C36

R 377

IC7 8

T76 S T 74 S ST82 Brightness Contrast R381 ST 15 R464 R465 IC79 IC8 8 S T 75 S T78

ST 7 9

SI12

T 76 S T 74 S ST82 R381 ST15 Brightn ess Contrast R464 R46 5 IC7 9 IC8 8 S T 75 S T 78

M C3 5 M C 3 6 ST 7 9

SI12 RS24

R475 R485 S T75 S T78 S T 7 7 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 SI11

RS22 R37 8

R475
ST 7 7

R485 RS24

R379

RS22 R378

R379

R475
ST 7 7

R485

RS22 R378

RS20

ST 81

RS23

ST81

RS 21

R S 19

IC7 8

RS23

ST81

RS 2 1

IC7 8

R379

R381

RS4

RS1 RS3 RS2

RS6

RS5 RS7

RS8 SI11 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3
f u j 07 9 03 E . cd r

RS4

RS1 RS3 RS2

RS6

RS5 RS7

RS8 SI11 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3
f uj 0 79 0 3E . cdr

SI10

SI6

SI7

SI1

SI5

SI3
fu 0 j 7 90 3 E . cd r

ST 87 Film O ut

ST87 Film O ut

RS9 ST 86

BU10 XK1 BU7 BU6

RS9

BU10 ST 86 BU7 BU6 XK1

RS9

BU10 ST86 BU7 BU6 XK1

IR

ST 6 7

S T68 S T 69 S T 70 ST4

IC6 5

F8.5270.7750._
12V2 ST45 Circ . + 24V2 ST 85 SI2
Fan2

C64 C63

ST 90

ST54

ST62

Fan1

M C1 3 M C2 M C2 0 M C3 4

M C22

MC3

TY 1

+24V

C79

ST 64

D2

BU1 BU4 ST 53

C79

+12M OT

IC52

ST65

ST6 7

S T68 S T69 S T 70 ST4

IC65

F8.5270.7950._
12 V2 ST 45 +24V2 C64 C63 ST85 SI2
F an2

ST63

ST 57

BU9

ST62

Fan1

ST 54

MC1 3 MC2 MC2 0 MC3 4

M C2 2

Circ .

MC24 MC23 D49

MC3

TY 1

+ 24V

IC52

ST 64

D2

BU1 BU4

ST65

ST6 7

S T 68 S T69 S T70 ST4

IC65

RS23

- Current sensor - Integrated repair routines - Selection of applications - Water circulation pump becomes optional - Level sensor for fixer tank 2 - Cross-flow fan 230V
ST55 IC57 MC29 MC28 MC27 C210
De v Re pl Clutch

MC31

MC32

R477

MC4

L11

D48

MC1 6 MC1 7 TY 2

SI9

SI8 ST 5 D50

Software version: EOSUNIV1007 Techn. characteristics: - Must calibration - Selection of application

Control board:

R410 C80 BU9

ST66 S1

ST89 ST 90

ST 53

HeatD

Heat F

IC50

IC51 IC63 ST8 8 S T 71
ST 7 2 ST 7 3

Blowe

R47 6 R38 0

R S 19

S T 74 S T76 ST8 2 ST1 5 ST8 7 Brightne ss Con trast R464 R465 IC79 IC8 8 S T 75 S T 78

M C3 5 M C36 ST 7 9

SI12

RS24 R475 R485
ST 7 7

RS22 R378

RS20

R37 7

ST81

RS 21

IC7 8

R379

R381

RS4

RS1 RS3 RS2

RS6

RS5 RS7

RS8 SI11 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3
f uj 0 79 0 3E . c dr

Film O ut

RS9

BU10 ST 86 BU7 BU6 XK1

IR RS23

F8.5270.7890._
ST 57
Drain

ST 63

Su pp y l

12V2 ST 45 Circ .

+24V2

C64 C63

ST85

SI2

Fan2

ST62

Fan 1

ST54

M C1 3 M C2 M C2 0 M C3 4

M C2 2

MC24 MC23 D49 +12 M OT

MC3

TY 1

+ 24V

IC5 2

C79

ST 64

D2

BU1 BU4

ST65

ST6 7

S T68 S T69 S T70 ST4

IC65

5270_10000_003-e.cdr

Edition 6, Revision 1 Agfa Company Confidential

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Chapter 0 / I

O.S. . 2007-11-28 printed in Germany Agfa Company Confidential Document Node ID: 14037585 eq_00_orderlist_e_template_v04 Copyright © 2007 Agfa HealthCare N. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.03E Chapter 12: Maintenance Instructions.Order List for Documentation Order List for Documentation Type 5270/100.htm Inquiries: • Phone + 49 89 6207 3949 Fax +49 89 6207 7274 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. from SN4500 Type 5270/105.05M DD+DIS060. Classic E.agfa.com/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso. Order number for a complete Service Manual: Order number Edition DD+DIS301. Edition 6 Chapter 08: Spare Parts List Chapter 08: Spare Parts List.agfanet/mednetcso-library http://extranet.nsf * to request an account to the MedNet GSO Library go to: http://intra.V. CL NOTE: Daily updated order lists are available in MedNet.agfanet/bu/mi/mednethelp. Thoramat Docking Unit 0 0 4 3 2004-03-12 2004-02-05 2007-11-28 2006-12-08 Access to MedNet GSO Library: • • *IntraNet: *ExtraNet: http://docs.O.03E Complete Service Manual 6 Order numbers for separately available chapters of the Service Manual: Order number Contents Revision of document Approval Date DD+DIS302.S.nsf/EN/gettingaccess.03E DD+DIS303.03E DD+DIS022. Edition 6 Chapter 14: Installation Planning. from SN1138 Classic E.

3/I.6/15 6.O.2/10 6.3/1 – 6.03E Intentionally left blank DD+DIS301. 2007-11-28 Classic E. Chapter 0 Order number / Designation Order list Checklist for completeness List of Service Bulletins DD+DIS301. Only the document numbers listed here are valid.O.03E DD+DIS131. 6.2/1 – 6.03E DD+DIS309.04E 0 2004-03-12 8 9 10 11 4 3 0 1 2007-11-28 2006-12-08 2004-03-12 2004-12-22 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.03E DD+DIS301. / Classic E.03M DD+DIS301.00E Intentionally left blank DD+DIS441.03E DD+DIS301.2 6.7/2.6/6 (A3) 6. CL Type 5270/100/105 NOTE: Verify latest level and completeness of your Service Manual by means of this checklist for completeness. 9/I. CL Type 5270/100/105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 0 / 2 . 6.4 6.03E F1.1 6.1/8 6.6/I.4/I. / Classic E.03E DD+DIS301.O. 2/1 – 2/6 3/I-II.3/24 6.5/1 – 6.03E DD+DIS301.03E DD+DIS301.7005.05M DD+DIS060.03E DD+DIS301.6/1 – 6. 3/1 – 3/57 5/I-II.O.7/1 – 6.Checklist for Completeness Checklist for Completeness Classic E. 1/1 – 1/13 2/I. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. 7/1-13 Sh.S.S.2/I. 9/1 – 9/8 11/I. 5/1 – 5/42 6. 6.6/7 – 6. 6. 11/1 7 DD+DIS301.7/I. 6.5/I-II. 6.6 6.5272.3 6.03E DD+DIS301.03E DD+DIS301.0 Overview Control Board PCB1 DD+DIS022. 6.4/1 6. 1-1 (A1) (A3) 8/1 .8/76 8/1 – 8/22 9/I Cover sheet.1/1 – 6. 6.5 6.7/3 7/I.05E Revision of document Approval date 2007-11-28 Pages 0/1-4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6.S.1/I.S.03E DD+DIS301.7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2004-03-12 2004-03-12 2004-03-12 2004-03-12 2004-03-12 2004-03-12 2004-03-12 2004-03-12 2004-03-12 2004-03-12 2004-03-12 2005-05-03 Cover sheet and list of contents 1/I. Discard documents with different numbers if necessary.5/28 6.

2007-11-28 Classic E. 14/1 – 14/41 15/I. CL Type 5270/100/105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 0 / 3 .S.03E 0 0 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. 2004-05-07 2004-08-04 2004-08-31 2004-08-31 2004-07-06 2005-07-06 2007-01-29 2007-10-23 2004-02-05 2004-03-12 14 15 DD+DIS303.04E DD+DIS277.12/25 Checklist 1-3 13/1-5 13/1-4 13/1-/3 13/1-/2 13/1-/2 13/1-/3 13/1-/3 13/1-/15 Cover sheet 14/I-II.05E DD+DIS009.07E DD+DIS223.O. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.04E DD+DIS249.07E n. 15/1 – 15/3 13 SB 01 SB 02 SB 03 SB 04 SB 05 SB 06 SB 07 SB 08 DD+DIS157.03E DD+DIS301.03E Revision of document 0 Approval date 2004-03-12 Pages Cover sheet 12/I.Checklist for Completeness Chapter 12 Order number / Designation DD+DIS302.S. 12/1 .O.04E DD+DIS288.04E DD+DIS184.a.04E DD+DIS214. / Classic E.

CL Type 5270/100/105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 0 / 4 . Empty Battery of the Clock Chip Causes Incorrect Date and Incorrect Time Display Followed by a Calibration Request 0 SB 02 DD+DIS249. Service 574: “IR heater in dryer defective” due to measuring error caused by wrong cable positioning at the Current Sensor Board PCB2.04E 0 SB 03 SB 04 SB 05 DD+DIS277.List of Service Bulletins List of Service Bulletins • The following SB’s are valid: SB Document number Classic E.04E DD+DIS288. Manufacturer’s Warning about Ground Fault Interrupters with Possibly Higher Trigger Current.S. 2007-11-28 Classic E.S.O.07E DD+DIS223.05E 0 SB 07 SB 08 DD+DIS009. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. CL Type 5270/100/105 Contents Revision of document SB 01 DD+DIS157.07E 0 0 • The following SB's are no longer valid (integrated in the chapters of the Service Manual.04E 0 0 0 SB 06 DD+DIS184.04E Control Board PCB1 (CM+9 5270 9450 0) and Processor SOFTWARE CLLC1107 (CM+9 5270 9410 0) available as Spare Part Introduction of Processor Software CLLC_1203 Order Number: CM+9 5270 9410 1 Control Board PCB1 incl.S.O.O. CLLC_1203 Order Number: CM+9 5270 9450 1 Magnet Not Sufficiently Fixed in the Machine Cover Introduction of Anti-Algae-Unit Type: 5279/100 Installation of the Tank Reinforcement CM+9 5270 9071 0 This document describes the installation of a tank reinforcement that prevents bending of the intermediate tank walls.O. / Classic E. or technically obsolete): SB Document number Contents Revision of document -- -- -- -- DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. / Classic E.S.04E DD+DIS214.

Section 1 .Preinstallation 1 Section 1 contains all important preinstallation data for the machine: • Inspection of the packing material for transport damage and complete shipment • Unpacking and packing notes • Machine positioning at the installation site • Requirements on the installation site • Connection data (electrical. if necessary. fiber optic connections) Make sure to study this section and before starting the installation check if all preparations have been made as specified. connections to chemical supply and disposal.

DD+DIS301.03E

Installation Preparations

Chapter 1 Contents 1 2
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6
2.6.1 2.6.2

Safety ......................................................................... 1 Installation Preparations .......................................... 3
Machine transport ................................................................... 3 Checking the shipment ........................................................... 3 Transport check....................................................................... 3 Checking safety indicators on the machine box .................. 3 Transport path ......................................................................... 4 Required space at the installation site .................................. 5
Classic E.O.S. Type 5270/100 ........................................................... 5 Classic E.O.S. CL Type 5270/105 .................................................... 6

2.7 2.8 2.9

Unpacking ................................................................................ 7 Checking the type label .......................................................... 8 Checking the accessory box .................................................. 8

3
3.1 3.2

Technical Data ........................................................... 9
Electrical data .......................................................................... 9 Ambient and climatic conditions ........................................... 9

4
4.1 4.2

Dimensions and Weights........................................ 11
Classic E.O.S. Type 5270/100 .............................................. 11 Classic E.O.S. CL Type 5270/105 ........................................ 11

5
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4

Machine Standards and Directives........................ 12
Safety...................................................................................... 12 Radio interference suppression........................................... 12 Electromagnetic compatibility.............................................. 12 Certificates and guidelines ................................................... 13

Edition 6, Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Chapter 1 / I

DD+DIS301.03E

Installation Preparations

1

Safety
General safety instructions • The machine must only be used as described in the operating instructions. Any other use may result in damage to the machine or may affect the machine function with the consequence that the machine can no longer be used as intended, and therefore presents a risk for patients, user, and environment. • The machine must only be operated by qualified personnel trained on the machine. • Ensure that only trained personnel have access to the machine. • Ensure that the machine can always be supervised and that any tampering is prevented. • Repairs or modifications on the machine must only be performed by trained service personnel authorized by Agfa. • In case of visible damage on the machine housing the machine must not be operated or used, and must immediately be disconnected from the mains. • Built-in or external safety devices must not be circumvented or disabled. • Disconnect the machine from the mains before starting any maintenance. • If a mains connection is absolutely required these maintenance routines must only be made by specially trained personnel. • Like all technical devices, this machine must be operated, cared for and serviced correctly as described in the documentation provided with the machine. • If the machine is not operated correctly, or if it is not serviced correctly, Agfa will not be liable for any resulting disturbances, damage or injuries. • When installing the machine make sure that either the mains plug or an allcable disconnecting device is provided in the internal installation close to the machine and is easily accessible. • If the machine is connected with other components or assemblies, Agfa will guarantee safety only for combinations which are approved by Agfa. • In case of conspicuous smoke or noises, immediately disconnect the machine from the mains. Special instructions for the handling of chemicals • When handling chemicals, always observe the applying safety and environmental regulations, as well as the operating and warning instructions pertaining to these chemicals. • Wear stipulated protective clothing and safety goggles. • When disposing of chemicals and waste water, you must comply with the local regulations concerning waste water and environmental protection. • If photo-chemicals get in your eyes, proceed exactly according to the warning instructions and/or the instructions published by the manufacturers of the chemicals. If required, immediately rinse your eyes with cold water. Afterwards see the doctor immediately. • Avoid inhaling of chemical fumes. Make sure that there is sufficient ventilation at the installation site of the machine, i.e. an air exchange that is

Edition 6, Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Chapter 1 / 1

Installation Preparations
at least ten times the room volume per hour. • Always comply with the installation instructions.

DD+DIS301.03E

• Verify tightness of all connections for chemicals and water, as well as waste water, on the machine in regular intervals. At least check whenever suggested in the operating instructions and/or service instructions. • If solution gets into the inside of the machine (e.g. by spilling during tank filling), the machine must immediately be disconnected from the mains and cleaned thoroughly by the service personnel. • Do not use additional chlorine or chlorine containing substances inside the processor. The use of additional chlorine or chlorine containing substances can lead to irreversible damage of the equipment. Using these substances may void the manufacturers warranty. The film processor must not be operated in the direct vicinity of the patients as defined in EN60601-1 and IEC 601-1. Adherence to safety regulations • This film processor meets the safety requirements as defined in EN 60950: 1997 (IEC 950) and EN 60601-1-2: 1993, UL 1950 and CSA C22.2 No. 950 and has interference suppression as defined in EN 50081-1, EN 55011, and FCC 47 Part 15, Subchapter B, Class A. • The water connection complies with DIN 1988 / EN 1717:2001.

Chapter 1 / 2

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Edition 6, Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential

DD+DIS301.03E

Installation Preparations

2
2.1

Installation Preparations
Machine transport
The freight forwarder transports the machine up to the final installation site. The responsible technician should be present during delivery.

2.2

Checking the shipment
Compare the labels on the boxes with the customer’s order list and the bill of lading.

2.3

Transport check
Check the packing material for visible transport damage: • • • dented edges damaged box torn fixing elements (metal straps, screws)

2.4

Checking safety indicators on the machine box
The machine is shipped on a pallet. The box has a TILTWATCH indicator (A), a SHOCKWATCH indicator (B), and a packing seal (C) attached. They are attached to the outside of the box and indicate if the machine has been tilted, was exposed to shocks, or has been opened during transport.

Figure 1

Edition 6, Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Chapter 1 / 3

Installation Preparations

DD+DIS301.03E

If the machine was tilted, the arrow head in the circle of the TILTWATCH indicator (A) changed from white to red.

A

5270_10001_002.cdr

Figure 2

IN

C.

, AS LL DA

RE CO VE RY ,

TX . . .S U

M ED IA

T. PA

O F

# 3 61 68 40

B

Figure 3

Note all detected damage in the installation report! In case of a damaged machine make sure to keep the packing material for proof (transport insurance)! Send the damage report to the insurance company.

2.5

Transport path
The film processor must fit through all doors and hallways on its transport path to the installation site. Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270/100/105) without pallet with pallet smallest door width at least 73 cm (29 inch) at least 82 cm (32 inch)

Chapter 1 / 4

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Edition 6, Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential

KO NE X

5270_10001_003.cdr

G M BH ,

FR AN KF UR T

If the machine was subjected to shocks, the square field in the middle of the SHOCKWATCH indicator (B) changed from white to red.

PR

O DU CT

Model/Modell L-65
R R

INDICATOR

INDIKATOR

ROUGH HANDLING WILL CHANGE INDICATOR TO BRIGHT RED. IF SHOCKWATCH IS RED NOTE ON BILL OF LADING. INSPECTION MAY BE WARRENTED.
BY / RT IE RT PO IM D H RC U

/

M AI N

ED RT PO IM

DD+DIS301.03E

Installation Preparations Required space at the installation site
Classic E.O.S. Type 5270/100

2.6
2.6.1
TYPE 5270/100

The required floor space for the film processor (with feed table, chute and the required clearance on the left) is 1260 x 860 mm (50.03 x 33.88 inch). The free space indicated in the illustration must be guaranteed for repair and maintenance, otherwise the time required for service will increase. Optimum dimensions: We recommend to plan on this free space. Minimum dimensions: Do not go below this minimum space.

2340 (92.19)

310 (12.21)

5270_10001_004.cdr

A

Figure 4 (A) Operation side Dimensions in mm (inch)

Edition 6, Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Chapter 1 / 5

Installation Preparations
2.6.2
TYPE 5270/105

DD+DIS301.03E

Classic E.O.S. CL Type 5270/105 The required floor space for the film processor in combination with the Laser Imager LR3300 (with feed table, chute and the required clearance on the left) is 1700 x 860 mm (66.98 x 33.88 inch). In case of an installation of the Laser Imager LR3300 or another daylight system observe the installation documentation enclosed with the machine. The free space indicated in the illustration must be guaranteed for repair and maintenance, otherwise the time required for service will increase. Optimum dimensions: We recommend to plan on this free space. Minimum dimensions: Do not go below this minimum space.
2710 (106.77) 400 (15.76) 1910 (75.25) 1710 (67.37) 860 (33.88) 600 (23.64) 400 (15.76)

380 (14.97) 3120 (122.92) 2120 (83.52)

1700 (66.98) 40 (1.57) 740 (29.15)

600 (23.64)

A LR3300

740 (29.15)

600 (23.64) 700 (27.58) 1000 (39.4)

5270_10001_005.cdr

A

300 (11.82)

Figure 5 (A) Operation side Dimensions in mm (inch)

Chapter 1 / 6

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Edition 6, Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential

DD+DIS301.03E

Installation Preparations Unpacking
For unpacking follow the illustrated instructions attached to the outside of the packing box and enclosed inside the box. Required tools: • Knife, scissors, or side cutting pliers to cut the straps • Phillips screwdriver size 2 • Wrench size 10 mm • Wrench size 13 mm • Wrench size 17 mm • Screwdriver 10 mm • The forwarder will take back the packing material and dispose of it in compliance with the local regulations.

2.7

527001vh.cdr

Figure 6 • Check the SHOCKWATCH indicator (A) inside the machine. If the machine was subjected to shocks, the square field in the middle of the SHOCKWATCH indicator (A) changed from white to red.

A
IN C . LL A D V E R Y, , S A R E C O T . X . .S U M E D IA . AT P O F # 3 1 86 6 40 D U P R O C T

Model/Modell L-65
R R

INDICATOR
O P IM

INDIKATOR
M A IN

K O

N E X

G

M B H ,

FR

A N K F
T R T R IE C R U D H

U R T

ROUGH H ANDLING WILL CHANGE INDICATOR TO BRIGHT RED. IF SH OCKWATCH IS RED NOTE ON BILL OF LADING. INSPECTION MAY BE WAR RENTED.
Y B / O P IM

Note all detected damage in the installation report! In case of a damaged machine make sure to keep the packing material for proof (transport insurance)! Send the damage report to the insurance company.

D TE R

/

5270_10001_006.cdr

Figure 7

Edition 6, Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Chapter 1 / 7

2. n i cl u d n ign ite rf erence t ha t m ay cause u nde si r e do per a to in .S. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference. Op er ati o ni ssu bj e ct tot he f ol l ow i ng t w ocond t io i ns: ( 1)t hi s devi ce m a yno t cau se harm f u l i nt e rf e e r n ce.S. including interference that may cause undesired operation. Type 5270/100 T hi sdevi ce c o m pl i e s w ih t P ar t 15 of theF C CR ul es. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.Installation Preparations 2. and ( 2 )h t i sde vi ce m u st a cce pt a ny n i t er f er e nce r ecei ve d.9 Checking the accessory box • Compare the contents of the accessory box with the list of contents (included in the enclosed documentation pack). 5 27 30 1zy . CL Type 5270/105 Thi sde vi ce c om pl i es w it hP art 15 of t heF C CR u l es. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . 99 9 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. and (2) this device must accept any interference received.O. and (2) this device must accept any interference received.O. Ope r at i o ni ssub j ect t o t he f ol o lw in g t w ocond t io in s: (1) thi s devi ce m a ynot cau seh ar mf ul i nt e r f er e nce. d c r DD+DIS301.O." on the type label with the bill of lading.cdr Figure 8 Explanation of the type label: F-Nr. 527 3 01zy .8 Checking the type label Classic E.03E Classic E.c dr 1 0 0 9 FU JF I I L M F P M 3 80 0 A D 1 1 1 . including interference that may cause undesired operation. a nd ( 2 )t hi sde vi ce m ust a ccep t an y n i t er f er en ce rece v i ed . This is the production date (month/year). This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Type 5270/100 Type Type 5273/105 5270/105 5270_10001_001.JJJJ: V 200-240 15 A 50-60 HZ: This is the consecutive serial number.O. 999 10 09 FU JF I L I MF P M3 8 00 A D 11 1 . Chapter 1 / 8 Classic E. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference. / Classic E. n i cl u di ng n i ter f erence h ta tm ay cau se und esi r e do perat i o n. • Compare the rated voltage with the power supply at the installation site. Mains power supply • Compare the information at "TYPE" and "F-Nr.S. xxxx: Date: MM.S.

2 Ambient and climatic conditions Ventilation Avoid inhaling of chemical fumes. 35 dB (A) max. 3. Mains voltage connection Power consumption: Standby (room temperature ~ 20 °C) During film processing Fuse protection Leakage current towards ground Main switch 0. and climatic data and information regarding the ambient conditions refer to Chapter 14.9 kW/h (10440 kJ/h) max. Make sure that there is sufficient ventilation at the installation site of the machine.1 Technical Data Electrical data This is a summary of the technical data which serve to inspect the installation site.03E Installation Preparations 3 3.5 mA Upon machine installation it must be ensured that either the power plug or an all-pole circuit breaker for the installation on site is located close to the machine and easily accessible. 1N~ 230 . A GFI switch (IN = 30 mA in compliance with VDE 664) is integrated in the machine.e. 50/60 Hz (200 . CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 1 / 9 .S. Electrical installations in the installation room must be in compliance with IEC 364 (VDE 0100 / 0107). i.240 V) Safety rules 3. For further technical. electrical.45 kW/h (1620 kJ/h) 2. an air exchange that is at least ten times the room volume per hour.O.45 kW/h (12420 kJ/h) 15 A / 16 A < 3.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. / Classic E.240 V. 48 dB (A) Light-tightness Acoustic test ISO 7779 (airborne noise) Edition 6. maximum 2500 Lux during standby during film cycle max.DD+DIS301.S.

S.75 N / in²) A cleaning sink with water tap and hose shower should be provided for maintenance work.87 inch) Floor load Cleaning sink Chapter 1 / 10 Classic E.) into the room 250 W / 900 kJ/h Film cycle (max. 10 °C (50 °F). Minimum inside dimensions of the sink: Width Depth Height 70 cm (27. max.) into the connected exhaust into the room total 1200 W / 4320 kJ/h 900 W / 3240 kJ/h 2100 W / 7560 kJ/h Exhaust connection The exhaust is a standard feature of the dryer. During standby mode the exhaust can be set to half-power via the service program. 80 %. Room temperature min. 50 N / cm² (7. / Classic E.75 inch) 20 cm (7. chemical-resistant floor covering (pH value 4 .O.03E Heat emission (all values are approximate) Standby (max.Installation Preparations DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O.S. 5 °C (41 °F) below the set developer temperature Relative humidity Floor conditions min. During film cycle the exhaust runs at full power. max. 30 °C (86 °F) Room temperature min.11) A floor drain close to the film processor is recommended. no condensation Waterproof. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .56 inch) 40 cm (15. 10 %.

kg (lbs) 200 (441) 135 (297) 165 (364) Edition 6. kg (lbs) 200 (441) 135 (297) 165 (364) 4. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 1 / 11 .03E Installation Preparations 4 4.97) Height mm (inch) 1460 (57.DD+DIS301.52) 1130 (44. packing box 1200 (47.52) incl.15) material (with docking unit and chute) Weight with packing material without packing material with full tanks Weight approx. packing box 1200 (47. Type 5270/100 Dimensions Length mm (inch) 1270 (50.2 TYPE 5270/105 Classic E.O.52) 710 (27.28) without packing 1070 (42.S.1 TYPE 5270/100 Dimensions and Weights Classic E. CL Type 5270/105 Dimensions Length mm (inch) Width mm (inch) 800 (31.52) 1130 (44.O. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.52) 710 (27.28) without packing material (with feed table and chute) Weight with packing material without packing material with full tanks Weight approx.O.S.03) Width mm (inch) 800 (31.52) incl.S.O.97) Height mm (inch) 1460 (57.

July 1995 "Safety of Information Technology Equipment. North-America (USA. Part 22 / 04.S. 950 . Class B "Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Medical Equipment" (corresponds to VDE 0878.S. and in doctors’ offices.3 Electromagnetic compatibility EMVG and EG Regulation 89 / 336 / EEC EN 50082-1: 1997 EN 61000-3-2 “Limit Values for Harmonic Emissions” EN 61000-3-3 “Limit Values for Flicker” Chapter 1 / 12 Classic E.03E 5 5.95 "Safety of Information Technology Equipment.1 Machine Standards and Directives Safety Europe EN 60950 / A11 1997 "Safety of Information Technology Equipment" (identical with IEC 950: 1992 and VDE 0805/ 11. (identical with VDE 0839. Subchapter B.98) For equipment in residential areas.Installation Preparations DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . Including Electrical Business Equipment” 5. Including Electrical Business Equipment" Canada CSA 22. Canada) US-Standard FCC 47 Part 15.O. 97) USA UL 1950 3. Part 81-1/ 03. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Class A / Edition 8/ 1976 Equipment considered “Non-Household Appliances” 5.O.2 Radio interference suppression Europe In compliance with EN 50081-1: 1992 "Generic Standard for Emission Requirements". business and commercial areas. 93) EN 55011 1998.2 No. / Classic E.

S. 2950 Maximum water consumption for - single-layer emulsions must not exceed a maximum of 15l/m2 * double-sided emulsions must not exceed a maximum of 30l/m2 * * activated in the program <Service Settings / Replenishment / Wat. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.1994 (Germany) Ministre de l’environment (France) Rubrique No. / Classic E.S. protection against reflux” 93/42 EEC “Design tested and monitored” E 477 50 (M) E 477 50 (M) DIN 1988. Part 4/ 1988 / EN 1717:2001 5.01. Repl.4 Appendix 53 – Photographic Processes General conditions and administrative regulations for (silver halide photography) minimum requirements on the disposal of waste water into public waters.DD+DIS301.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 1 / 13 . Value> Edition 6.O.03E Installation Preparations Certificates and guidelines CE Medical Device Directive TÜV Product Service Mark UL Approbation C-UL Approbation "Technical directives for drinking water installations. dated 31.

.

Controls and Connections 2 Section 2 describes the controls and the connectors of the machine: • • Position and function of the controls Layout of the connectors and their modalities Section 2 .

.

.S.............S.................. 1 Switches.................................2 3...........O................................... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E...1 3....................................03E Controls and Connections Chapter 2 Contents 1 2 2............................2...........O.......................... / Classic E..........................................................................O........................ 3 3 3......S................................... 5 Classic E.... CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 2 / I ..........................................O........ 4 Installation through the front panel (only for Classic E...........O........ CL (5270/105) ..S... 2 Safety switches..DD+DIS301..................... Type 5270/100)........ 4 Installation through the bottom.......1 3......2 Control panel ......1 2.... 6 Edition 6.......2 Installation Connections....... 5 Classic E......... 2 Machine switches ....... (5270/100)...................2....S.......

DD+DIS301.S.O. Type 5270/100 Classic E. CL Type 5270/105 A 5270_10002_003.S.03E Controls and Connections 1 Control panel Classic E. / Classic E.O.O. Entered data is confirmed and accepted. Enter / Confirmation key Use this key to show the options in a menu or to confirm a dialog. Back key Press this key to exit a dialog or a menu. Edition 6. Selection / Scroll keys Use these keys to scroll through the options in the menus or to change values in input windows. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S. If you press this key in an input window any modifications made in this window will be canceled and reset to the initial values. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 2 / 1 . A confirmed dialog opens the corresponding input window.S.O.cdr Figure 1 (A) LCD Display window consisting of 2 lines with 16 characters each.

Controls and Connections DD+DIS301.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .1 Switches Machine switches A ST66 ST89 IC52 ST53 B S1 C 5270_10002_001.S.5270.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.cdr Figure 2 (A) (B) (C) (D) Main switch film processor Ground fault interrupter (GFI switch) Mains cable (VDE) Reset key PCB1 CM+952709450_ (F8.O. / Classic E._) Chapter 2 / 2 Classic E.7890.03E 2 2.

/ Classic E. which interrupt the circuit when the dryer is opened or the machine cover is removed.S.S.2 B 5273_10002_006. Even with interrupted safety switches 0SW2 (A) and/or 0SW3 (B).O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.DD+DIS301.CDR Figure 3 (A) (B) 0SW2 Safety switch for machine cover 0SW3 Safety switch for dryer The machine has two safety switches.O. and the main switch 0SW1 in off position. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 2 / 3 .03E Controls and Connections Safety switches A 2. there is still voltage applied on the following components as long as the power cord is plugged in: Ground fault interrupter 0FI Mains switch 0SW1 Edition 6.

S.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O.O.Controls and Connections DD+DIS301.S. Type 5270/100) E D C B A F G H 5273_10002_004. / Classic E.1 TYPE 5270/100 Installation Connections Installation through the front panel (only for Classic E.O.cdr Figure 4 (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) Exhaust connection Developer overflow / drain (DEV) Fixer overflow / drain (FIX) Water overflow / drain (WAT) Tank safety overflow (OVERFLOW) Developer supply (DEV) Fixer 2 supply (FIX) Water supply (WAT) Chapter 2 / 4 Classic E.03E 3 3. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .

03E Controls and Connections Installation through the bottom Classic E.2.O.S.S. (5270/100) 3.O.O.2 3. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 2 / 5 . / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.1 TYPE 5270/100 WAT FIX2 FIX1 DEV I A E D C B H G F 5270_10002_002.S.cdr Figure 5 (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) Exhaust connection Developer overflow / drain (DEV) Fixer overflow / drain (FIX) Water overflow / drain (WAT) Tank safety overflow (OVERFLOW) Developer supply (DEV) Fixer 2 supply (FIX) Solenoid valve (and filter) water supply Solenoid valve water drain (anti-algae) Edition 6.DD+DIS301.

03E Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O.CDR Figure 6 (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) Exhaust connection Developer overflow / drain (DEV) Fixer overflow / drain (FIX) Water overflow / drain (WAT) Tank safety overflow (OVERFLOW) Developer supply (DEV) Fixer 2 supply (FIX) Solenoid valve (and filter) water supply Solenoid valve water drain (anti-algae) Chapter 2 / 6 Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .S. CL (5270/105) WAT FIX2 FIX1 DEV I A E D C B H G F 5270_10002_004.O.2. / Classic E.S.Controls and Connections 3.2 TYPE 5270/105 DD+DIS301.O.S.

.

Before putting the machine in operation you should be familiar with the information of section 2 (controls and connectors).Installation / Machine Start-up 3 Section 3 describes the exact routines necessary to start the machine operation. Section 3 .

.

...........................03E Installation and Startup Chapter 3 Contents 1 2 3 3..............1 5............. 7 5...............O...................... 24 Classic E..............................................4............... 4 4 5 5......1............2 6.. 13 Hoses outside the machine..........S...........................................4............................ 18 6........................4..........1 5.O........... 13 Hoses inside the machine ...... Type 5270/100) .. 14 Instructions for breaking out the openings . 3 Height coarse adjustment.........................2.. film exit in the daylight.............................. 19 Installing supply hoses ....1 3..............................5 6.................2 Power Cable Adaptation .. 10 Overview of supply and disposal.......................................2 Notes on the Installation and Startup Procedures ............. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Supply and disposal through the floor .2........2 6..................4 6..........2 Supply and Disposal Connections ................................. (5270/100)..................................2 6.......1 6.............S................................... 9 6 6..................... CL (5270/105) ........1 6.....4............................................. Type 5270/100) .......... 16 Installing the disposal hoses .......... 3 Height fine adjustment ............3 Edition 6...4.. film feed in the darkroom.............. 1 Removal of Transport Protections ..................5 Supply and disposal through the lower front panel (only Classic E...............................1 6................ 6 Installation with light tight wall ............. 14 Required openings for standard installations ..............3 6....3...........................................1 6..... 10 Installation diagram...1.......................5.........S..................................2 5................. 14 Installing the exhaust connection ................5....O...4 6.......................................................................... 6 Installation at the wall opening ....................5........2 Supply and disposal hoses ...............................................S........................... 11 Classic E................. 5 Daylight / Darkroom Installation (only Classic E........ 2 Installation .....................................................................................DD+DIS301..........2... CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / I ..3 6....................................... 13 6.....................................O........... 15 Installing the developer / fixer supply hoses .1 6.... 6 Machine in the daylight............ 21 Installing the disposal hoses .. 8 Installation at the wall opening with light tight wall ..........2... light seal at the dryer with light tight wall .............................. 19 Installing the exhaust connection .................... light seal at the darkroom feed table ............ 8 Light tight wall ........................S.......................1 5......S...O...... 12 6..... / Classic E............................3...............O..... 11 Classic E....2 Machine in the darkroom...

.....................1 9...............................................27 Set the code for the disposal tank level sensors ...3 9............... 25 Connect the level sensors of the replenisher tanks......56 Process data.........5 9.................32 9. 29 Preparing the startup procedure..S............................9 9.....25 Set the code for the replenisher tank level connection.................. 39 Setting the software switches in the SERVICE program .....6 9.9.........56 Processes........................3 9.............3.9............................... Brightness......................S..................7 9.....9...Installation and Startup DD+DIS301.......... 29 Checking the function of the GFI switch 0FI ...48 DEFAULT settings ex factory / after BASEINIT..................................42 Executing a <Teach In> in the SERVICE program ................................O...14 Chapter 3 / II System settings ...........8.............9............................1 7........1......................... 29 Adapting the mains supply............................1 7....9............1.45 Resetting the temporary infocounters in the SERVICE program..................................................1 7.........................31 Automatic filling with the AUTOFILL function (only in Type 5270/105)....................2 7.........47 Setting the customer specific settings in the SERVICE program <Service Settings> ..................................43 Calibrating the Developer Temperature (CAL) .......25 7.....O..46 Display all <Service Settings> in the SERVICE program with <Quick Display> ...........4. 38 Only execute a BASEINIT in case of:.....................1 7................41 Setting date and time...26 Set the code of the mixer communication ....2......................9............................................57 Application dependent process parameter ..........12 9......................................11 9.......................39 Access to the SERVICE program..............................5 9.... / Classic E............. 37 BASEINIT................9...........9..... 26 Connecting the Mixer communication cable...............................................................3 7....2 Mixer .9....9 9.....................9............................................................................. 33 Reset after switching on the machine ....................... and Contrast on the Control Board PCB1 .............2 Connecting the Level Sensors .......... 25 Replenisher tanks..............................57 Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential ................... 28 Starting Operation.41 Setting the service intervals in the SERVICE program.......2 Adjusting Volume......39 Setting the process parameters on the control panel ........27 8 9 9.... 30 Filling the developer and fixer tanks ..2 9.4.........................................................2.....1 9........1 9.......2 Disposal tanks ..............10 9....................8..9................... 32 Calibrating the replenishment rate of developer and fixer upon first startup ..........................9......3.........................................6 9.....9......... CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6........................................ 27 Connect the level sensors of the disposal tanks ...............4 9.........................4 9...................1 9................................2 Switching on the machine ....03E 7 7..8 9...........................................8 9.................................................7 9.........................38 9.......2 9.......................................38 Initiate a BASEINIT:................................26 7.13 9.....................................................9.... 31 Manual filling (in Type 5270/100 and Type 5270/105) ........

DD+DIS301. film exit in the daylight Light seal with light-tight wall behind the dryer / film exit • Installation connections through the lower front panel (below the film feed table) • Installation connections through the floor • Machine with the left hand machine side at a distance from the wall of at least 15 cm (5. Therefore any possible traces of chemicals do not indicate a used machine but they are the proof of a function-tested and perfect machine. machine in the daylight Light seal at the film feed table without / with light tight wall • Film feed / machine in the darkroom. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.S. / Classic E. The sequence of listed installation steps depends on the following parameters: • Size of the installation room • Type of installation: Daylight / darkroom installation Light seal feed table / dryer directly against installation wall or light-tight wall • Supply / disposal connections through the lower front panel or below the machine • Machine standing free in the room or with the left hand machine side at a distance from the wall of at least 15 cm (5.91 inch) Edition 6. The sequence described below corresponds to a standard installation with the following parameters: • Film feed in the darkroom. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 1 .O.03E Installation and Startup 1 Notes on the Installation and Startup Procedures The manufacturer tested this machine with chemicals and film material.91 inch) Please go through these procedures and arrange a sequence required for your installation.O.

2 3 1 4 5270_10003_016. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .91 inch) A 5270_10003_001.cdr Figure 1 B 15 cm (5.S.Installation and Startup DD+DIS301. Chapter 3 / 2 Classic E.S. (4) Close the dryer flap and dryer panels. (2) Remove the transport protection from the dryer.O.cdr Figure 2 (A) Lock nuts (B) Film transport direction • If a machine is installed with the left hand side only 15 cm (5. open the dryer flap.91 inch) from the wall. the lock nuts (A) must be removed during installation to make the maintenance easier. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.03E 2 Removal of Transport Protections (1) Undo 2 screws on the dryer panels and remove the dryer panels. / Classic E. tighten the screws of the dryer panels.O. (3) Remove the transport protection from the film transport flap (only in Type 5270/105).

Adjust the hex nuts (B) to a height of 30 mm (1. A • 30 mm 1.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 3 .O.18 inch Figure 3 Edition 6.S.03E Installation and Startup 3 Installation Wrench (Ø 17 mm) 3.1 TYPE 5270/100 Height coarse adjustment • • Slacken the lock nuts (A). Clockwise = higher Counterclockwise = lower Adjust the height of the adjustable machine feet to level the machine.18 inch).DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.O. / Classic E.

2 Height fine adjustment The fine adjustment should only be made when the machine is at its final installation site.S.cdr Figure 4 Edition 6. Adjust the height of the rear and front feet until the machine is level in transport direction. / Classic E.O.S. • Readjust the height of the rear and front feet. A poorly adjusted machine installation may result in film processing errors! (A/B) (C) (1) (2) (3) (4) Spirit level Film transport direction Developer rack Fixer rack1 Fixer rack2 Water rack Chapter 3 / 4 Classic E. Measure across film transport direction: • Place a second spirit level (B) on the upper tie rods of the developer rack (1) and then on the tie rods of the water rack (4). CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) 4 Measure in film transport direction: • Remove the machine cover. • Check the adjustment in and across the film transport direction.Installation and Startup DD+DIS301. • Adjust the foot height left and right. 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 A B C 5273_10003_007. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . • Place a spirit level (A) on the upper tie rod of the fixer rack (3) and the water rack (4). and readjust if necessary.O.03E 3. • Remove the crossovers above the racks.

The installed power cable must not be plugged into an outlet! B A C Figure 5 • Replace the VDE power cable by the UL/CSA cable.S.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. If there are only UL/CSA connections available the VDE power cable must be replaced by the UL/CSA cable enclosed in the accessory box. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 5 .03E Installation and Startup 4 Power Cable Adaptation Ex-factory the machine configuration includes a VDE cable.DD+DIS301. / Classic E. The power cable must only be exchanged when the film processor has no power supply. • Make sure to tighten clamping screw (A) if plug (B) is connected in outlet (C). Edition 6.O.O.

Type 5270/100) For installation of the Classic E. / Classic E.O.8) max.1 TYPE 5270/100 Machine in the daylight. film feed in the darkroom.O.S. 1120 (44. 5.1.97) 2 527014jm.1 5.03E 5 Daylight / Darkroom Installation (only Classic E.cdr Figure 6 Wall opening: Wall Wall base Wall opening Dimensions in mm (inch) min.O.1) 6 Daylight 2 5 50 (1. light seal at the darkroom feed table Installation at the wall opening Film feed Film output (wire chute) A 60° chamfer must be provided on the wall opening Wall Wall base Light seal (foam rubber – by the meter) Order no.S CL Type 5270/105 please refer to the installation instructions in Chapter 9: Accessories and Options.S. 680 (26. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .cdr Figure 7 Dimensions in mm (inch) Chapter 3 / 6 Classic E. CM+0000014259 Darkroom 4 3 1 min.S.1) 3 1 50 (1. 1120 (44.Installation and Startup DD+DIS301.97) 527214nm.O.8) max. 580 (22.

1) 5 7 6 527014pm.8) 527014lm.7) max.1) 2 50 (1.cdr Figure 9 Dimensions in mm (inch) See Chapter 3.S. / Classic E.03E 5.O.0) min.S.79 inch).4) max.1.2.DD+DIS301.O.2 Light tight wall Edition 6.97) 2 1 1 min. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.cdr Figure 8 Dimensions in mm (inch) Wall opening Wall Wall overlap Wooden board.2 TYPE 5270/100 Installation and Startup Installation with light tight wall Film feed A 60° chamfer must be provided on the wall opening. 670 (26. 1500 (59. 680 (26. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 7 . 1120 (44. Section 5.1) max. with opening 3 1550 (61. Wall Light tight wall Film output (wire chute) Wall base Light seal (foam rubber – by the meter) Order no. 1110 (43. 20 mm (0. 1120 (44. CM+0000014259 Darkroom Daylight 3 2 4 1 min.

7) max. 1500 (59. Light tight wall Film output (wire chute) Light seal (foam rubber – by the meter) Order no.79 inch).S.97) 2 1 1 min.cdr Figure 11 Dimensions in mm (inch) See Chapter 3.2.1 TYPE 5270/100 DD+DIS301.1) 6 7 527014rm.Installation and Startup 5. with opening 3 1550 (61.0) min. film exit in the daylight.2 Light tight wall Chapter 3 / 8 Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.8) 527014lm.O.cdr Figure 10 Dimensions in mm (inch) Wall opening Wall Wall overlap / light tight wall overlapping by at least 50 mm (1.03E Machine in the darkroom.O.97 inch) on all sides Wooden board.1) max.S. Section 5.2.1) 2 50 (1. 1110 (43. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . 680 (26.2 5. CM+0000014259 Wall base Darkroom Daylight 2 3 1 min. / Classic E. 1120 (44. 1120 (44.4) max. 20 mm (0. 670 (26. light seal at the dryer with light tight wall Installation at the wall opening with light tight wall Film feed Wall A 60° chamfer must be provided on the wall opening.

S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. 1120 (44. 1110 (43.O.1) min.09 inch x 36. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 9 .2.97 inch) must be guaranteed on all sides.7) max.cdr min. 670 (26.4) max.2 TYPE 5270/100 Installation and Startup Light tight wall 5273_10003_004. The manufacturer does not supply the light tight wall (wooden board) required for the installation of a film processor! Edition 6.22 inch) is possible. 680 (26.S.8) 1020 (40. An overlap of 50 mm (1.O.03E 5.DD+DIS301.2) Figure 12 Dimensions in mm (inch) Coverage of a wall opening of up to 1500 mm x 920 mm (57. / Classic E.

03E 6 6.O.1 Supply and Disposal Connections Installation diagram 8 WAT FIX 2 FIX 1 DEV 5 7 DEV E 4 D G F B C FIX 6 2 3 5273_100003_018. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S. Chapter 3 / 10 Classic E.S.cdr H FIX DEV 1 Figure 13 (D) (E) Water overflow / drain (WAT) (1) (3) Mixer Fixer replenishment pump Developer replenishment pump Solenoid valve water drain Individual disposal tanks or centralized disposal Solenoid water supply (antialgae) Overflow tray Film transport direction Tank safety overflow (OVERFLOW) (2) (C) (B) (G) (F) (H) Fixer overflow / drain (FIX) Developer overflow / drain (DEV) Fixer 2 supply (FIX) Developer supply (DEV) Water supply (WAT) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) The connections of supply and disposal hoses may be at the bottom (through the floor) or in the front (through the front panel – only for Type 5270/100).Installation and Startup DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O.

DD+DIS301.CDR Figure 14 (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) Exhaust connection Developer overflow / drain (DEV) Fixer overflow / drain (FIX) Water overflow / drain (WAT) Tank safety overflow (OVERFLOW) Developer supply (DEV) Fixer 2 supply (FIX) Solenoid valve (and filter) water drain (WAT) Solenoid water supply (anti-algae) Edition 6.O.2.S.1 TYPE 5270/100 WAT FIX2 FIX1 DEV I A E D C B H G F 5273_10002_005. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 11 . Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.O. / Classic E. (5270/100) 6.O.2 6.03E Installation and Startup Overview of supply and disposal Classic E.S.S.

CL (5270/105) WAT FIX2 FIX1 DEV I A E D C B H G F 5270_10002_004. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .S.CDR Figure 15 (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) Exhaust connection Developer overflow / drain (DEV) Fixer overflow / drain (FIX) Water overflow / drain (WAT) Tank safety overflow (OVERFLOW) Developer supply (DEV) Fixer 2 supply (FIX) Solenoid valve (and filter) water drain (WAT) Solenoid water supply (anti-algae) Chapter 3 / 12 Classic E.2.03E 6.2 TYPE 5270/105 Classic E.Installation and Startup DD+DIS301.O.S.O.O. / Classic E.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.

S. fixer. For the installation of external hoses only use fiber-reinforced hoses! The following hoses are to be used for the supply connections: Supply connection Developer Fixer Color red (DEV) blue (FIX) Dimensions (mm / inch) 10x3 / 0.39x0. The supply and disposal hoses for developer.75x0.94 inch) can be ordered by the meter: Order number CM+0000064117 Edition 6.75x0. / Classic E. and safety overflow in the machine are marked by tapes: DEV FIX = developer = fixer WAT OVERFLOW = water = safety overflow 6.75x0. 50 cm (19. 6. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 13 .12 fiber-reinforced Order number CM+0000064082 CM+0000064083 The following hoses are to be used for the disposal connections: Disposal connection Developer Fixer Water safety overflow Color Dimensions (mm / inch) red (DEV) 19x4 / 0.03E Installation and Startup Supply and disposal hoses Hoses inside the machine Internal hoses are pre-installed.69 inch) long PAP hose for the exhaust connection.12 fiber-reinforced 10x3 / 0. water. The PAP hose (Ø 100 mm / Ø 3.3.3.2 Hoses outside the machine External hoses can be ordered by the meter. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.16 fiber-reinforced transparent 19x4 / 0.3 6.16 fiber-reinforced blue (FIX) 19x4 / 0.DD+DIS301.O.1 Tapes to be wrapped around external hoses are included in the accessory box.O.39x0.16 fiber-reinforced (WAT) Order number CM+0000064133 CM+0000064134 CM+0000007620 The accessory box includes an approx.S.

03E Supply and disposal through the lower front panel (only Classic E.4. • The recessed material can be broken out with a screwdriver applied in the groove at the outside and a blow with the hammer.4 6.2 TYPE 5270/100 Required openings for standard installations (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) Exhaust connection Developer overflow / drain Fixer overflow / drain Water overflow / drain Safety overflow.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Type 5270/100) Instructions for breaking out the openings It is not necessary to remove the front panel in order to break out the openings.O. tanks Developer supply Fixer 2 supply Water supply E D C B A F G H 5273_10002_004.cdr Figure 17 Chapter 3 / 14 Classic E.4. / Classic E.1 TYPE 5270/100 DD+DIS301.S.Installation and Startup 6. • Mark the recesses to be broken out with a felt-tip marker.S.S. Figure 16 6.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .

CDR Figure 18 (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Exhaust duct Crossover Flexible exhaust hose inside Exhaust connection stub Frame (F) (G) Exhaust duct to the room exhaust (PAP hose) Mounting screw for crossover (B) • Break out the recess for the exhaust connection (Figure 17).03E 6.O. • Push the exhaust hose (C) onto the exhaust connection stub (D) integrated inside the front panel. - The film processor has an integrated exhaust duct (A). Edition 6. • Screw the exhaust connection stub (D) to the front panel using the 3 Phillips screws included in the accessory box.DD+DIS301. / Classic E. Exhaust connection: ∅ 100 mm (3.94 inch) are pre-mounted and included in the accessory box. • Push exhaust hose (F) on the exhaust connection stub (D) and connect it to the room exhaust. • Mount both ducts on the frame with mounting screw (G).S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. 50 m³/h max.94 inch) Max. Crossover (B) and the flexible exhaust hose (C) (∅ 100 mm / 3. • Loosen the mounting screw (G) located between the exhaust duct (A) and frame (E). 100 m³/h - - A G B E C D F 5273_10003_022.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 15 . • Push the crossover section (B) onto the exhaust duct.O.85 inch) (if this length is exceeded install an additional fan!) Exhaust volume: min. length of the exhaust hose: 5 m (196.3 TYPE 5270/100 Installation and Startup Installing the exhaust connection The machine internal exhaust must always be guided out of the machine.4.

06 inch) Hose positioning / reinforcement bend-protection Hose clamp Hose connection stub Threaded bush Rubber elbow Ø 10 mm (0. CM+9511017970 Not included in shipment. Fixer: blue Hose clamp 10 Chapter 3 / 16 Classic E.39x0. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S. CM+0000064082 CM+0000064083 Not included in shipment.39x0. can be ordered.S. can be ordered.CDR Figure 19 (F) (G) POS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Developer (DEV) Fixer (FIX) (A) Supply direction Configuration Pre-installed in the machine Not included in shipment.39x0. CM+9037200230 Designation PVC hose Ø 9x1. can be ordered.12 inch) fiber-reinforced Developer: red. CM+9511017920 Not included in the shipment. CM+7946064580 Pre-installed in the machine Included in the accessory box Not included in shipment.4 TYPE 5270/100 DD+DIS301. can be ordered.35x0.Installation and Startup 6.03E Installing the developer / fixer supply hoses Only use fiber-reinforced PVC hoses Ø 10x3 mm (0.5 mm (0. can be ordered. / Classic E.04 inch) PVC hose Ø 10x3 mm (0.O.12 inch) for the external hose connections (outside the machine)! Position the hoses without kinks! Installing the developer / fixer supply: 2 1 3 4 5 7 8 9 6 7 10 G F A 527003OM.O.4. can be ordered. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .39 inch) Hose clamp Pipe stub Ø 10x1 mm (0. CM+7037200210 Not included in shipment.

S. / Classic E. H 2 1 527003PM.O.cdr Figure 21 If a pressure reducer is included in the installation. B A 5273_10003_005.03E Installation and Startup Install the water pressure hose: TYPE 5270/100 For installation of the water pressure hose refer also to Chapter 14.O.DD+DIS301. • Connect the union nut (A) on the water pressure hose together with the dirt filter (B).S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. set the pressure to 2-6 bar. • Tighten the union nut (A) with a pipe wrench (tightness!). CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 17 .CDR Figure 20 POS 1 2 Designation Safety pressure hose Rubber hose passage / light seal Configuration Pre-installed Included in the accessory box • Position the water pressure hose through the front panel (H). Edition 6. • Connect the safety pressure hose with the water supply.

CM+9037200400 Not included in shipment.75x0.16 inch) Fixer (blue. can be ordered.79 inch) 4 Threaded bush 5 Hose clamp 6 7 Rubber elbow Pipe stub Ø 20 mm (0. tanks Configuration Pre-installed in the machine Pos Designation 1 PVC hose Ø 19x2. fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0. fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0. can be ordered.10 inch) transparent 2 Hose clamp 3 Hose connection stub Ø 20 mm (0.16 inch) CM+0000064134 Water (transparent. Install the drain hose to the floor drain.75x0. / Classic E. Chapter 3 / 18 Classic E.03E Installing the disposal hoses Only use fiber-reinforced PVC hoses Ø 19x4 mm (0.75x0.79 inch) 8 PVC hose.5 mm (0.O. can be ordered CM+0000064133 .CDR (A) (B) (C) Drain direction Developer drain / overflow Fixer drain / overflow (D) (E) Water drain / overflow Safety overflow.16 inch) for the external hose connections (outside the machine)! Position the hoses without kinks! A 1 2 3 4 5 5 5 7 8 Figure 22 6 B D E 527003QM.S. if this is permitted by the local regulations.75x0.16 inch) CM+0000007620 • Combine the hoses of the safety overflow (OVERFLOW) and water (WAT) with a Y piece and connect them with one drain hose. CM+7839185010 Not included in shipment. fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0. Developer (red.75x0.S.5 TYPE 5270/100 DD+DIS301.4. can be ordered. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Included in the accessory box Not included in shipment. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O. CM+9889629521 Not included in shipment.Installation and Startup 6.

• The film processor has an integrated exhaust duct (A). 50 m³/h max.DD+DIS301. Crossover (B) and the flexible exhaust hose (C) (∅ 100 mm / 3.94 inch) • Max.5. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. 196. length of the exhaust hose: 5 m (196.03E Installation and Startup Supply and disposal through the floor Installing the exhaust connection The machine internal exhaust must always be guided out of the machine.94 inch) are pre-mounted and included in the accessory box. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 19 .9 inch D 527003KM. 5 m max. 100 m³/h 6.O.5 6.49 inch)) A B C G F H max.S.1 Exhaust duct Crossover Flexible exhaust hose inside On-site exhaust pipe Exhaust connection stub Hose clamp Floor (core hole for exhaust connection: ∅ ≥ 114 mm (4.85 inch) (if this length is exceeded install an additional fan!) • Exhaust volume: (A) (B) (C) (D) (F) (G) (H) min. • Exhaust connection: ∅ 100 mm (3. / Classic E.O.CDR Figure 23 Edition 6.S.

O. Figure 25 This installation requires an additional exhaust stub Ø 100 (F) CM+9522030091 Chapter 3 / 20 Classic E.S. • Tighten the screw connection of the two exhaust stubs (F). • Frame (E) • Connect the exhaust hose (C) on the exhaust stub (F) and fix with a hose clamp (G). • Connect the on-site exhaust pipe (D) on the exhaust stub (F) and fix with a hose clamp (G).03E A S B E C Figure 24 527003CJ. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. • Push the crossover section (B) onto the exhaust duct (A).S.CDR • Loosen the mounting screw (S).O. / Classic E.Installation and Startup DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . • Tighten the mounting screw (S).

(5270/100) TYPE 5270/100 Classic E. CM+0000064082 CM+0000064083 Pre-installed H Edition 6. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 21 . can be ordered. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.5 mm (0.S.CDR Figure 26 9 Figure 27 POS 1 3 4 10 9 Designation PVC hose Ø 9x1.S.03E 6.O.S.O.O. can be ordered. CL (5270/105) TYPE 5270/105 H 1 4 9 3 10 1 4 9 5270_10003_016.06 inch) Hose clamp Hose connection stub Hose clamp PVC hose Ø 10x3 mm (0.O.35x0.39x0.12 inch) for the external hose connections (outside the machine)! Position the hoses without kinks! Classic E.5.CDR H 3 10 1 4 5270_10014_011.S. CM+9037200230 Not included in the shipment.DD+DIS301.2 Installing supply hoses Installation and Startup Only use fiber-reinforced PVC hoses Ø 10x3 mm (0.12 inch) fiber-reinforced Developer: red Fixer: blue Safety pressure hose Configuration Pre-installed in the machine Not included in shipment.39x0.

Chapter 3 / 22 Classic E.03E • If necessary shorten the internal supply hoses and insert the hose connection again. • Connect the fiber-reinforced (external) PVC hoses with the hose connection of the internal supply hoses.O.O. • Position the hoses together through the opening in the bottom to the mixer or to the individual tanks. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .S. / Classic E.Installation and Startup DD+DIS301.S.

O. B A 5273_10003_005. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 23 . set the pressure to 2-6 bar.S.cdr Figure 28 If a pressure reducer is included in the installation.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. Edition 6. • Tighten the union nut (A) with a pipe wrench (tightness!). / Classic E.03E Install the water pressure hose Installation and Startup For installation of the water safety pressure hose refer also to Chapter 14.O. • Connect the union nut (A) on the safety pressure hose together with the dirt filter (B). Section 8.DD+DIS301. • Connect the safety pressure hose with the water supply.

75x0.3 Installing the disposal hoses DD+DIS301.75x0. fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0. if this is permitted by the local regulations.5 mm (0.10 inch) transparent Hose clamp Hose connection stub Ø 20 mm (0.CDR 5 Figure 29 Pos Designation 1 2 3 5 8 PVC hose Ø 19x2.O. / Classic E.Installation and Startup 6.16 inch) Configuration Pre-installed in the machine Not included in the shipment.75x0. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.03E WAT FIX2 FIX1 DEV 1 2 3 8 5270_10003_017. • Position the developer / fixer disposal hoses together through the opening in the bottom to the central disposal site.16 inch) Water (transparent. Chapter 3 / 24 Classic E. • Connect the fiber-reinforced (external) PVC hoses with the hose connection stub (3) of the internal disposal hoses. CM+9037200400 Not included in shipment. can be ordered CM+0000064133 CM+0000064134 CM+0000007620 • Shorten the internal disposal hoses if necessary and insert the hose connection stub (3) again. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .75x0. fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0. • Combine the hoses of the safety overflow (OVERFLOW) and water (WAT) with a Y piece and connect them with one drain hose.5.S. Install the drain hose to the floor drain.79 inch) Hose clamp PVC hose. Developer (red.S. fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0.O.16 inch) Fixer (blue.

cdr 7.1.? YES NO 5273_10003_023._) Figure 30 5273_10003_009. • In the dialog window <Dev/Fix Repl Tnk conn. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 25 .DD+DIS301.5270.cdr Figure 31 Edition 6.03E Installation and Startup 7 7.S.1 Connect the level sensors of the replenisher tanks • Connect the level sensors of the replenisher tanks on the Control Board PCB1 as follows: Developer supply ST 71 Fixer supply ST 72 Anti-algae level ST 79 7. Any Display InfoCounters Test & Adjust Settings Service Settings Replenishment Language Service DevFix SuppCond Dev/Fix Repl Tnk conn.O.1 Connecting the Level Sensors Replenisher tanks ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 C80 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST54 IC52 ST64 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST81 ST82 ST15 ST87 Film Out IC78 ST88 ST65 ST62 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 MC22 IC57 C210 MC31 MC32 MC4 L11 MC16 MC17 SI9 SI8 ST5 TY2 BU9 ST45 ST66 S1 C64 C63 MC3 C79 ST68 ST69 MC24 MC23 TY1 +12MOT ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST4 ST71 ST72 ST73 BU4 HeatF R476 R380 RS 19 ST71 ST72 ST73 ST88 ST74 ST76 ST79 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 SI11 SI10 MC35 MC36 Blowe RS21 ST74 ST76 ST79 Brightness Contrast R464 R465 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 ST77 R475 R485 RS24 RS22 R378 RS20 R377 SI12 R379 R381 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 ST86 ST78 ST77 BU10 BU7 BU6 IR RS23 XK1 CM+952709450_ (F8.?> enter <YES>.S.?> or <Algicide Tank conn.1.O.? YES NO 5 Algcid SuppCond Algicide Tank conn.2 Set the code for the replenisher tank level connection • Call up the SERVICE program. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. / Classic E.7890.

03E MC28 MC27 SI2 ST54 IC52 ST64 ST65 MC4 L11 MC16 MC17 SI9 SI8 ST5 ST9 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 C80 BU9 ST45 MC22 TY2 ST66 S1 C64 C63 MC24 MC23 MC3 C79 TY1 +12MOT ST62 HeatF R476 R380 ST74 ST76 ST79 ST82 ST15 ST87 Film Out Brightness Contrast R464 R465 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 ST77 R475 R485 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 SI11 RS24 RS22 R378 R377 MC35 MC36 RS20 ST81 RS 19 IC63 ST88 ST71 ST72 ST73 Blowe IC50 IC51 ST89 IC78 RS21 SI12 R379 R381 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 ST86 BU10 BU7 BU6 IR RS23 XK1 ST53 ST66 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST4 BU4 CM+952709450_ (F8.?> enter Any Display InfoCounters Settings Test & Adjust Service Settings <YES>.1 Connecting the Mixer communication cable • Plug the communication cable of the Chemix Mixer (20 m / 787. / Classic E. • In the dialog window <Mixer conn.2 Mixer ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 ST63 ST85 ST57 IC57 C210 MC31 MC32 DD+DIS301.7890. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .S.Installation and Startup 7.O.2.? YES NO 5 5273_10003_024._) Figure 32 5273_10003_010.cdr 7.2.5270. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O. into the Control Board PCB1 / ST66. 7.cdr Figure 33 Chapter 3 / 26 Classic E. Replenishment Language Service Mixer Cond Mixer conn.4 inch long).S. CM+9528030301.2 Set the code of the mixer communication • Call up the SERVICE program.

cdr 7.> enter <YES>.DD+DIS301.03E Installation and Startup Disposal tanks ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 C80 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST54 IC52 ST64 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST81 ST82 ST15 ST87 Film Out IC78 ST88 ST65 ST62 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 MC22 7.5270.3. Any Display InfoCounters Test & Adjust Settings Service Settings Replenishment Language Dev Waste cond .2 Set the code for the disposal tank level sensors • Call up the SERVICE program.1 Connect the level sensors of the disposal tanks • Connect the level sensors of the individual disposal tanks on the Control Board PCB1 as follows: Developer disposal ST 73 Fixer disposal ST 74 7.O. YES NO Service Dev Waste Cond 5 Fix Waste Cond Fixer Waste cond YES NO 5273_10003_025.cdr Figure 35 Edition 6.3.> or <Fixer Waste cond.S. / Classic E._) Figure 34 5273_10003_011. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 27 . Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. • In dialog window <Devel Waste cond.3 IC57 C210 MC31 MC32 MC4 L11 MC16 MC17 SI9 SI8 ST5 TY2 BU9 ST45 ST66 S1 C64 C63 MC3 C79 ST68 ST69 MC24 MC23 TY1 +12MOT ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST4 HeatF R476 R380 RS 19 ST71 ST72 ST73 ST88 ST74 ST76 ST79 RS24 R485 R475 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 SI11 SI10 MC35 MC36 Blowe RS21 ST74 ST76 ST79 Brightness Contrast R464 R465 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 ST77 RS22 R378 RS20 R377 SI12 R379 R381 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 ST86 ST78 ST77 BU10 BU7 BU6 IR RS23 XK1 ST71 ST72 ST73 BU4 CM+952709450_ (F8.O.S.7890.

7890. and brightness and contrast of the display on the control panel with the potentiometers on the Control Board PCB1: Buzzer volume Display brightness Display contrast R466 R464 R465 Chapter 3 / 28 Classic E. / Classic E.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.O.03E 8 Adjusting Volume.Installation and Startup DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .5270.cdr • Adjust the volume of the buzzer._) Figure 36 5273_10003_029. Brightness. and Contrast on the Control Board PCB1 ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 C80 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST62 ST62 ST54 ST54 IC52 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 IC63 ST64 IC51 ST88 IC57 C210 MC31 MC32 MC4 L11 MC16 MC17 SI9 SI8 ST5 TY2 BU9 ST45 C80 IC57 MC24 MC23 TY1 TY1 +12MOT TY2 ST66 S1 C64 C63 C64 C63 ST81 MC13 MC2 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 S T7 0 ST67 ST68 ST69 MC22 MC3 ST64 ST65 ST65 C79 C79 +12MOT 27 ST4 ST90 ST63 ST85 ST BU4 HeatF ST88 ST82 Brightness Contrast ST15 ST87 Film Out R464 R465 IC88 Brightness Contrast ST79 ST74 ST76 ST75 ST78 ST77 RS5 RS7 RS8 R485 R475 R475 RS24 RS22 R378 RS20 R377 ST81 ST82 R464 R465 IC78 R476 R380 IC78 RS24SI12 SI12 RS10 MC35 RS11MC36 R380 RS19 ST71 ST74 ST76 ST79 ST72 ST73 R476 HeatF Blowe RS21 R379 R381 IC79 ST75 ST78 ST77 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 SI11 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 ST86 BU10 BU7 BU6 IR RS23 XK1 ST71 ST72 ST73 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 CM+952709450_ (F8.O.

7890.O.O.cdr • The voltage adaptation is made on the Control Board PCB1. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. • Rinse all machine tanks.S. 9.S. Prior to the connection of the mains supply the voltage setting must be checked and adapted to the local conditions! ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 IC57 C210 MC31 MC32 MC4 L11 MC16 MC17 SI9 SI8 ST5 C80 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST54 IC52 ST64 ST62 BU9 ST45 C35 MC36 MC13 MC2 MC20 ST68 ST69 MC34 MC22 MC20 TY2 ST45 MC3 ST66 S1 C80 MC22 ST70 C79 HeatF ST76 ST79 R476 R380 ST74 ST76 ST79 ST82 ST15 ST87 Film Out ST77 Brightness Contrast R464 R465 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 ST77 R475 R485 RS4 RS24 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS1 RS3 RS6 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS5 RS7 RS22 R378 RS20 R377 ST81 IC78 SI11 SI10 SI6 SI RS8 RS19 IC63 ST88 ST71 ST72 ST73 Blowe IC50 IC51 ST71 ST72 ST73 RS21 MC35 MC36 SI12 R379 R381 SI11 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 ST86 BU10 BU7 BU6 IR RS23 XK1 ST53 ST65 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST4 C79 +12MOT ST4 R475 R485 MC34 MC3 RS24 C63 SI12 C64 C64 C63 MC24 MC23 R TY1 BU4 CM+952709450_ (F8. / Classic E._) Figure 37 5273_10003_015.1 Starting Operation Preparing the startup procedure • Verify that the power plug is not plugged in.DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 29 . • Rinse the racks well. which is the standard fuse for SI10 is inserted according to the following allocation: Adaptation to mains voltage Fuse = 200 V 10 A in SI12 = 208 V 10 A in SI11 = 230 V = delivery status 10 A in SI10 After adaptation of the mains voltage a TEACH IN must be executed (service program <Test & Adjust> <Teach In>) Edition 6.03E Installation and Startup 9 9.2 Adapting the mains supply Ex factory the machine is configured for 230 V.5270. The 10A fuse.

/ Classic E. Check the function of the ground fault interrupter (GFI switch). Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . (No automatic reset) 1 2 5272_10003_07. Press the button.3 Checking the function of the GFI switch 0FI DD+DIS301. The machine must not be put in operation without an installed GFI switch! Chapter 3 / 30 Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.S.03E A GFI switch: (IN = 30 mA in compliance with VDE 664) is integrated in the machine. this releases / deactivates the GFI switch! Activate the GFI switch by resetting the toggle switch.Installation and Startup 9.O.O.cdr Figure 38 Inform the customer that this procedure must be carried out once per month.

8 l (196. Mix the chemicals for the developer and fixer according to the prescription in a separate container or in the mixer! Tank Developer tank Qantity 8. oz) 9.15 fl.DD+DIS301. • Fill the tanks up to the level marking.oz) Fixer tank 2 5. The O-rings at the shut-off valve are not lubricated with chemical-resistant grease.4 9.O.03E Installation and Startup Filling the developer and fixer tanks • Close the shut-off valves in the developer / fixer / water tanks.15 fl.1 Manual filling (in Type 5270/100 and Type 5270/105) TYPE 5270/100 • Fill the fixer tank first.O. oz) Water 5. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 31 .CDR Figure 39 Edition 6.oz) Fixer tank 1 10 l (338.4.8 l (196. TYPE 5270/105 527003SM.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.59 fl.18 fl.8 l (197. / Classic E. then fill the developer tank.

2 TYPE 5270/105 DD+DIS301. Filling ON Autom.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Prior to activation of the operating mode “AUTOFILL” ensure that enough chemical solution is provided in the replenisher tanks or in the Mixer.5 Switching on the machine Connect the power plug. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . / Classic E. Filling Language 527005y7. Filling OFF Service Figure 40 9.cdr RP Autom.O.O.cdr Figure 41 Chapter 3 / 32 Classic E. The menu option “AUTOFILL” is only offered if the capacity of the two replenisher pumps is more than 1 l/min. Any Key Ready 34. The machine can fill its tanks automatically. 2 1 5272_10003_08.Installation and Startup 9.S.4. Switch on the mains switch.03E Automatic filling with the AUTOFILL function (only in Type 5270/105) Automatic filling by means of the AUTOFILL function is only possible after a calibration was made.2°C Settings Autom.

9. • Hold the elbow in a measuring glass (minimum capacity: 1000 ml (33. Based on the replenishment rate set up in the SERVICE program <Settings> and the memorized pump capacity. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S. Section 9.9.oz). The replenishment pumps for developer and fixer have fixed rates and cannot be adjusted.82 fl. The display in the SERVICE program shows the following status message: Cal Dev and Fix go to Test / Adjust Edition 6. Preparations: • Pull out the replenisher supply elbow of the developer or fixer.6 Figure 42 • Switch on the machine. For standard replenishment rates see Chapter 3. A calibration of the replenishment rate is made by changing the pump time.O. / Classic E.DD+DIS301.13.03E Installation and Startup Calibrating the replenishment rate of developer and fixer upon first startup The machine can only operate if the calibration of the developer and fixer replenishment rates has been made.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 33 . the machine calculates the running time of the replenishment pumps.

/ Classic E. The removed chemicals can be poured back into the respective machine tanks.cdr “Air Bleeding” must be repeated until the pump and the hose system have been bled. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .S.03E • In order to calibrate the developer replenishment rate proceed according to the illustrations: Settings Language Service Service Service 1x Service InfoCounters Test & Adjust Test & Service Adjust > 5 sec Device ErrTest Autotest Test Input Test Output DEV Pump CAL 1x DEV Pump CAL FIX Pump CAL Activation of the Air bleeding system 1x 527303aa.cdr Air Bleeding Service Reg Pumps ON 527303aj. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Chapter 3 / 34 Classic E. and the chemical solutions are supplied without any air bubbles.S.O.O.Installation and Startup Execution of the calibration in the SERVICE program: DD+DIS301.

read the supplied amount of DEV at the measuring glass.O.cdr • After the procedure has been completed.03E Installation and Startup • As soon as the supplied chemicals do not show any bubbles terminate the “Air Bleeding” procedure by pressing the key.. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 35 ..S.. 527303ac.. 30 sec.cdr >1000ml Processing! Service ###..cdr Edition 6.... Air bleeding Reg Pumps OFF Start Test? Service 527303ab...cdr • Select Fix Pump Calibration and confirm this selection with the key. FIX Pump Service CAL Activation of the Air bleeding system Service 527303ae. regenerated volume = XXXml Insert result Service xxxx ml DEV Pump CAL By steps of 5ml 527303ad. keys on the display and confirm with the Enter key Processing! Service ############ Enter the measured value via the .DD+DIS301....O.S. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.

O..Installation and Startup DD+DIS301..03E Air Bleeding Service Reg Pumps ON • As soon as the supplied chemicals do not show any bubbles terminate the “Air Bleeding” procedure by pressing the key.. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. read the supplied amount of FIX at the measuring glass. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .... Air bleeding Reg Pumps OFF Start Test? Service 527303ab...0 °C 2Min 2 527303ai.S.cdr Chapter 3 / 36 Classic E.cdr OK 34. Enter the measured value via the with the Enter key .. Processing! Service ############ keys on the display and confirm regenerated volume = XXXml Insert result Service xxxx ml FIX Pump CAL Service By steps of 5ml 527303ag.cdr >1000ml Processing! Service ###.O.cdr • • After the procedure has been completed.S. / Classic E. 5273_10003_031.. 30 sec....

S. Type Application Process HT/60 s YES YES Process IP/90 s YES YES Process Process RP/2 min Ext. the drive motor runs in standby speed (50 cm/min / 19. • After the process cycle end (all IR heaters switch OFF) the machine goes back to the warm-up phase. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 37 .O./3 min YES YES NO NO 9.03E Installation and Startup Reset after switching on the machine • The machine executes a RESET (no BASEINIT) after switching on. Fuji I/F DOCKING and LR3300 can be changed via the SERVICE program. Edition 6. The machine loads the new parameters.7 5270/100 Curix 5270/105 LR3300 After modification of the application a machine reset with BASEINIT is executed. MAMMO. The applications CURIX. • The machine checks tank contents developer / fixer / water and refills if necessary. fixer. all circulation pumps are triggered. / Classic E. The selection of an application must be confirmed with YES.DD+DIS301. and water have the required level. This also applies if the setting in the program <Service Settings> is set on <Drive On Mode FILM>.O.S. • All data in the EEPROM (also customer specific data) is kept. It is saved upon exit from the SERVICE program. • If the developer.7 inch/min) during warm-up. Fuji-Standalone.

03E BASEINIT Only execute a BASEINIT in case of: • Software change • Inexplicable functional problems With a BASEINIT all standard process data is loaded from the EPROM (IC 50/51) into the EEPROM. Chapter 3 / 38 Classic E. All customer-specific settings in the EEPROM are overwritten and must be entered again via the SERVICE program <Service Settings>. switch on the machine.8 9.8. / Classic E.S.S. 9.1 DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O.9°C BASEINIT has been completed. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .2 Initiate a BASEINIT: SERVICE program A BASEINIT is carried out via the SERVICE program <Base Init>.O. wait until the status indication comes up on the display. Press the key and hold it. Depending on the set process and the current developer temperature the following status is displayed: RP 24. On principle all customer-specific settings are reset to DEFAULT during a BASEINIT.8. Automatic routine The machine initiates an automatic BASEINIT if a different software version number than the one stored in the EEPROM is detected in the EPROM (IC50/51) during the initialization. <Service Settings> Manual routine The machine is switched off.Installation and Startup 9.

Selection keys Use these keys to scroll through the options in the menus or to change values in input windows. / Classic E.1°C The contents of the temporary infocounter is deleted. LR3300 > +/. Translation of display texts (12 available languages) see Chapter 6. These settings may be entered in the SERVICE program <Service Settings>. FUJI Standalone. temporary and non-temporary infocounters are deleted.9. Edition 6.11 9.73fl. Section 9. dialog box.9. DEFAULT settings after a BASEINIT see Chapter 3. A confirmed dialog opens the corresponding input window. 9. If the system detects an invalid process application./min) not defined other than CURIX.5l/min (< 5.9.O.07fl. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. Back key Press this key to exit an input window.2 Setting the process parameters on the control panel Depending on the customers’ wishes the parameter can be changed. or a menu. Enter / Confirmation key Use this key to show the options in a menu or to confirm a dialog.S.7.O.DD+DIS301.03E Installation and Startup Exception: The following settings are only overwritten if a plausibility check detects incorrect limit values.1 System settings Setting the software switches in the SERVICE program The software switches allow changing and/or activating of special nonstandard functions and of standard parameters.S. FUJI IF Docking. MAMMO.9 9. Settings Replenisher pump capacity Display language Process application Calibration of the developer temperature Incorrect limit values during plausibility check < 150ml/min or > 1. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 39 . If you press this key in an input window any modifications made in this window will be canceled and reset to the initial values. Entered data is confirmed and accepted.oz/min or >50.oz.

cdr Fixer XXXX ml/m2 Figure 43 400 ml/m2 Chapter 3 / 40 Classic E. 60s (HT).O.03E Ready 2min 34. additionally in MAMMO: 3min (EXT) Adjustable between 25 °C and 39 °C in steps of 1 °C Dryer steps adjustable between 1 and 13 Possible settings are AUTO / OFF / ON Possible settings are OFF / ON Temperature Dryer Temperature XX °C 34 °C Replenishment Dryer XX 5 Jog Cycle AUTO Start Cycle OFF AUTO Start Cycle OFF Developer 2 XXXX ml/m 400 ml/m2 Adjustable between 50 ml/m² and 1200 ml/m² in steps of 50 ml/m² Adjustable between 50 ml/m² and 1200 ml/m² in steps of 50 ml/m² Fixer 527003yy. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . 90s (IP).O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.S.Installation and Startup Diagram: Setting the process parameters on the control panel Presettings Remarks DD+DIS301.0°C Settings Language Service Process 2min 2min Possible settings in the CURIX application: 2min (RP).

mm.03E 9.3 Access to the SERVICE program Installation and Startup and Access the SERVICE program by pressing the keys simultaneously with the thumb and holding them (5sec).yyyy .S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.9.O.S. 9.O.DD+DIS301. / Classic E.Press this key to cancel a setting.mm.4 Setting date and time • Call up the menu option <Set Date/Time>: Any Display Settings Language Service 5 527003m10-e. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 41 .cdr Figure 44 • Set date and time: Action Select <Set Date/Time> Set the date Confirm the set date Set the time Confirm the set time Time: hh:mm Keys Result Date: dd.yyyy Time: hh:mm Date: dd.9. Date: dd mm yyyy = day = month = year Time: hh = hours mm = minutes Edition 6.

cdr Service Reset ServInd.S.5 DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . YES OFF ON NO Service Reset ServInd.9.Installation and Startup 9. 527203m17-e. / Classic E. or 4 times/year Confirm the input (3) Select <Reset ServIndic> The service indicator is reset as the new date is saved Confirm the input Service Interval x times/year 2 times/year (for example) Reset ServIndic YES NO Reset ServIndic. YES YES NO NO 1 2 3 Figure 45 • Reset the service indicator: (1) Action Select <Service Indic. ON The service indicator (1) must be activated. • Call up the menu option <Maintenance>: Any Display Settings Language Service 5 Service Indic. Interval YES x times/year NO Reset ServInd.O. (2) Select <Service Interval> Select 2. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. the service indicator must be reset. set ON Confirm the input Keys Result Service Indic ON OFF Service Indicat. Reset ServIndic.03E Setting the service intervals in the SERVICE program To ensure that the machine starts a new service interval after the installation. YES Chapter 3 / 42 Classic E.> Activate the service indicator.O. 3. Service Interv. Indicat.S. only then the SERVICE interval (2) can be selected and the service indicator (3) can be reset.

done . Enter StartMeas Press ENTER to start selection 5 Measurement #X Offset Current 5273_10003_032.O. they must be read in via the <Teach In>.procedure must be completed to be able to exit this dialog.(OK) Figure 46 #x XXX V XXX mA =Y =N = number of the consumer = voltage = measured current = yes = no (new value not yet saved.cdr #X XXX V Save? =Y XXX mA =N Teach In .O. • Call up the menu option <Teach In>: Any Display InfoCounters Test & Ajust Device ErrTest Settings ServiceSettings Language Teach In Service Going standby please wait 3s Select all dev.S. / Classic E.03E 9. old value is kept) Edition 6.DD+DIS301.S.9.6 Installation and Startup Executing a <Teach In> in the SERVICE program As the current values depend on the actually applied supply voltages. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.Wait . CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 43 . The <Teach In>.

difference of two current values in percentage = difference of two current values. The supply voltages of the machine and the currents of the consumers are measured.WAIT -done. the following message is displayed: Exit the function. absolute value For a table of the current values see Chapter 6. DD+DIS301.S. Save the measurement. Once all consumers have been measured and the results saved.03E Keys Display text Press ENTER to start selection Going standby please wait 3s Select all dev.S. If there are no errors.O. the measurement will also be aborted with an error message: #xx TO:yyyy-zzzz ccccms >aa%/bbbb xx yyyy zzzz cccc aa bbbb = number of the consumer = last current value = actual current value = maximum measuring time = max.Installation and Startup <Teach In> procedure: Action Select the dialog window <Teach In> All consumers are switched off. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. / Classic E. current and voltage are stored in the EEPROM after ENTER.2 Chapter 3 / 44 Classic E. Enter StartMeas Measurement #X Offset Current #X: XXX V XXX mA Save ? √=Y x=N #X: XXX V XXX mA Teach in .(OK) Error messages In the following cases a warning is displayed during the <Teach In>: • The measured current value is outside the given range of values: #xx WARN: aaaamA Range=bbbb-cccc! xx aaaa bbbb cccc = number of the consumer = measured current = minimum permissible value = maximum permissible value • If the current value cannot be measured within the given maximum measuring time.O. The next measurement is carried out. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . The first measurement is carried out and then the result is displayed.

XX. The adjustment range is +/.Sensor °C Service 5270_10003_022.1 °C in steps of 0.Display °C Dev.O.X Dev. / Classic E. • Enter the resulting temperature under SERVICE program <CAL DEV Sensor>.7 Calibrating the Developer Temperature (CAL) Installation and Startup The developer temperature sensor can be calibrated with the function <CAL DEV Sensor>.DD+DIS301.1 °C.9.1 °C in steps of 0.cdr 5 Figure 47 Use the function <CAL DEV Display> to adapt the temperature indication on the display. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 45 . Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.O.X Cal. XX.1 °C.S.03E 9. • Check the developer temperature with e thermometer. The adjustment range is +/. Edition 6.S. InfoCounters Test & Ajust CAL DEV Display CAL DEV Sensor Settings ServiceSettings Language Cal.

cdr Figure 48 • Delete the infocounter: Action Call up the <InfoCounters> menu and confirm Select the dialog window <Clear TEMPCountr> Confirm the input Select <Yes> Confirm the selection tmp = temporary data Keys Result Info Counter Clear TmpCountr Clear Tmp Count Yes No Clear Tmp Count Yes Data deleted Chapter 3 / 46 Classic E. The following temporary data is no longer available after deletion of the infocounter: .Processed film in square meters • Call up the dialog window: Any Display Settings Clear TmpCount Yes No Language Service 5 527203m4.03E Resetting the temporary infocounters in the SERVICE program Delete the contents of the temporary infocounter after an installation or maintenance.Installation and Startup 9. as it contains information about film.Consumption of developer solution . developer and fixer consumption between the service intervals. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . / Classic E.Consumption of fixer solution .O.9.8 DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.O.S.

S.O. / Classic E.DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.O.9 Installation and Startup Display all <Service Settings> in the SERVICE program with <Quick Display> The dialog window <Quick Display> under SERVICE program <Service Settings> <Quickdisplay> offers an overview over the setup in the service settings. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 47 .03E 9. Any Display Settings Service Settings Language Replenishment Service Base Init Quick Display 5 5273_10003_021.cdr Figure 49 Edition 6.9.

Service Settings Replenishment • Call up the dialog window: Any Display 1a-e 2 3a 3b 4 5 6 7 8a-b 9 10a-b 11 12a-c 13 14 15 16 17 Settings Service Settings Language EOS Fix Cond Service Mixer Cond Dev Fix SuppCond 5 Algcid SuppCond Water Drain Keys Buzzer Maintenance Set Date/Time Cleaning Mode Demo Mode Process Mode Base Init 527003yc-e.O.Installation and Startup 9.O.10 DD+DIS301.S.cdr Quick Display Figure 50 Chapter 3 / 48 Classic E. / Classic E.03E Setting the customer specific settings in the SERVICE program <Service Settings> During first installation further settings can be set in the SERVICE program <Service Settings>. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .9. No.

Surface dependent water supply: When film feed is detected a process dependent delay time counts down before the water replenishment starts (film just before the water tank). NO (Menu Service settings Replenishment Start Replen.S. Edition 6. Activate. CONT Surface Replen. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.03E Installation and Startup DEFAULT settings Possible settings Start repl.) 1b Water replenishment (Menu Service settings Replenishment Wat.DD+DIS301. CONT Surface Replen. The replenishment rate depends on the set value of the water replenishment (see 1c). ALGAE Process time dependent water supply: The water supply starts with the film order and end after the process time has elapsed. SURF Surface Replen. / Classic E. YES SERVICE SETTINGS 1a Start replenishment Start repl. In addition. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 49 . NO Meaning Deactivate the start replenishment of developer and fixer with 400 ml each. Mode) Surface Replen. Repl.O. Prevention of algae: mode CONT.S. water is supplied every 30 min and always for 5 min if no film is developed. + 5min. Start repl.O.

Repl. ON Jog Replenishm.S. Jog replenishment is switched off. 1e Developer jog-cycle Jog Dev. Repl.Value 30000 ml/m² Possible settings Wat.Installation and Startup SERVICE SETTINGS 1c Setting of the water replenishment rate ml/m² (Menu Service settings Replenishment Water Repl. If this value is below 3 m² the jogcycle is activated automatically.03E Meaning Value for the water replenishment rate if the setting <Surface Between 3000 and Replen SURF> was 2 30000 ml/m selected for the water adjustable in steps of replen. Auto Jog Replenishm.fixer (Menu Service settings Replenishment Jog Repl. 1000 ml/m² Jog Replenishm 1d Jog-cycle Auto replenishment developer . Value) DEFAULT settings Wat.) Jog Fix. otherwise deactivated. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . mode. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Mode) Jog Replenishm. Xxx ml/h Adjustable between 50 and 200ml/h in steps of 50ml/h Jog Fix. Repl.Repl.S. 100ml/h rate (Menu Service settings Replenishment Jogdev. Repl. Value 30000 ml/m² DD+DIS301.ON> has been set. the amount to be replenished for developer and fixer can be entered. Replval. OFF When the machine is switched on the film to be processed is calculated based on the values of the last work day. If <Jog Replenishm. 100ml/h Jog Dev.O. / Classic E.Repl. The amount set in the SERVICE program (see 1e) is replenished every hour. Xxx ml/h Chapter 3 / 50 Classic E. Fixer (Menu Service settings Replenishment JogFix Replval.O.

S.? Yes Check if an E.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 51 .O. Edition 6.Waste cond No Fixer Waste conn? Yes Fixer Waste conn? No Check if the fixer disposal tank is connected. / Classic E.03E Installation and Startup DEFAULT settings Drive ON Mode CONTINUOUS Drive ON Mode CONTINUOUS Drive ON Mode FILM Possible settings Meaning Activate / deactivate the main drive during processor STANDBY The drive motor runs with 0.O. fix device is connected. EOS Wash/Fix conn. SERVICE SETTINGS 2 Motor drive during processor STANDBY (Menu Service settings Drive on Mode) Devel.S.Waste 3a Level sensor of developer disposal cond Yes tank connected? (Menu Service Settings Dev Waste Cond) 3b Level sensor of fixer Fixer Waste conn? Yes disposal tank connected? (Menu Service Settings Fix Waste Cond) 4 E.5 m/min during processor STANDBY Drive motor only runs during film process time. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.? No EOS Fix conn.? No EOS Fix conn.Waste cond Yes Devel. fix device connected? (Menu Service Settings EOS Fix Cond) Devel.O. then STOP Check if the developer disposal tank is connected.DD+DIS301.S.S.

to prevent algae growth. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . Drain Time) Water Drain Time 2:00 Water Drain On Water Drain Off Activate / deactivate the automatic water tank draining (and refill) for 24hsystems. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.Installation and Startup SERVICE SETTINGS 5 Level signal mixer connected? (Menu Service Settings Mixer Cond) DEFAULT settings Possible settings DD+DIS301. / Classic E.O. conn.S.? No tanks (Menu Service Settings DevFix SuppCond) Dev/Fix Repl Tnk Check if the level conn.? Yes Check if the level signal generator mixer is connected. • DEFAULT: 02:00 h • On time can be set.? Yes 7 Level sensor antialgae tank (Menu Service Settings Algcid SuppCond) Algicide Tank conn.O. Water Drain Time 2:00 Water Drain Time hh:mm Setting for water tank draining time. 6 Level sensor supply Dev/Fix Repl Tnk conn.? No Mixer conn.? No sensors of the replenisher tanks Dev/Fix Repl Tnk are connected.03E Meaning Mixer conn.? No Mixer conn.Drain Mode) 8b Setup of time for water tank draining (Menu Service Settings Water Drain Wat.S.? No Not active Water Drain 8a Automatic water On tank drain due to algae (Menu Service Settings Water Drain Wat.? No Algicide Tank conn. Chapter 3 / 52 Classic E.

S. There is no buzzer signal.O. / Classic E. Modified DEFAULT settings are not saved! Activates the buzzer. Timeout NoKey 10b Return to the operation program 300 seconds Timeout (Menu Service Settings Keys TimeoutNoKey) Timeout NoKey xxx seconds Adjustable between 0 and 3600 s in steps of 5 s Set time after which the system returns automatically from the SERVICE program into the operation program. Edition 6. 11 Buzzer (Menu Service Settings Buzzer) Buzzer ENABLE Buzzer ENABLE Buzzer DISABLE Deactivates the buzzer.O. full capacity during film cycle. CONTINUOUS: Exhaust fan runs permanently with full capacity. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. SERVICE SETTINGS 9 ExhaustFan Function of the FILM exhaust fan in processor standby (Menu Service Settings ExhaustFan Mode) ExhaustFan CONTINUOUS 10a Control panel lock (Menu Service Settings Keys Key Lock) Key Lock NO Key Lock NO Key Lock YES Adjustment range: 1. The customer can only set the dryer steps.S. neither for keystrokes nor for error messages.13 dryer steps Restricted operation possibilities of the Settings menu.DD+DIS301.03E Installation and Startup DEFAULT settings Possible settings ExhaustFan FILM Meaning FILM: “Half-capacity” in processor standby. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 53 .

Installation and Startup SERVICE SETTINGS DEFAULT settings Possible settings ServiceIndicat.S. the customer is informed about the need of maintenance during the first 3 films after switching on. After an installation always execute a RESET. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . or 4 times/year Set the SERVICE interval.) ResetServIndic No ResetServIndic No ResetServIndic YES The “Service” display is deleted.O. / Classic E. ON DD+DIS301. SERVICE intervals are set on counter level “0”. The current data is saved.O. Deactivate. OFF 12b Set the SERVICE intervals per year (Menu Service Settings Maintenance Service Interv. 3. 12c RESET (Menu Service Settings Maintenance Reset ServIndic.S.03E Meaning Activates the service interval indication for the customer. 12a Switch on service / ServiceIndicat. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Chapter 3 / 54 Classic E.) ServiceIndicat.) ServiceInterval 2 times/year ServiceInterval 2 times/year ServiceInterval x times/year Adjust 2. So the interval starts at the time of the installation. Once the SERVICE interval has elapsed. The interval is only displayed in case of an activated service/ maintenance system. ON maintenance indicator (Menu Service Settings Maintenance Service Indic.

Only the drive system runs.. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 55 .S.. Drive motor runs.O.O.. / Classic E.MM.. Switch off demo mode. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. Press to exit the <Cleaning Mode> Meaning Set date and time DD MM YYYY hh mm = day = month = year = hour = minutes SERVICE SETTINGS 13 Set Date/Time (Menu Service Settings Set No preset values Date/Time) 14 Cleaning mode (Menu Service Settings Cleaning Mode) No preset values Activates the cleaning mode. FUJI. level sensor..I/F DOCKING and LR3300 can be selected 17 Quick Display (Menu Service Settings Quick Display) No preset values Overview over all settings in the Service Settings Edition 6. circulation pumps are running.03E Installation and Startup DEFAULT settings Possible settings Date:DD.. developer and fixer are heated to 39°C. Cleaning Mode ###. MAMMO. After 30 minutes <cleaning Mode finished> is displayed. The replenisher pumps are not triggered.YYYY Time: hh:mm Enter DD. confirm and use the keys to move to the next value. Selection of the application After modification of the application a machine reset with BASEINIT is executed! 15 Simulation (demo) Demo Mode OFF of film processor (Menu Service Settings Demo Mode) Demo Mode OFF Demo Mode ON 16 Process mode (Menu Service Settings Process Mode) Curix New Mode:Curix Yes No The applications CURIX... Demo mode without function of pumps.. dryer. FUJI-STANDALONE.S.DD+DIS301. heater and cross flow fan.

Installation and Startup 9. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.03E HT 60s 60s 60s 60s 60s IP 90s 90s 90s 90s 90s RP 2min 2min 2min 2min 2min EXT 3min 3min - High Throughput Intermediate Processing Rapid Processing Extended Chapter 3 / 56 Classic E.12 Processes Application Curix Mammo FUJI Standalone FUJI I/F Docking LR3300 HT IP RP EXT No CONT AUTO CONTINUOUS ENGLISH NO NO ON FILM NO ENABLE ON 2 2 min (RP) 34°C process dependent 300 sec 400 ml/m² 400 ml/m² 30 l/h 100 ml/h 100 ml/h DD+DIS301.9.11 DEFAULT settings ex factory / after BASEINIT DEFAULT Values Start replenishment Water replenishment Jogcycle replenishment Drive on Mode Language EOS Fix Cond Mixer Cond Water drain Mode Exhaust Fan Key Lock Buzzer Service indication Service interval Process DEV temperature Dryer step Timeout Nokey DEV replenishment rate FIX replenishment rate WAT replenishment rate Jogcycle DEV replenishment rate Jogcycle FIX replenishment rate 9.S.O. / Classic E.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O.9.

3 µS/cm value 9.DD+DIS301.S.88 in² 3000 ml/min (101. / Classic E.25 m2 3. RP.9.03E Installation and Startup 9. EXT*): Process data/time Process speed Standard DEV temperature (range: 25-39°C/ 77-102°F) Standard FIX temperature Fixer 2: Warm-up time Dryer setting (range: 1 to 13). Replenishment cycle Water supply HT (60s) 160 cm/min 62.47 in/min 34°C (93°F) 34°C (93°F) approx.5 in/min 34°C (93°F) EXT (3min) 52 cm/min 20.45 fl.oz/min) 5 5 Water pressure range min.13 Process data The film is developed according to the selected process type (HT.O.73 in/min 36°C (96.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 3 / 57 .14 Application dependent process parameter Application (ml/m²) Developer replenishment rate DEFAULT settings Range min max Fixer replenishment rate DEFAULT settings Range min max CURIX MAMMO FUJI Stand Alone 400 50 800 FUJI I/F Docking LR3300 400 50 1200 400 50 1200 400 50 800 600 50 800 400 50 1200 600 50 1200 400 50 800 400 50 800 600 50 800 Edition 6.99 in/min 38°C (100°F) IP (90s) 106 cm/min 41. 6 bar Water conductivity min.8°F) RP (2min) 80 cm/min 31.O. 20 min 7 5 0.9. IP. 2 bar max.

.

Operating Instructions 4 Section 4 File the operating instructions of the machine in this section. Section 4 .

.

.Chapter 4: Intentionally left blank.

.

Functional Description 5 Section 5 explains the machine principle and describes its function in normal conditions. Section 5 . Furthermore it describes the structure and function of individual assemblies.

.

4....4........................................................................................S......2 4............. 18 Flow chart of the film drive .... 25 5........................................................................................................................5 5...................... 31 Control of the fixer heater.......... 31 Control of the dryer ...... 26 Automatic water tank draining / algae prevention. 24 Filling phase: Water tank empty detection ................... 28 Jog cycle: developer / fixer replenishment per hour................2.....................................................O......................2 General .............. 32 Dryer test during heating phase ................................................... 29 Solution circulation.............. 4 Differences according to serial numbers ..........................3 4..... 6 Flow chart of the switch-on cycle ..............1 5...............4 Functional Sequences ................................4...3 5... 13 Heating phase ................ 4 Differences according to type numbers .................. 8 Filling phase ..... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E...............................8...................1........... 34 Edition 6..................................1 5.......2........2 Individual Functions ...................................... 1 Film Transport Diagram..................1 5...............................03E Functional Description Chapter 5 Contents 1 2 3 3. 20 Film processing ..............2 4...................2 Developer / fixer replenishment ..4.... 30 Control of the developer heater .......O............... 11 All tank levels reached ...................................................................................................................................................6 5...................1 3........... / Classic E.................................8 5..........................................................2.................... 3 Functional Differences.................................2.....................S.. 33 Dryer control during film cycle..... 23 5 5.. 14 4..........................4 Film drive ..............2 4.............. 4 4 4....... function of the synchro-motor pumps .4 4...........................3 4...........3 4....4 5...............1 4................ 7 Initialization and start phase............................... 24 Water supply during film cycle: ................ 6 Switch-on cycle ................................. 22 Film transport into the film chute ..........................DD+DIS301........................................8.1 4...............................................7 5............................................................1............1 4..................... 24 Water supply .... 19 Start of film cycle.............................................. 21 Film drying............................................. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / I ..................................................2 5.......

...5 DD+DIS301......14 5...........O......................................... 41 Classic E...3 5....... 38 Temperature measuring.............................35 Error messages of the dryer control ..........................8....13 5. (Type 5270/100)..................10 5.........2 Roller Diagram...8....................................4 5...................................S...........................................9 5...................................... 39 Data saving .................................................... CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6....S...........................................................15 Transformer ..............................03E Table: Delay times of the IR-heaters depending on the process ....................................................... CL (Type 5270/105) ................. 39 Level detection ........ 41 Classic E...36 5. 38 Drive motor ... 40 6 6.......................O..................................1 6.........S.......................................................12 5........................................... 39 Current sensor...................11 5.................. / Classic E............ 39 Power failure...............O.............O................Functional Description 5....S....................8..... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential ........................ 42 Chapter 5 / II Classic E...................35 Dryer step setting .................

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 1 .O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. It implements the EOS technology (Ecologically Optimized System) – a double fixer tank system. (Classic E.O.S. which reduces considerably the silver carry-over into the water tank. Technical functions between the fixer tanks Fixer tank 1 (F1) and fixer tank 2 (F2) are connected via an opening at the upper edge of the intermediate wall.03E Functional Description 1 General The Classic E.DD+DIS301.S CL) is a film processor for medical x-ray films. Edition 6. The higher fixer level in tank F2 spills over into tank F1 through the opening in the intermediate wall. compared to fixer tank 2 (F2) the silver concentration is quite high.S. / Classic E.O. W F2 F1 A LEV_F2 LEV_F1 W F2 F1 E 5270_10005_001.CDR Figure 1 A E F1 F2 Film transport direction Developer tank Fixer tank 1 Fixer tank 2 W LEV_F1 LEV_F2 Water tank Level fixer 1 Level fixer 2 Fresh fixer is added to tank F2 and is heated. At the same time the same amount of fixer is drained via the F1 tank drain.O. In fixer tank 1 (F1) the film is almost completely fixed.S.

O.Functional Description DD+DIS301.S. The fixing process with two tanks reduces the silver concentration in the second tank. / Classic E. This circulation provides for an even temperature distribution in the fixer. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . Chapter 5 / 2 Classic E. and less silver is carried over into the water tank.O.S.03E The tank circulation mixes the fresh fixer with the fixer solution in tank F1. In case of a standard water supply of 3 l/min the remaining silver concentration in the water drained through the water tank overflow is less than 1 ppm. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.

/ Classic E. C). The amount of replenished chemicals is based on the processed amount of film and the PROCESS application. • Replenisher pumps meter the supply of fresh developer and fixer solution to the tanks (B. • The transport rollers of the film processor transports the film through the developer tank (B).O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 3 .O.DD+DIS301. the fixer tanks 1 and 2 (C).03E Functional Description 2 Film Transport Diagram 1 A H B K G C K G C K G D K J E F I I 527305AA. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. Edition 6. Exhausted chemicals are collected in external tanks. The water tank (D) is supplied directly by the water installation system. 2 + rack Water tank + rack Distribution rollers F G H I J K Dryer Upper rack guides (crossovers) Film feed table (only for type 5270/100) Dryer: Cross flow fan / convection heater Dryer: IR-heaters Racks: Central roller / main rack drive • The film is inserted via the feed table (H) and is then pulled into the machine over magnetic rollers.cdr Figure 2 Film handling: 1 A B C D E Film transport direction Film scanner rollers Developer tank + rack Fixer tank 1.S.S. the water tank (D) and the dryer (F). waste water is drained into the sewer system. The magnetic rollers scan the film size.

7750.2 Differences according to serial numbers Only downward compatible Only upward compatible Type 5270/100 >SN4500 Type 5270/105 >SN1500 F8.cdr Cross flow fan 24V Level sensors in fixer tanks Level sensor only in fixer tank 1 230V Level sensor in fixer tank 1 and 2 Chapter 5 / 4 Classic E.O.5270._ (Label on PCB1. MEOS 1201-1401 and EOSUNIV1007 Only the software versions CEOS1303-1801.7890.5270.7950. • “Autofill” – function for the replenisher tanks integrated.7950.7890.1 Functional Differences Differences according to type numbers The Classic E.7750._ (Label on PCB1.03E 3 3.S CL Type 5270/105 has been designed for connection with the Laser Imager 3300.5270.S CL Type 5270/105 and the Classic E.5270. The differences of the Classic E.Functional Description DD+DIS301.O.O. 3.S.O. and ESOUNIV1007 must be installed on Control Board F8._! 0M4 Option Differences Control Board PCB1 Type 5270/100 <SN4500 Type 5270/105 <SN1500 F8. MEOS 1201-1401._/ F8. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .S Type 5270/100 are: • Instead of a feed table the machine has a docking unit for connection with the Laser Imager 3300.O.5270._! Water circulation pump 0M4 0M4 Standard 5273_10005_001.S Type 5270/100 is a film processor with standard racks. • The control panel is located on the side of the machine. • 24 V replenisher pumps for developer and fixer. The film processor Classic E.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6._ and/or F8. no part number!) Compatible with the software versions CEOS 1303-1801. no part number!) Compatible with Software Version CLLC 1107 Only software version CLLC 1107 and higher must be installed on Control Board F8.O.5270.

03E Functional Description Only downward compatible Only upward compatible Type 5270/100 >SN4500 Type 5270/105 >SN1500 13 dryer steps 10 Power levels Differences Dryer triggering Type 5270/100 <SN4500 Type 5270/105 <SN1500 10 dryer steps 8 Power levels Edition 6.DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.O.O.S. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 5 .

Functional Description DD+DIS301.S.S.03E 4 4. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O.cdr Figure 3 0 = basic machine 0SW1 0F1 2MG1 2MG2 2M1 (2M3) 2M2 (2M4) 0M2 0M4 0M5 0M6 0M7 3S1-5 Chapter 5 / 6 Film processor mains switch GFCI switch Solenoid valve water supply Solenoid valve water drain 1 = dryer flap 2 = base 3 = darkroom feed table 0HEAT1/ 1HEAT1 0M1/1M1 0HEAT3 0HEAT2 Convection heaters Dryer fan Heater developer Heater fixer 2 Exhaust fan IR-heaters Developer temperature sensor Fixer 2 temperature sensor Dryer temperature sensor Developer level sensor Fixer 1 level sensor Fixer 2 level sensor Water level sensor Dev replenisher pump (Type 5270/100) 1M2 Dev replenisher pump (Type 5270/105) 0IR1/1IR1 Fix replenisher pump (Type 5270/100) Fix replenisher pump (Type 5270/105) Drive motor Water circulation pump Fixer 2 circulation pump Fixer 1 circulation pump Developer circulation pump Magnetic film detection rollers Classic E. / Classic E.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) SENS1 SENS2 SENS3 LEV_1 LEV_2 LEV_3 LEV_4 Edition 6.1 Switch-on cycle 0M6 0M7 Functional Sequences 0M5 0M4 SENS1 LEV_1 LEV_2 LEV_3 SENS2 LEV_4 0HEAT3 0HEAT2 2MG2 0IR1 1IR1 1M2 0SW1 2MG1 2M2 0FI 0M2 0M1/ 0HEAT1 SENS3 1M1/1HEAT1 5272_10005_010.

2.2.O.03E Functional Description Flow chart of the switch-on cycle Solenoid valve water drain Solenoid valve water supply Water level sensor Developer replenisher pump Fixer replenisher pump Developer level sensor Level sensors fixer tank 1/2 Drive motor Circulation pumps Motors dryer fans Convection heaters with temperature curve Developer tank heater with temperature curve Fixer tank 2 heater with temperature curve 5273_10005_005.S.O.1) Filling phase (see Section 4.S.DD+DIS301.2.cdr 4.3) Heating phase (see Section 4. motors ON Motor OFF active not active c d Levels reached (see Section 4. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 7 .4) 1 0 active not active Motors: Heaters: Edition 6.2 Exhaust fan Figure 4 a b Initialization and start phase (see Section 4. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.2) 1 0 Sensors: 1 0 Triggering.2.

03E After switching on the machine (GFI switch 0F1 and mains switch 0SW1 on) the system will be initialized. / Classic E. If they are not. drive motor 0M2 will not start. The control panel is loaded. • • All process data is set. All data in the EEPROM (also customer specific data) is kept.2. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.2. the following functions will be checked: 4.1. After the initialization in the starting phase.1 Initialization and start phase DD+DIS301.O. a display request the calibration: Cal Dev Pump goto Test/Adjust or Cal Fix Pump goto Test/Adjust or Cal Dev and Fix goto Test/Adjust If the replenishment rates for developer and fixer have not been calibrated. EMERGENCY FILM processing is not possible! The machine will not switch to the filling / heating phase! After the “First calibration” procedure was made (during the installation) this check is only repeated in the following repair cases: • Replacement of Control Board PCB1 • Replacement of clock chip IC52 Chapter 5 / 8 Classic E. • The machine executes a RESET (no BASEINIT).S.Functional Description 4.1 After switching on • Calibration of the replenishment rates after machine installation: Internal check if developer and fixer replenishment rates have been calibrated. At first all consumers are off. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O.

2 If the Mixer level is too low the display reads: CHECK MIXER And the respective replenisher pump will not be triggered if a replenisher tank is empty.1.2.1.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 9 .2.O.3 EOS Wash/Fix connected? (Option) Internally the correct function of the EOS Wash/Fix is checked. and has been activated in the service program <Service Settings> <Mixer cond> 4. The machine rejects film feed.O.03E Functional Description Mixer connected? (Option) Internally the Mixer function is checked. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. provided the unit is connected assn has been activated in the service program <Service Settings> <EOS Fix Cond> If the function is not OK. / Classic E.DD+DIS301. provided a Mixer is connected. EMERGENCY FILM processing not possible! 4. the display reads: CHECK EOS MODULE Edition 6.S.

03E Level sensors of the replenisher tanks connected on the film processor? (Option) Internally the system checks if the replenisher tanks of developer and fixer are full. EMERGENCY FILM processing not possible! 4.S. provided the sensors are connected and have been activated in the service program <Service Settings> <Dev Fix Suppcond> In case of empty replenisher tanks the display reads: DEV REPLEN TANK EMPTY or FIX REPLEN TANK EMPTY And the respective replenisher pump will not be triggered if a replenisher tank is empty.5 Level sensors of the disposal tanks connected on the film processor? (Option) Internally the system checks if the disposal tanks for developer and fixer are full.6 Anti-algae unit connected on the film processor? (Option) Internally the system checks if the level of the anti-algae unit is sufficient and has been activated in the service program <Service Settings> <Algcid Suppcond> If the level is too low the display reads: CHECK ANTI-ALG Chapter 5 / 10 Classic E. If they are full the display reads: WASTE TANK FULL If a disposal tank is full. / Classic E.2.O. EMERGENCY FILM processing is possible! 4.1.1.Functional Description 4. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .1. The machine rejects film feed.2.2.S.4 DD+DIS301.O. the respective replenisher pump will not be triggered and the water supply solenoid valve 2MG1 will be closed.

1 • Edition 6. LEV_2. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 11 .S.2 4.DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.2.03E Functional Description Filling phase Filling developer and fixer tanks • • The levels in the film processor tanks are checked.O.2. / Classic E. The levels of the supply and disposal tanks are checked. and LEV_3 react or until a maximum of 1200 ml each has been supplied. If the level in the tanks has dropped.S.O. If a level cannot be reached the following error messages will be displayed: Developer Level or Fixer Level and the switch-on cycle is interrupted.2. the replenisher pumps for developer 2M1 and fixer 2M2 will be switched on. 4. If the supply tanks are empty or the disposal tanks are full. the developer tank will not be filled. The tanks are filled until the level sensors LEV_1.

filling rate of 1200ml supplied? Yes Fixer level Error message No Chapter 5 / 12 Classic E.0°C Max.Functional Description Flow chart for the developer tank filling: Machine ON DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . / Classic E. RP ! 25.03E Developer level reached? Yes Heating developer only if all tank levels OK! No Adding developer hi fü The display alternates between “Adding developer” and the process type with the current temperature. Max.0°C The display alternates between “Adding fixer” and the process type with the current temperature.S.O. filling rate of 1200ml supplied? Yes Developer level Error message No Flow chart for the fixer tank filling: Machine ON Fixer level reached? Yes Heating developer only if all tank levels OK! No Adding fixer RP 25.S.

5 m/min of film transport speed). If it was not possible to reach the water tank level within 7 minutes the error message Water Level will be displayed and the switch-on cycle is aborted. fixer1 0M6. Once the water level sensor LEV_4 detects a full water tank. Edition 6. filling time of 7 min.O.O.S.2. by opening the water tap) by switching the film processor off and on again.03E 4. and fixer2 0M5 switch on. Flow chart for the water tank filling function: Machine ON Water level reached? Yes Heating developer only if all tank levels OK! No Adding water RP 25.0°C The display alternates between “Adding water” and the process type with the current temperature. / Classic E. The switch-on cycle must be repeated after the problem has been solved (e.DD+DIS301.2 Filling the water tank Functional Description If the water level is too low the water supply solenoid valve 2MG1 opens. Max.2.g. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 13 .2. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. the water supply solenoid valve 2MG1 is closed after a delay of 5 seconds.3 All tank levels reached • • All circulation pumps – developer 0M7. reached? Yes Water level Error message No 4. Drive motor 0M2 starts at 41 rpm (corresponds to 0.S.

4 Heating phase DD+DIS301. • • • The cross-flow fans (dryer fans) 0M1/1M1 are triggered. If the temperature increases less than 1°C within a period of 4 minutes.O. The cross flow fans run for about another 30 seconds (delay). The convection heaters 0HEAT1/ 1HEAT1 are switched on in addition.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . but only if the respective solution level in the developer/fixer tanks has been reached.2. Otherwise the cross flow fan and the convection heaters switch off. After 30 seconds the temperature must have increased by at least 2°C (measured by the dryer temperature sensor SENS3).O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Afterwards. fixer. and water have been reached. / Classic E. Control Board PCB1 triggers the heaters in the developer/fixer tanks.S.Functional Description 4.03E Developer and fixer heaters will only be switched on after the levels in developer. (error message Service 505). The temperature indicated on the machine display always refers to the temperature in the developer. The temperature increase in the solutions is monitored during the heating phase. After the functional check the convection heaters switch off again. the following messages will be displayed: Service 502 and/or Service 504 (fixer temperature too low) (developer temperature too low) • • • • Chapter 5 / 14 Classic E.

4. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 15 . / Classic E.O. Yes Service 501 Error message No Heating developer RP 25.S.03E 4.0°C The display alternates between “Heating developer” and the process type with the current temperature.1 Flow chart of the developer heating function: Machine ON Functional Description ACTUAL = NOMINAL temperature in the developer? Yes RP Ready 34.0°C No ACTUAL > NOMINAL temperature + 1°C and process type not changed? The display alternates between “Cooling developer” and the process type with the current temperature.O. Temperature increase < 1°C in 4 min? Yes Service 502 Error message No Edition 6.DD+DIS301.2.0°C No ACTUAL > NOMINAL temperature + 1°C and process type changed? Statusmeldung: Gerät ist bereit Yes Cooling developer RP 36. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.

temp.O. / Classic E.0°C The display alternates between “Heating fixer” and the process type with the current developer temperature. temp. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Display: Ready IP 36°C Temperature regulation: Heater OFF: ACT dev.4. Heater ON: ACT dev.S.8°C Chapter 5 / 16 Classic E. -0. below NOM dev. < NOM dev.5°C from the NOM temperature.4.2 Flow chart of the fixer heating function: Machine ON DD+DIS301.1°C) In case of a deviation of –0. temp. • The machine goes back to heating phase (machine not ready). Temperature increase < 1°C in 4 min? Yes Service 504 Error message No 4.S.03E ACTUAL = NOMINAL temperature in fixer? Yes RP Ready 34.0°C Status message: machine is ready No ACTUAL temperature > 40°C? Yes Service 503 Error message No Heating fixer RP 34. (ACT dev.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . temp. = NOM dev. temp.3 Temperature control for developer / fixer heating Developer: The heating phase in the developer ends when the ACT temperature deviates by less than 0.Functional Description 4.2.2. if the ACT temperature is more than 1°C below NOM temperature.0°C the developer heater will switch on and the machine remains ready for film processing.1°C to –1. Display for example: IP 34. temp.

/ Classic E.O. Edition 6. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 17 .03E • Functional Description If the developer temperature is more than 1°C above the NOM temperature.O.S.S. EMERGENCY FILM processing is possible and the display reads: Cooling developer RP 35. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. • Fast cooling down is possible: Carefully pour cold developer of the replenisher tanks into the developer tanks.DD+DIS301. the display reads: Service 501 • However.7°C EMERGENCY FILM processing is possible! Cooling by adding cold developer. the machine will switch to “cooling phase”. Fixer: • The heating phase ends when the NOM temperature of 34°C has been reached. If the fixer temperature is above 40°C. if the reason why the developer temperature is more than 1°C above NOM temperature is a change in the process type (and thus a different NOM temperature) or in the developer temperature. the display reads: Service 503 • Sequence for the developer cooling: Developer temperature too high? Yes Developer temperature or process changed? No Service 501 Yes Cooling developer RP 35. The machine goes back to heating phase if the ACT temperature in the fixer drops below 30°C.5°C This display alternates with the status display (newly selected process type and current developer temperature).

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O.S.3 Film drive 0M5 0M4 0M6 0M7 SENS1 DD+DIS301.S.O.03E LEV_1 LEV_2 LEV_3 SENS2 LEV_4 0HEAT3 0HEAT2 2MG2 0IR1 1IR1 1M2 0SW1 2MG1 2M2 0FI 0M2 0M1/ 0HEAT1 SENS3 1M1/1HEAT1 5272_10005_010.Functional Description 4.cdr 0 = basic machine 0SW1 0F1 2MG1 2MG2 2M1 (2M3) 2M2 (2M4) 0M2 0M4 0M5 0M6 0M7 3S1-5 Film processor mains switch GFCI switch Solenoid valve water supply Solenoid valve water drain Figure 5 1 = dryer flap 2 = base 3 = darkroom feed table 0HEAT1/ 1HEAT1 0M1/1M1 0HEAT3 0HEAT2 Convection heaters Dryer fan Heater developer Heater fixer 2 Exhaust fan IR-heaters Developer temperature sensor Fixer 2 temperature sensor Dryer temperature sensor Developer level sensor Fixer 1 level sensor Fixer 2 level sensor Water level sensor Dev replenisher pump (Type 5270/100) 1M2 Dev replenisher pump (Type 5270/105) 0IR1/1IR1 Fix replenisher pump (Type 5270/100) Fix replenisher pump (Type 5270/105) Drive motor Water circulation pump Fixer 2 circulation pump Fixer 1 circulation pump Developer circulation pump Magnetic film detection rollers SENS1 SENS2 SENS3 LEV_1 LEV_2 LEV_3 LEV_4 Chapter 5 / 18 Classic E.

/ Classic E.4.O.S.cdr Figure 6 a b Start film cycle (see Section 4.4. motors ON 0 Motor OFF 1 active 0 not active 1 active 0 not active switch point and time (variable) Edition 6.03E Functional Description Flow chart of the film drive Solenoid valve water supply Exhaust fan Drive motor Dryer fan IR-heaters Convection heaters Heater developer Heater fixer 2 4.1) Film processing (see Section 4.2) Motors: Sensors: Heaters: c Film drying (see Section 4. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.4.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 19 .DD+DIS301.4.3) d Film transport to film chute (see Section 4.4 a b c d 5273_10005_006.S.4) 1 Triggering.

Risk of fogging! If the required number of pulses was counted. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. • Every 0. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .1. If less than 3 pulses per magnetic roller are detected. 4. Attention: Film lies on the feed table. • The IR-heaters 0IR1/1IR1 are switched on for 5s with a power of 70V (lowest power setting). • The processed amount of film is detected by the pulses of the magnetic rollers.1 4. fixer. for example: RP 34. Exhaust fan 1M2 is set to full speed. The magnetic roller detection 3S1-5 at the feed table detects the film transport pulses.03E All conditions for normal film processing are satisfied: • Levels in developer. The dryer fans 0M1/1M1 switch on.2 Sequence of the film feed detection Within a process dependent time frame at least 3 pulses per magnetic roller must be counted.Functional Description 4. depending on the code • Mixer / replenisher tanks full • Disposal tanks empty • The display reads.4. The convection heaters 0HEAT1/1HEAT1 heat up to nominal temperature (temperature sensor SENS3).S.S.4. Permanent film drive starts: Drive motor 0M2 for film processing switched on.O.1 Start of film cycle Standby phase DD+DIS301. • • • • Chapter 5 / 20 Classic E. this is indicated by a signal of three short buzzer signals = problem in film feed. / Classic E.O.25 m2 of processed film developer and fixer are replenished according to the set replenishment rate.0°C The operator feeds film via the feed table. even if the code of the dryer setting does not include the IR-heaters. the film drive starts. and water tank reached • NOMINAL temperatures in developer and fixer tanks reached • Drive motor in permissible speed range.4.1. film transport stopped.

Then the film is transported into the dryer (F) via the distributor rollers (E). CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 21 .4.03E 4.25 m2 film.DD+DIS301. The replenisher pumps 2M1 and 2M2 are triggered always after the processing of 0. RP (2min).O.O.1. Edition 6. Once the tanks have been filled.3 Emergency film cycle Functional Description EMERGENCY FILM processing is only possible when all LEVELS have been reached. The film runs through the developer (B).cdr Figure 7 1 • • • Film transport direction The film is processed according to the selected process type (HT (60s). The display “EMERGENCY FILM” during film feed informs about the machine status! It must be considered that the film processing quality is not standard quality! Check the current ACT developer temperature in the tank! 4. Once the film passed through the feed rollers. fixer 1 (C) and fixer 2 (C). Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. EXT (3min). / Classic E.4.2 Film processing 1 B C C D E F 5273_10005_007. the display changes back to the developer temperature and process time. If a film is fed in this phase the display reads: EMERGENCY FILM PLEASE WAIT And a long acoustic signal (1s) indicates that the film has been accepted as an emergency film. IP (90s). and afterwards through the water (D). (see Chapter 03)). the machine is ready for emergency film during the heating phase.S.S.

At the end of the drying process the film drops into the film chute.4.S. Chapter 5 / 22 Classic E.Functional Description 4. The temperature in the dryer fan 0M1/1M1 is monitored by the sensor SENS3 and. / Classic E.03E 0HEAT1 0IR1 0M2 SENS3 1IR1 0M1 1M1 5273_10005_008. The IR-heaters 0IR1/1IR1 were switched on after the film was reliably detected in the film processor.cdr 1HEAT1 1M2 Figure 8 • • • • The film runs from the water distributor unit downwards into the dryer.O. if necessary.O. the convection heaters 0HEAT1/1HEAT1 are switched on as well.3 Film drying DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.

The water supply solenoid valve 2MG1 closes. main drive 0M2 switches off as well (DRIVEON = N) or switches to standby speed (DRIVEON = Y).S. or switches off completely. / Classic E. Edition 6.DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 23 .cdr Figure 9 • • • • • • The film is transported out of the transport rollers (M) and into the film chute (N). The IR-heaters switch off.03E 4. 30s after the IR-heaters switched off the dryer fans 0M1/1M1 switch off as well. The process is complete.4 Film transport into the film chute Functional Description 5270_10005_003.O.S.4. After the IR-heaters switched off. Exhaust fan 1M2 switches back to half-power. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.O.

1 5.1. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .Functional Description DD+DIS301.O. EMERGENCY FILM processing is possible! Chapter 5 / 24 Classic E. water will be refilled after the machine was switched on.S.03E 5 5. the level may only drop again during operation that the tank can be refilled within 30 seconds. The drive motor does not run during this filling phase. The tank must be filled within a maximum time of 7 minutes. If the tank cannot be filled within this time the following error message is displayed: Water level This is indicated by an intermittent buzzer signal and the water supply solenoid valve is closed.1 Individual Functions Water supply Filling phase: Water tank empty detection If the water level is to low. The display reads: PLEASE WAIT Feeding EMERGENCY FILM is not possible! Once the water tank level was reached. / Classic E.S.O.

/ Classic E. In addition there is a 5 minutes water supply every 30 minutes as long as no film is developed during this time.S.1.03E 5. Edition 6. Value>. + 5min.O.1 > 5 sec. The replenishment modes can be set up via code in the service program: Water supply during a film cycle any Display 5.2 Functional Description Water supply during film cycle: Water supply during the film cycle depends on the coded replenishment mode. The time between film feed and start of water replenishment varies with the different process types. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. SURF: Water replenishment starts just before the film reaches the water tank.1.cdr Surface Replen. The water supply rate is set up in the SERVICE program <Wat. ALGAE: Prevention of algae: mode CONT. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 25 .2. 527005kp. Repl. CONT SURF ALGAE CONT: Water supply starts when film feed is detected and ends with the end of the processing time.S.O.DD+DIS301.

03E The replenishment of developer and fixer depends on the processed amount of film. the following message is displayed: <Please wait> If you feed film the display reads: <Emergency film> If the added replenishment time is below 10 minutes. Calibration of the replenishment rate) Processed amount of film in Automatic calculation based on the pulses square meters of the magnetic rollers. After-replenishment takes place after a problem has been solved or after a power interruption.25 sqm Replenishm. time = Set replenishment rate ml/sqm pump rate (ml/min) x processed film in sqm x 60 The replenishment time is worked out by the machine according to the above formula and based on the entered “pump rate” and the desired replenishment amount per square meter. replenisher tanks empty. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Set replenishment rate (see Chapter 3. If the machine needs more than 10 minutes for this added replenishment. Once the correct operation continues. If the replenishment is interrupted (disposal tanks full.oz. time = 400 ml/sqm 150ml/min x 0./min).Functional Description 5. and after another 15 minutes it will be doubled again. A replenishment cycle starts per 0.07 fl. machine OFF) the missed replenishment amount is stored in the clock chip.25 sqm of processed film. Setup of process parameters) Pump rate in ml/min (see Chapter 3. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . • film amount in 0. the machine switches to standby status.25 sqm x 60 = 40 s During replenishment the supplied replenisher rate is recorded per second.S. Replenishment time in seconds. Chapter 5 / 26 Classic E. the interval time between two films will be doubled.2 Developer / fixer replenishment DD+DIS301.O. the missing replenishment is added.O. / Classic E. If the added replenishment time needs 20 minutes. The actual replenishment rate is then the result of the replenishment time: Replenishm. Example: • Pump rate 150ml/min (5. • Set replenishment rate 400 ml/m2.S.

replacement of PCB1). Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 27 .S. the machine requests a “new calibration”! Edition 6.O.DD+DIS301.g. / Classic E.S.O.03E Functional Description The data of the pump replenishment rate is stored in the battery supplied clock chip IC52! In case of an empty battery or if a new clock chip is inserted (e.

03E To avoid the growth of algae an automatic water tank drain can be activated. This function can be set up in the service program: Any Display Water Drain ON OFF Water Drain Time: hh:mm > 5 sec. Tank draining starts again after the film processing has been completed! Chapter 5 / 28 Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O. / Classic E. If a film is fed while the water is being drained. 527005lq. The water tank will be filled.cdr A timer is triggered after machine switch-on. if • the set time has been reached. Adding water Emergency film processing is not possible during this time! If the time for tank draining comes during film cycle. the water drain valve will close immediately. and • the machine was switched on without interruption for 24:00 hours.Functional Description 5. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .S.O.3 Automatic water tank draining / algae prevention DD+DIS301. Water tank being flushed alternating with the display Please wait The water tank draining is only activated.S. the activation of the tank draining will be delayed until the film processing cycle is completed.

and jog cycle mode are saved in the infocounter. the jog cycle will be activated. the developed film amount per day is worked out. the film amount processed last will be checked. Upon switching on the machine compares the current date with the date of the last switch-off. Date. Entry 11 overwrites the first recording. Every hour the replenishment rate set up in the service program for developer and fixer is replenished.cdr OFF: Jog cycle is inactive.S.DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 29 . processed amount of film in square meters. / Classic E. AUTO: If the AUTO mode has been set up in the service program (only for standalone machines).O. ON: Jog cycle is activated.4 Any Display Jog Replenishm AUTO ON OFF > 5 sec. If the dates are not corresponding. If this amount is less than 3 sqm.S. 527005y10. otherwise it remains inactive.03E Functional Description Jog cycle: developer / fixer replenishment per hour This function can be set up in the service program and is activated per default: 5.O. Edition 6. whereby always the last 10 working days are recorded. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.

If there is no OK signal from the motors after 67 s. fixer 1 or 2 Water circulation The synchro-motors are also triggered in case of a defect to show by means of the LEDs which one of the motors is defective. And in addition the synchro-motors are switched off for 5 seconds during film cycle. Synchro-motor defective Circulation of developer. function of the synchro-motor pumps Circulation is provided by the circulation pumps with synchro-drive (a rotating magnetic field drives a pump rotor with permanent magnet). is the OK signal switches to NOT OK fro more than 15 seconds.O. and as an option in the water tank (0M4).S.5 DD+DIS301. The circulation pumps guarantee a continuous circulation in the developer (0M7). / Classic E. fixer (fixer 1 / fixer 2).03E Solution circulation.O. fixer 1 (0M6). Which synchro-motor is defective? LED on/light: LED off/dark: Synchro-motor and circulation pump OK. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . 80 seconds after the OK signal the developer and fixer heaters switch on .S. Start of the synchro-motor pumps: After switching on the synchro-motors of the circulation pumps are triggered. and water have been reached. The circulation pumps 0M4-0M7 are switched on as soon as the levels of developer. If the OK signal fails to come. This procedure is repeated during the film cycle.Functional Description 5. a new trigger attempt is made. fixer 2 (0M5). Chapter 5 / 30 Classic E. If then there is still no OK signal. the error message <Service 514> or <Check water pump> (corresponds to <Service 515>) is generated. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. The system makes 2 attempts maximum. this will only be indicated at the end of the film cycle.

An error message Service 503 is displayed if the ACT temperature is at least 1°C above the NOM temperature. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. or an error message will be displayed.S. Error messages: 1. temp. temp. = NOM dev. ACT dev.7 Control of the fixer heater In case of a NOM temperature below 34°C (93.O.1°C to –1.0°C the developer heater will switch on and the machine remains ready for film processing. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 31 . Once the NOM fixer temperature has been reached for the first time. An error message Service 504 is displayed if there is no temperature increase in the ACT temperature of at least 1°C (1.8°F) above the NOM temperature. A service message Service 501 is displayed if the ACT temperature is at least 1°C (1.8°F) within 4 min! 2. 5. Edition 6. the ACT temperature must only vary between 28°C and 40°C (82.8°F) within 4 min! 2. temp. the fixer heater switches on. < NOM dev. / Classic E.S. (ACT dev.03E Functional Description Control of the developer heater Heater OFF: Heater ON: ACT dev. An error message Service 502 is displayed if there is no temperature increase in the ACT temperature of at least 1°C (1. temp.1°C) In case of a deviation of –0. below NOM dev. temp.6 5. If the temperature is below 30°C (86°F) the machine / display switches to heating phase. temp. -0.4°F and 104°F). Error messages: 1.2°F).O.DD+DIS301.

cdr 1HEAT1 1M2 Figure 10 Chapter 5 / 32 Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O.03E 5.Functional Description DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.O. / Classic E.8 Control of the dryer 0HEAT1 0IR1 0M2 SENS3 1IR1 0M1 1M1 527005dy.S.

O.03E 5.8. 1HEAT1 on cross-flow fan 0M1. PCB1 defective Emergency film processing possible Y es Increase of ACT temperature = 2°C within 30s? Y es Convection heater 0HEAT1. 1HEAT1 off cross-flow fan 0M1. 1M1 on Measuring ACT. 1M1 off Service 505 Error message: Convection heater assembly not OK! Emergency film processing possible! Dryer test end machine in STANDBY Edition 6.O. temperature Error message: Service 520 Functional check temperature sensor SENS3 measuring value between 0°C – 100°C No Service 535 Temperature sensor SENS3 defective All sensors outside their range. 1HEAT1 off cross-flow fan 0M1.DD+DIS301.1 Dryer test during heating phase Dryer test Functional Description Convection heaters 0HEAT1. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 33 . Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S. 1M1 30s afterrun No Convection heater 0HEAT1.S.

S. / Classic E.Functional Description 5. 1IR1 off Measuring current 2: IR heater switched off Error message: IR heater defective Current 1 > current 2 and current 1 corresponds to the values in the table: Current values IR heater tolerance 10% No Service 574 30s after the IR heater switched off: Cross-flow fan 0M1. 1IR1 are triggred with two steps above the set dryer step (see Section 5.S.5. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . 1M1 off Film cycle end E d Start dryer test (see Section 5. 1HEAT1 off Checking the IR heater function: Measuring current 1: IR heater switched on IR heater: 0IR1.8. 1HEAT1 on Heating of the IR heater 0IR1.) No Convection heater 0HEAT1. 1M1 off 120s after the IR heater switched off: Cross-flow fan 0M1. drive motor 0M2 runs Cross-flow fan 0M1.03E See table: Delay times of the IR heaters See nominal temperature in: Section 5. (SENS3) DD+DIS301.5 ACT temperature reaches NOM temperature within 60s after film detection Y es After the switch-on delay elapsed: IR heaters 0IR1.8. 1IR1 are triggered according to the set dryer step (see Section 5. 1IR1 with dryer level 1 Start of the process depending switch on and switch off delay of the IR heaters Measuring the ACT temp.8. 1M1 on Convection heater 0HEAT1.O.1) Chapter 5 / 34 Classic E. 1HEAT1 off After the switch-on delay elapsed: IR heaters 0IR1.2 Dryer control during film cycle Film detected.O.5.8. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.) After the switch-off delay elapsed: Convection heater 0HEAT1.8.

6 4.S.0 3.3 Functional Description Table: Delay times of the IR-heaters depending on the process Process: Switch-on delay: Switch-off delay: HT (60s) 35s 78s IP (90s) 65s 118s RP (2min) 85s 155s EXT (3min) 145s 241s Table: Current values of IR-heaters depending on the dryer steps Minimum current (A) Dryer steps: 1 Voltage range: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 <210V 0.7 1. and the available mains voltage.9 2.3 1.S.0 5. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 35 . if there is no OK signal after three attempts to switch on the cross flow fan.6 >235V 0. An error message Service 574 is displayed if the current value of the IR-heater deviates from the expected value by more than 10%. / Classic E.6 1.8. The expected value is determined by the set dryer step.7 2. 3.6 1. The film will be developed but not dried! 2.7 1.2 3. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.1 1.2 2.9 1. Edition 6.3 3.6 2.5 1.3 2.4 Error messages of the dryer control 1. IR-heaters and convection heaters are not switched on.9 3.8.0 2.9 3.O.03E 5.1 2. An error message Service 505 is displayed if the temperature increase in the dryer is less than 2K within 30s.2 210-235V 0. the process type.O.9 2.0 1.4 1.DD+DIS301.4 2.6 3.5 0. An error message Service 510 is displayed.

.8.set process type.available mains voltage. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.03E • The complete dryer function is influenced by three parameters: .O. (°C) 40 40 45 42 40 40 45 40 40 45 45 46 44 RP (2min) / EXT (3min) IR (V) 0 0 70 70 100 125 145 145 160 190 200 208 208 NOM temp.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . and above 235V.O.selected dryer step.5 Dryer step setting DD+DIS301. (°C) 35 40 40 42 40 40 40 42 40 45 45 46 40 Chapter 5 / 36 Classic E. • There are 13 dryer levels available. and . between 210V and 235V. • We differentiate three mains voltage ranges: below 210V. • The process types are combined in two groups: 60s/90s (HT/IP) and 2min/3min (RP/EXT).Functional Description 5. The following tables shows the combination possibilities of the parameter values for 13 possible dryer levels or steps: Mains voltage < 210V Process HT (60s) / IP (90s) Dryer step 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 IR (V) 0 70 70 100 125 145 145 160 175 190 200 208 230 NOM temp. / Classic E. • The adjustment range of the various dryer steps is the result of defined combinations of the voltage levels for the IR-heaters and temperature steps of the convection heaters.

/ Classic E. (°C) 35 40 40 42 40 40 40 42 40 45 45 40 40 Mains voltage > 235V Process Dryer step 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 HT (60s) / IP (90s) IR (V) 0 70 70 100 125 145 145 160 175 190 200 208 208 NOM temp. (°C) 40 40 42 40 40 40 42 40 40 40 40 36 36 RP (2min) / EXT (3min) IR (V) 0 0 70 70 100 125 145 145 160 190 200 208 208 NOM temp. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. (°C) 35 40 40 42 40 40 40 42 40 45 40 36 36 Edition 6.O. (°C) 40 40 42 40 40 40 42 40 40 45 45 40 36 RP (2min) / EXT (3min) IR (V) 0 0 70 70 100 125 145 145 160 190 200 208 208 NOM temp.S.DD+DIS301.235V (200V) Process Dryer step 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 HT (60s) / IP (90s) IR (V) 0 70 70 100 125 145 145 160 175 190 200 208 230 NOM temp.03E Functional Description Mains voltage 210V .O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 37 .S.

• The operating speed (film transport) depends on the selected process (HT (60s).9 Transformer DD+DIS301. • If the motor internal supply voltage increases to a higher value than 36V.O. • Standard control accuracy better than 2%.O. Number of revolutions 3353 2218 1690 1108 Chapter 5 / 38 Classic E. • If the ACT motor speed deviates from the NOM speed by more than 50%. the motor will be switched off. The following table shows the different motor speeds in relation to the selected process: Process HT (60s) IP (90s) RP (2min) EXT (3min) An error message Service 506 is displayed. • Switching the process application The speed correction is accepted 7 seconds after process switching. 22V.5 m/min (DEFAULT setting)” during the STANDBY phase.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . RP (2min). and 30V are provided for DC consumers. the motor is switched off. This happens if the mains supply is higher than 250V. The respective voltages for dryer operation are tapped. EXT (3min)). Secondary voltages of 15V.03E A toroidal core transformer provides the required voltages for the machine. IP (90s).Functional Description 5.10 Drive motor • Once all tank levels have been reached. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. / Classic E. Whereby the respective voltage values depend on the applied mains voltage.5 m/min during the heating phase. the drive motor starts at 0.S. • The following functions may be set up in the SERVICE program <Drive on>: “Motor sopped during STANDBY phase” or ”running at 0. 5. • Triggering comes through the Control Board PCB1.

• The temperature is shown with an accuracy of 0. Function as in emergency film phase. For possible error messages refer to Chapter 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.3. 3 V. / Classic E.DD+DIS301.14 Power failure Power failure during film cycle: Power failure in standby: Once the mains power comes back a process cycle with dryer function and water supply takes place. • The average value of the voltages is determined by 10 measuring cycles. The temperature corresponding to this voltage value is then taken from an internally stored table. Falls back to heating phase → STANDBY Edition 6.12 LEVEL detection is provided in the machine tanks developer / fixer 1 / fixer 2 / water tank (dev / fix1 / fix2 / wat) with one electrode each. The voltage value at the sensor is checked every 100 ms.2).3) 5. Chapter 6.1°C.S. When the tank is filled and the solution reaches the electrode a ZERO level is applied at the sensor.13 Current sensor During a <Teach In> the current sensor PCB2 determines the ACT current values of the individual users. current values. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 39 . In case of major deviations (see Current value table. An average value is worked out based on 10 measuring cycles. Level detection 5. error messages will be created which are displayed as Service messages with error numbers. the voltage values on the temperature sensors SENS1 (developer) and SENS2 (fixer) are determined every 100ms.O.11 • To measure the temperature. Error messages see Chapter 6. The LEVEL is reached once the voltage value is approx. • Plausibility check: All temperature values below 0°C or above 100°C are considered as nonreal temperature values and will be discarded! And an error message is generated! (See Chapter 6. The current values of the consumers measured during the function are compared to the saved NOM current values and then evaluated.3 5.S.03E Functional Description Temperature measuring 5.O. These current values are saved a NOM.

15 Data saving DD+DIS301.O.O. IC52.S. Specifically: Module EPROMs IC50.Functional Description 5.S. and IC53 on the Control Board. / Classic E. IC51 Data • Machine software Clock chip IC52 • Status of the replenishment rate calibration • Values of the replenishment rate calibration • Operating hours • Infocounter data • Expiration date of the maintenance interval • Operation relevant data in case of power failure EEPROM IC53 • All values and settings of the SETUP menu • List of detected problems (error hit list) Chapter 5 / 40 Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. IC51.03E All operation relevant data is saved in the chips IC50. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .

5 Roller gray D=22.1 Roller Diagram Classic E.5 Roller red D=22.O. / Classic E.8 Roller gray D=22.6 Roller yellow D=22.5 Roller yellow D=48 Roller yellow D=22. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.cdr 3 3 5 6 Figure 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 14 45 Roller gray D=22.O.S.5 Roller gray D=48 Roller gray D=22.S.03E Functional Description 6 6.S. (Type 5270/100) 3 45 3 3 45 3 3 5 5 5 5 2 5 3 5 5 5 7 1 4 5 1 1 5 3 5 7 1 4 5 1 1 5 3 5 7 1 4 5 1 1 5 3 5 3 3 3 3 1 14 14 5 3 3 3 3 527305ua.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 5 / 41 .5 Edition 6.DD+DIS301.

5 Roller gray D=22.8 Roller gray D=22. CL (Type 5270/105) 3 45 3 3 45 3 3 DD+DIS301.5 Roller yellow D=48 Roller yellow D=22. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .cdr 3 3 5 6 Figure 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 14 45 Roller gray D=22.5 Roller gray D=48 Roller gray D=22.5 Roller red D=22.S.O.2 Classic E.5 Chapter 5 / 42 Classic E.S.03E 1 5 5 5 2 5 3 5 5 5 7 1 4 5 1 1 5 3 5 7 1 4 5 1 1 5 3 5 7 1 4 5 1 1 5 3 5 3 3 3 3 1 14 14 5 3 3 3 3 5270_10505_01.S.6 Roller yellow D=22. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O. / Classic E.Functional Description 6.O.

Section 6 is divided into the following chapters: 1 2 3 4 5 6 Safety regulations / general hints for repair work Tools and auxiliary means (also software tools) Troubleshooting Electrical and mechanical codes. Exact information of the machine functions (section 5) is the prerequisite for doing repairs and adjustments.Repair and Service 6 Section 6 contains detailed information for repair and service. including adjustment instructions when applicable Adjustments (software and hardware) Section 6 . fuse tables Replacement of parts.

.

.......................S....... / Classic E................. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.................................................... 3 2 2... 5 Repairs on circuits .... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.................. 1 Checking the function of the GFI switch 0FI.......5 2........... 6 Repairs on printed circuit boards ........4 2.............................. 4 Cover switch ........1 2........................... 8 Handling of chemicals ...............O......................................1 / I ... 4 Light tightness of the machine................O............ 7 Working on the dryer .......6 2.................................S...........3 2.DD+DIS301..................... 6 Replacing the clock chip IC 52 (battery) on the Control Board PCB1...2 2................... 8 Edition 6............................................................................1 Safety Check....................................7 Repair Instructions. Repair Instructions Chapter 6........................1 Contents 1 1....................................03E Repair and Service Safety Regulations.......................

.

DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.O. protruding parts.1 / 1 . Edition 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. or sharp edges are exposed around the machine.S. • Remove any remainders of water and chemicals. defective housing. on all supply and drain hoses. Upon completion of every repair or maintenance the following safety checks are required. Observe the disposal regulations for chemicals. Repair Instructions 1 Safety Check • • To check the power supply disconnect the machine from the mains. Use the Voltmeter to verify that there is no voltage. Tightness check • Check the hoses and tanks for leaks.S. / Classic E.O. Visual check • Make sure that no obstacles. Checking the functions of safety devices • -Check the function of the cover/door switch. Country-specific regulations must be considered as well. inside and outside the machine.03E Repair and Service Safety Regulations.

S. VBG4.03E Electrical check • Check the power cable and the cables inside the machine for damage.S.O. 1: 2: 3: 4: Internal circuit of the machine to be tested Measuring equipment for testing the protective earth resistance Connection between meter and protective earth Connection between meter and conductive parts which may be touched in the machine to be checked Figure 1 When measuring the resistance consider that the total value always includes the resistance of the measuring cable. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . / Classic E.2 Ohm (according to VDE 0702. • Check the grounding connections at the metal panels and housing. The resistance of the PE with an earthed pin connector is ≤ 0. Upon repairs regarding the mains voltage the protective earth must be checked (VDE standard). • Check the function of the air filter and the cooling.O.3 Ohm. • Check the line fuses for the required value. Chapter 6.1 / 2 Classic E. with a fixed connection it is ≤ 0. Repair Instructions DD+DIS301. • Check the strain relief of the power cable. • Check the cable connections and plug for burnt spots. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.Repair and Service Safety Regulations. Edition 1997).

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.DD+DIS301. The machine must not be put in operation without an installed GFI switch! Edition 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. this releases / deactivates the GFI switch! Activate the GFI switch by resetting the toggle switch. (No automatic reset) 1 2 5272_10003_07.S.1 Checking the function of the GFI switch 0FI A GFI switch: (IN = 30 mA in compliance with VDE 664) is integrated in the machine. Press the button.1 / 3 .S.O.cdr Figure 2 Information for the customer: This routine must be repeated 1x per month. Repair Instructions 1.03E Repair and Service Safety Regulations. / Classic E. Check the function of the ground fault interrupter (GFI switch).O.

03E 2 2. there is still power applied on the following components as long as the power cord is plugged in: • Ground fault interrupter 0FI • Mains switch 0SW1 2 1 5273_061_001. However. For service purposes the function of the safety cover switch can be overridden with a service key (locking pin CM+9042663090).O. Make sure to remove the locking pin before closing the covers.1 / 4 Classic E.CDR To ensure safety for the customer the machine has two safety switches (0SW2 and 0SW3).O.cdr Figure 4 Chapter 6. The safety function for the customer is then no longer effective.1 Repair Instructions Cover switch 1 2 Figure 3 = Safety switch (cover) 0SW2 = Safety switch (dryer flap) 0SW3 527061CM. Repair Instructions DD+DIS301.S. there is a risk of injuries by moving mechanical or electrical parts. But even in case of interrupted safety switches 0SW2 and/or 0SW3 and with the mains switch 0SW1 off. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.Repair and Service Safety Regulations. be careful.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . Otherwise the cover switch may be damaged or the adjustment position is lost. / Classic E.

Repair Instructions 2. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.cdr Figure 5 Edition 6.O. / Classic E.S.DD+DIS301.2 Light tightness of the machine The processor must not be installed in an area with direct sunlight (max. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.1 / 5 . For correct removal of panels refer to the illustration below.O. Attach the panels and covers in reverse order for light tight connection.03E Repair and Service Safety Regulations.S. 3 2 1 2 1 3 527061bm. The machine must not be opened during the operation. 2500 Lux). It is light tight only if all panels are correctly mounted.

O.S. place it on a conductive mat to protect it from static electricity. 2. Never walk with an unprotected PCB across carpet or plastic floor covering. 9. • Avoid short circuits at the pins of an IC caused by metal tools.4 Repairs on printed circuit boards • Make sure to unplug the power cable before disconnecting or connecting any plugs on the printed circuit boards (PCB).0). • Only keep PCBs in their protective bags. Repair Instructions DD+DIS301. • Never expose PCBs to direct sunlight. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. / Classic E. • Right after the removal the electronic component should be placed in the provided protection bag. If there is no grounding strap available. • If it is necessary to touch an IC or another electronic component on a PCB make sure to be grounded by wearing a grounding wrist strap.3 Repairs on circuits Wear the grounding wrist strap to discharge any electrostatic charges (order no.9999 0830. • Never touch the pins of an IC with bare fingers.O. • Do not use a multimeter to check an IC directly. • Observe the general precautions for electrostatic discharges when handling PCBs and other internal components. possible electrostatic charges may also be discharged by touching a metal cover part or the PE. Never touch the pins or conductive parts of an IC with bare fingers.S. Chapter 6.03E 2. • If you must take a PCB out of its bag. • Touch PCBs only at the corners.1 / 6 Classic E. It is better to check the connection on the respective PCBs. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .Repair and Service Safety Regulations.

/ Classic E.03E Repair and Service Safety Regulations. Position of clock chip IC 52 on the Control Board PCB1: PCB1: CM+952709450_ (F8.DD+DIS301. • Dispose of a used clock chip in compliance with the regulations by the manufacturer or the local authorities.5270.5.5 Replacing the clock chip IC 52 (battery) on the Control Board PCB1 Risk of explosion in case of incorrect disposal of the clock chip! • • All data in the temporary infocounter is lost upon replacement of the clock chip IC52.O. Repair Instructions 2._) ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST54 IC52 ST64 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST81 ST82 Brightness Contrast ST15 ST87 Film Out R464 R465 IC79 IC88 IC78 ST62 IC52 IC57 C210 ST66 S1 ST65 ST65 5273_061_002.S.1 / 7 . Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.7890.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. For a detailed description for the replacement procedure of the clock chip IC 52 refer to Chapter 6.cdr Figure 6 Edition 6. Observe the correct procedure for the replacement of the clock chip IC 52 (observe the circular mark on the clock chip).

S. Afterwards see a doctor.O.7 Handling of chemicals • Observe the respective safety regulations! • Wear goggles (risk of splashing).03E 2. • Avoid the breathing of chemical fumes.O. rinse your eyes immediately with pure water. / Classic E. Repair Instructions DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .S.Repair and Service Safety Regulations.6 Working on the dryer There is a risk of burning injuries during and shortly after film processing! 2. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Provide for sufficient ventilation at the installation site (see Chapter 1). If in spite of these precautions chemicals get into your eyes. Chapter 6.1 / 8 Classic E.

.....2 Resetting Counters and Lists (Infocounters) ... 3 Automatic routine .. CL (Type 5270 /100 / 105) Chapter 6.. and temporary infocounters....... errors lists...............................................2 2.........................1 2..2 / I . and infocounters ......3......2 Contents 1 2 2..................................................3.................. 9 Table of current values ............................................................O.......3 2......S.................. 4 Resetting the temporary infocounters..... 5 Range of application ......... 10 Edition 6................................ 5 Function and activation .....................................1 3...... 2 SERVICE program ......................... 2 Range of application ...............03E Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Equipment Chapter 6...................................DD+DIS301.1 2............................................O.......................1 4..................... 7 Error messages ............... 5 Resetting the operation time counter....2 TEACH IN .2 3..................3........................................................................................................................... 1 Resetting Customer-Specific Settings (BASEINIT) ......................... logbooks...........S....................1 3..................... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E......................3 3..................................... / Classic E................................ 4 Resetting the logbook........................................3....... 3 Manual routine .......... 5 4 4...... 3 3 3........................... 2 Initiate a BASEINIT: ..............................................3 Recommended Tools and Test Equipment........................2 2....3...... 2 Function ..... error lists......................................................

.

S. capacity 1000 ml (33.2 / 1 .DD+DIS301.) Locking pin (service key) Removal tool Thermometer Range: -10 to +60°C Scaling: 1°C.03E Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Equipment 1 Recommended Tools and Test Equipment In addition to the general tools. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. CM+9042663090 CM+9999907930 CM+9999902910 Edition 6. CM+9999910050 CM+9999908300 --Application Replacement of EPROMs Replacement of PCBs and EPROMs Adjustment of basic replenishment rate for developer / fixer To override 2 safety switches (cover and dryer flap) (order 2 keys) Removal of the AMP plug contacts Temperature sensor calibration and temperature measuring of the developer and fixer solutions. / Classic E.82 fl. every service technician has in his tool box. the following equipment is required for the service: Auxiliary equipment Extraction tool for ICs in PLCC housings Grounding strap Measuring glass (graduated beaker). CL (Type 5270 /100 / 105) Chapter 6.S. Reading Accuracy: 0.oz.O.5°C Spare part no.O.

S.Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Equipment DD+DIS301./min or > 50.5l/min (< 5.2 / 2 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. temporary and nontemporary infocounters are deleted.03E 2 2. Exception: The following settings are only overwritten if an exceeded limit value is detected during the plausibility check. All customer-specific settings in the EEPROM are overwritten and must be entered again via the SERVICE program <Service Settings>. / Classic E.73fl.07fl.oz. LR3300 > +/.1°C Furthermore the temporary infocounters will be deleted.2 Function With a BASEINIT all standard process data is loaded from the EPROM (IC 50/51) into the EEPROM.O. If the system detects an invalid process application. DEFAULT settings after a BASEINIT see Chapter 3.S. Revision 0 . FUJI Standalone.O. CL (Type 5270 /100 / 105) Edition 6. FUJI IF Docking. 2.3 Initiate a BASEINIT: There are three possibilities to trigger a BASEINIT: • • • via the SERVICE program manually automatically Chapter 6. MAMMO. Settings Replenisher pump capacity Display language Process application Calibration of the developer temperature Limit values during plausibility check < 150ml/min or > 1./min) not defined other than CURIX.oz.1 Resetting Customer-Specific Settings (BASEINIT) Range of application Only execute a BASEINIT in case of: • Software change • Inexplicable functional problems 2.

Confirm the input. wait until the status indication comes up on the display.3.2°C key and hold it.cdr Figure 1 Action Select the “Base Init” dialog window.9°C BASEINIT has been completed. Ready RP 2. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S. Press the machine.O.3. switch on the The machine is switched off.2 / 3 .3.03E 2.O. 2. Keys Display text Base Init Do baseinit? YES NO YES Select YES to execute a BASEINIT.S. Edition 6.2 Manual routine 34. CL (Type 5270 /100 / 105) Chapter 6. Depending on the set process and the current developer temperature the following status is displayed: RP 24.DD+DIS301. Confirm the input. / Classic E.1 SERVICE program Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Equipment 52726-6m3.3 Automatic routine The machine initiates an automatic BASEINIT if a different software version number than the one stored in the EEPROM is detected in the EPROM (IC50/51) during the initialization.

O.X m2 Jog Cycle: Auto Pump Cal. X.: DEV DD.O.cdr Runtime 3.2 / 4 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.MM.MM. 5270_10062_002.03E 3 Resetting Counters and Lists (Infocounters) any display Type: 5270/100 CLLC1107 Clear TmpCountr Maintenance DEV Repl Liter FIX Repl Liter Clear tmp Count YES NO Maint. hh:mm Error Text Err XX: yyy times Error Text Logbook Step XX hh:mm Display Text Runtime XXXXX h 5270_10062_001.YY: XXXXml Info Counter > 5 sec. CL (Type 5270 /100 / 105) Edition 6. Test & Adjust Service Settings Err: DD.S.: MM/YY Interval: X/year DEV tot XXX L DEV tmp XXX L FIX tot XXX L FIX tmp XXX L Film tot XXX m2 Film tmp XXX m2 DD.1 Resetting the temporary infocounters Execution of the function <Clear tmp Count> in the service program: any display > 5 sec.cdr Info Counter Clear TmpCountr Clear tmp Count YES NO deletes the following temporary infocounters: • • • DEV tmp XXX L Developer replenishment since last maintenance FIX tmp XXX L Fixer replenishment since last maintenance 2 Film tmp XXX m Processed film since last maintenance Chapter 6. / Classic E. Revision 0 .S.MM.Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Equipment DD+DIS301.

2004 5270_10062_003.S. CL (Type 5270 /100 / 105) Chapter 6. and infocounters Range of application Execute only in case of: • Replacement of the clock chip • Replacement of Control Board PCB1 (GS1) 3. the maintenance indicator in the service program <Service Settings>/<maintenance> must be set again. Therefore it also deletes the values for maintenance (date and intervals) as well as the calibration of the pumps. Edition 6.2 / 5 . logbooks.O.2 Function and activation This deletion function resets or deletes all operation time counters. all entries in the logbook. and the infocounters.S.01. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.3 3. and temporary infocounters Execution of the function <Clear All Count?> upon exit from the service program Clear all Count? YES NO Clear all Count? YES NO Counter cleared! 23.1 DEV tmp XXX L Developer replenishment since last maintenance FIX tmp XXX L Fixer replenishment since last maintenance 2 Film tmp XXX m Processed film since last maintenance Device Error The last 100 errors (maximum) with date and time Error Hit List The previously occurred errors according to occurrence frequency with error number and list position Logbook Machine actions with plaintext and time Resetting the operation time counter. error lists.3. / Classic E.O. errors lists.03E 3. and the pumps must be recalibrated in the service program <Test & Adjust>.3. After execution of this deletion function. Setup of maintenance intervals and pump calibration see Chapter 3.DD+DIS301.2 Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Equipment Resetting the logbook.cdr resets the following temporary infocounters and lists: • • • • • • 3. the error lists.

: MM/YY Interval: X/Year Date of last maintenance and maintenance interval DEV tot XXX L DEV tmp XXX L Replenishment of developer.S. Revision 0 . total and since last maintenance FIX tot XXX L FIX tmp XXX L Replenishment of fixer. resets the following infocounters. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 /100 / 105) Edition 6. and operation time counters: • • • • • Maint. lists. total and since last maintenance Film tot XXX L Film tmp XXX L Processed film.: FIX DD.Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Equipment DD+DIS301.O.S. which is activated by pressing the two arrow keys simultaneously and switching on the machine.03E The deletion function.O.2 / 6 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.MM.YY: XXXXml Date of developer replenishment rate calibration with adjusted calibration rate Pump Cal.: DEV DD.YY: XXXXml Date of fixer replenishment rate calibration with adjusted calibration rate Device Error The last 100 errors (maximum) with date and time Error Hit List The previously occurred errors according to occurrence frequency with error number and list position Logbook Machine actions after switching on with plaintext and time Runtime Operating hours of the machine • • • • • Chapter 6.MM. total and since last maintenance Pump Cal.

512065bs. The <Teach In> procedure must be completed to be able to exit the <Teach In> dialog. The current is measured via the Current Sensor Board PCB2.cdr Figure 2 Edition 6.S. / Classic E.DD+DIS301. By means of this function the current values of the individual consumers in relation to the applied mains voltage are measured and saved. A <Teach In> must be made after replacement of a consumer. The measured current value is then used as reference for the automatic diagnosis function.2 / 7 .O.03E Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Equipment 4 TEACH IN Measuring the current of all consumers for the automatic error diagnosis Current measuring of the consumers is only possible as of software version CEOS 1714 and with integrated current sensor.O.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. CL (Type 5270 /100 / 105) Chapter 6.

The next measurement is carried out.WAIT -done.done . Once all consumers have been measured and the results saved. Enter StartMeas Measurement #X Offset Current #X: XXX V XXX mA Save ? √=Y x=N #X: XXX V XXX mA Action Select the dialog window <Teach In> All consumers are switched off. old value is kept) <Teach In> procedure: Keys Display text Press ENTER to start selection Going standby please wait 3s Select all dev. Revision 0 . The first measurement is carried out and then the result is displayed.(OK) Edition 6.03E • Call up the menu option <Teach In>: Any Display InfoCounters Test & Ajust Settings ServiceSettings Language Teach In Service Going standby please wait 3s Select all dev.2 / 8 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S. the following message is displayed: Exit the function. current and voltage are stored in the EEPROM after ENTER.Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Equipment DD+DIS301. / Classic E. The supply voltages of the machine and the currents of the consumers are measured. If there are no errors.cdr #X XXX V Save? =Y XXX mA =N Teach In .Wait .O.S. Enter StartMeas Press ENTER to start selection Device ErrTest 5 Measurement #X Offset Current 5273_10003_032.O.(OK) #x XXX V XXX mA =Y =N • Figure 3 = number of the consumer = voltage = measured current = yes = no (new value not yet saved. CL (Type 5270 /100 / 105) Teach in . Chapter 6. Save the measurement.

CL (Type 5270 /100 / 105) Chapter 6.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.2 / 9 . difference of two current values in percentage = difference of two current values.S.O.1 Error messages In the following cases a warning is displayed during the <Teach In>: • The measured current value is outside the given range of values: #xx WARN: aaaamA Range=bbbb-cccc! xx aaaa bbbb cccc • = number of the consumer = measured current = minimum permissible value = maximum permissible value If the current value is measured within the given maximum measuring time. absolute value Edition 6.S. / Classic E.DD+DIS301. the measurement will also be aborted with an error message: #xx TO:yyyy-zzzz ccccms >aa%/bbbb xx yyyy zzzz cccc aa bbbb = number of the consumer = last current value = actual current value = maximum measuring time = max.03E Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Equipment 4.

min.8A 3. 20% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 0 10mA 10mA 50mA 50mA 20mA 50mA 0 Delay time 4s Max.5A 2.2 / 10 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.3A 1.O.5A 3A 3. / Classic E.2A 2.03E 4.3A 3.2A 5A 10A 4. meas. CL (Type 5270 /100 / 105) Edition 6.2 Table of current values Consumer Offset current Solenoid valve water drain Water supply solenoid valve Circulation pumps Fixer replenisher pump Dryer fan Exhaust fan low capacity Exhaust fan high capacity IR heater level 1 IR heater level 2 IR heater level 3 IR heater level 4 IR heater level 5 IR heater level 6 IR heater level 7 IR heater level 8 IR heater level 9 IR heater level 10 Dryer convection heater Heater developer Heater fixer Motor (standby) max. time 5s 5s 5s 5s 5s 5s 5s 10s 20s 10s 10s 10s 10s 10s 10s 10s 10s 10s 10s 5s 5s 5s 5s 200mA 1s 200mA 1s 200mA 0 200mA 0 200mA 10s 200mA 10s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 1s 0 0 0 100mA 400mA 0 Developer replenisher pump 10% 400mA 800mA 2s 800mA 1.5A 6A 2A 2A 5mA 2A 2A 2.O.Repair and Service Tools and Auxiliary Equipment DD+DIS301.5A 400mA 1s Chapter 6.5A 4. Revision 0 .2A 3.S.7A 2A 2.S.4A 4A 4. max.5A 1A 1. Current value diff.

...................1 1.............. 13 Solution heaters are not switched on..........O...........................................................3 Errors without Indication on the Display ..............................S........3 Contents 1 1.. 7 3 3.....O.... 19 Edition 6..................................................................4 Repair instructions after activating an internal error diagnosis.............................................. 16 Error list for internal error diagnosis................... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E......... 14 Faulty dryer triggering after replacement of Control Board PCB1........ 1 Status displays ..........2 4................................ 17 Activating the internal error diagnosis via the menu <Test & Adjust> .................. 13 Error indication on the synchro-motor ....1 4...................S..........................................3...................2 Operation Display..................... 14 4 4..........DD+DIS301.......... 18 <Device ErrTest> Menu ................2 Error Messages on the Display........... 4 Error display with Service numbers ........... 19 4.....................03E Repair and Service Troubleshooting Chapter 6............................1 2.................................................................... 1 2 2.......................................2 3................................. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.....3 4.........1 3....................... 1 Displays during heating and filling phase....................... / Classic E.......2 Internal Error Diagnosis ................................................................3.................1 4.........3 / I ......................... 15 Flow chart .... 4 Error messages in plaintext. 18 <Autotest> Menu......

.

S. display PROCESS • ACT. / Classic E. display developer temperature • Machine is in STANDBY • NOMINAL developer temperature has been reached • Machine is ready for film feed Machine is in film process • Film is in the film feed area / film area scanner RP XX.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.0°C Please wait 1.DD+DIS301.X°C Ready RP 34.2 Displays during heating and filling phase The following STATUS messages are displayed alternately with the above mentioned display for “NOT ready”: Display Cause and remedies • The developer tank level is too low • Switch-on replenishment ON • Jog-cycle replenishment ON • The fixer tank level is too low • Switch-on replenishment ON • Jog-cycle replenishment ON Adding developer Adding fixer Edition 6.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.3 / 1 .1 Status displays Display Cause and remedies Display if the machine is NOT ready • Machine is in heating and filling phase • Machine is in error status • ACT.03E Repair and Service Troubleshooting 1 Operation Display The following messages are displayed during normal operation without any problems: 1.

3 / 2 Classic E. temperature. • Impeller of the circulation pump runs irregularly because of dirt or damage. • Check the anti-algae solenoid valve and the O-ring and replace if necessary.O.O. Remedy: Cooling developer This message only occurs if developer temperature or process have been changed. • Replace the circulation pump drive motor.1°C below NOM. • The developer heater remains off until the temperature is 0.S. until ACT. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .S. • The fixer tank temperature is too low. • Clean the impeller or replace. Check the tank shut-off valve. it does not change to <Ready>. temperature < NOM temperature. • Fill cold developer of the replenisher tank carefully into the developer machine tank. • The fixer is heated.Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301. • Emergency film processing: Emergency film is fed via the film feed.03E Display Cause and remedies • The water tank level is too low Adding water Heating developer • The developer tank temperature is too low. the developer is heated Error: Cause: The display alternates between: <Heating developer> and <Please wait>. • Drive motor of the developer circulation pump defective. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. • The developer tank temperature is too high. • The tank system is leaking. / Classic E. Heating fixer Emergency film Please wait Chapter 6.

S.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.O.DD+DIS301.6 Program <Service Settings> <Maintenance> <ServiceInterval> Maintenance Please wait (alternating with the display <FILM> during the first 3 films always after switching on) Edition 6. / Classic E.3 / 3 . • For setup see Chapter 6.S.03E Repair and Service Troubleshooting Display Cause and remedies • The set maintenance interval has elapsed.

3 / 4 Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. The following display texts are alternately displayed with the “NOT ready” display: Display Cause and remedies MUST calibration in case of first operation: Cal Dev and Fix goto Test/Adjust • The replenishment rates for developer and fixer have not yet been calibrated. • Execute the calibration (see Chapter 3. • Set <Service Settings> <EOS Wash/FIX conn.O. • Execute the calibration (see Chapter 3. / Classic E.?> on <NO>. Section 9. fixer.Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301.7) • The replenishment rate for developer has not yet been calibrated. and water and the message Service 506. • Set <Service Settings> <Mixer conn?> on <NO>.7) Cal Dev Pump goto Test/Adjust Cal Fix Pump goto Test/Adjust Level check: Check EOS module • Coding active although there is no EOS module connected. Section 9. • Execute the calibration (see Chapter 3.7) • The replenishment rate for fixer has not yet been calibrated.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .03E 2 Error Messages on the Display Switch off the acoustic alarm by pressing the confirmation key 2.1 Error messages in plaintext Emergency film processing is possible in case of the errors listed below. Section 9.S. Exception for emergency film processing: low level in developer. Check mixer Chapter 6.S. • Coding activated although there is no Mixer communication connected (see Chapter 3).

• No developer replenisher in the tank or in the mixer.?> on <NO>. • Check plug ST67 on the Control Board PCB1. • Set <Service Settings> <Algezid Supp Cond> on <NO>. • Failure of water tank circulation (option).3 / 5 . • The replenishment is immediately interrupted! • Drain the tank.S. • Fill the fixer tank.3. • Control Board PCB1 defective.03E Repair and Service Troubleshooting Display Cause and remedies • Coding activated although there is no external fixer tank connected (see Chapter 3). • Fill the developer replenisher tank. Section 3) • Impeller fails to turn.O. • Set <Service Settings> <Dev Repltnk conn. • Coding activated although there is no external fixer tank connected (see Chapter 3). • The external fixer replenisher tank is empty. • Replenisher pump 2M1 (2M3) defective. • Check mixer and supply lines. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. • Developer and/or fixer disposal tanks are full. • Level sensor LEV_1 defective. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.O. clean the water pump! • Control Board PCB1 defective. / Classic E. Check external developer Check external fixer Check waste tank Check anti-algae Check water pump Corresponds to <SERVICE 515> Developer level low Corresponds to <SERVICE 507> Edition 6.S. • Developer tank level too low. synchromotor 0M4 defective (see Chapter 6.?> on <NO>. • The external developer replenisher tank is empty.DD+DIS301. • Set <Service Settings> <Fix Repltnk conn. • Coding activated although there is no anti-algae unit connected.

S. Check mixer and supply lines. Fixer level low Corresponds to <SERVICE 508> Water level low Corresponds to <SERVICE 507> Chapter 6. Water supply filter is clogged! Check water tap and supply lines. Check plug ST69 on the Control Board PCB1. No developer replenisher in the tank or mixer.O.O. Level sensor LEV_4 defective.Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301. Check plug ST68 and ST76 on the Control Board PCB1. • Level sensor LEV_2 or LEV_3 defective.3 / 6 Classic E. Solenoid valve for water supply 2MG1 defective. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Control Board PCB1 defective. • Control Board PCB1 defective.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . Replenisher pump 2M2 (2M4) defective. • • • • • • • • • • • • Level in the water tank too low.03E Display Cause and remedies Fixer tank level too low.

O.S. value. fixer. / Classic E. The following display texts are alternately displayed with the “NOT ready” display: Display Cause and remedies • Developer temperature too high > 1 °C above NOM. SERVICE 501 SERVICE 502 SERVICE 503 SERVICE 504 Fixer temperature too low ( < 28 °C) and/or temperature increase within 4 min < 1 K. or temperature increase within 4 min. • Check fuse SI 6. • Ambient temperature too high. Control Board PCB1 defective.DD+DIS301. and water and the message Service 506. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. Edition 6. Emergency film processing is possible in case of the errors listed below. Ambient temperature too high. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. • Temperature sensor SENS1 defective. Check fuse SI 7. • Developer heater 0HEAT3 defective (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible).03E Repair and Service Troubleshooting 2.3 / 7 . Thermal cutout 0BE2 fixer heater was triggered. Fixer heater 0HEAT2 defective (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible). • • • • • • • • • Fixer temperature too high ( > 40 °C).2 Error display with Service numbers Switch off the acoustic alarm by pressing the key. • Developer temperature too low > 1 °C below NOM value.O. < 1 K. • Thermal cutout 0BE1 developer heater was triggered. • Control Board PCB1 defective.S. • Control Board PCB1 defective. • Control Board PCB1 defective. Exception for emergency film processing: low level in developer. Temperature sensor SENS2 defective.

Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301. • Speed deviation of the drive motor > 50 %. • Control Board PCB1 defective. • Check fuse SI 3. low> • Check mixer and supply lines. No fixer replenisher in the tank or mixer.03E Display Cause and remedies • Dryer temperature increase within 30 sec < 2 K. • Temperature sensor SENS3 defective. • Control Board PCB1 defective (power supply). • Level sensor LEV_2 or LEV_3 defective. • Check plug ST67 on the Control Board PCB1. Replenisher pump 2M2 (2M4) defective. SERVICE 507 SERVICE 508 Corresponds to <Fixer level low> Fixer tank level too low.S. • Drive of racks / dryer sluggishness. Check plug ST68 and ST76 on the Control Board PCB1. SERVICE 505 SERVICE 506 • Developer tank level too low. • Level sensor LEV_1 defective. • Dryer convection heater 0HEAT1 / 1HEAT1 defective (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible). • • • • • Chapter 6. • Control Board PCB1 defective. • Control Board PCB1 defective. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . • Main drive motor 0M2 0HEAT2 defective (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible).O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. • Thermal cutout 0Si_HEAT1 or 1Si_HEAT1 convection heater (on the cross-flow fan) was triggered or is defective. • No developer replenisher in the tank or in the mixer. Check mixer and supply lines. Corresponds to <Developer level • Replenisher pump 2M1 (2M3) defective.O.S.3 / 8 Classic E. / Classic E.

SERVICE 514 • Developer / Fix1 / Fix2 circulation not working. • Check plug ST78 on the Control Board PCB1. • Synchro-motor 0M5 / 0M6 / 0M7 defective (see also Chapter 6. • Fixer temperature sensor SENS2 defective. Section 3).03E Repair and Service Troubleshooting Display SERVICE 509 Corresponds to <Water level low> Cause and remedies • • • • • • • Level in the water tank too low. / Classic E. Check plug ST69 on the Control Board PCB1.O.O. • Dryer temperature sensor SENS3 defective.3. Control Board PCB1 defective.3 / 9 . CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. • Check / replace the developer temperature sensor SENS1. SERVICE 515 Corresponds to <Check water pump> SERVICE 518 SERVICE 519 SERVICE 520 Edition 6. clean the water pump! • Control Board PCB1 defective.3. • Failure of water tank circulation (option). • Impeller fails to turn. • Control Board PCB1 defective. Level sensor LEV_4 defective.DD+DIS301. Solenoid valve for water supply 2MG1 defective. Section 3) • Impeller fails to turn.S. • Check plug ST77 on the Control Board PCB1. • Check / replace the fixer temperature sensor SENS2. • Check / replace the dryer temperature sensor SENS3. • Check plug ST75 on the Control Board PCB1. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. • Developer temperature sensor SENS1 defective. Water supply filter is clogged! Check water tap and supply lines.S. synchromotor 0M4 defective (see Chapter 6.

Section 3). • If the <TEACH IN> does not produce any plausible values. • SI9 on Control Board PCB1 defective. the Current Sensor Board PCB2 is defective.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. • Main drive motor 0M2 defective (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible). • Control Board PCB1 defective. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . • Current Sensor Board PCB2 defective. the Current Sensor Board PCB2 is defective. / Classic E.O.2. • Check the Current Sensor Board PCB2: Execute a <TEACH In> and compare the measured current values with the reference table (see Chapter 6. Section 3).03E Display Cause and remedies • Control Board PCB1 defective Prior to the replacement of Control Board PCB1 check the Current Sensor Board PCB2: • Execute a <TEACH In> and compare the measured current values with the reference table (see Chapter 6.3 / 10 Classic E.S. Synchro-motor monitoring of the fixer 1 circulation pump: • Synchro-motor 0M6 defective • Pump impeller blockage Synchro-motor monitoring of the fixer 2 circulation pump: • Synchro-motor 0M5 defective • Pump impeller blockage SERVICE 535 SERVICE 536 SERVICE 539 SERVICE 549 SERVICE 550 SERVICE 555 SERVICE 556 Chapter 6. • Control Board PCB1 defective. • 24 V supply failed.2.Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301.O. • Heater in developer or fixer tank cannot be switched off anymore. • If the <TEACH IN> does not produce any plausible values.

Check socket 6 (motor 0M1 / 1M1). Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. • Control Board PCB1 defective. • Check fuse SI 1. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. • Control Board PCB1 defective. • Check fuse SI 1.03E Repair and Service Troubleshooting Display Cause and remedies Synchro-motor monitoring of the developer circulation pump: • Synchro-motor 0M7 defective • Pump impeller blockage Synchro-motor monitoring of the water circulation pump (option): • Synchro-motor 0M4 defective • Pump impeller blockage • Power supply for synchro-motor of the circulation pumps interrupted • Check supply cables (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible). Problem in the infrared heater Thermal 0Si_IR1-out BE2 has reacted Check fuse SI 5. SERVICE 557 SERVICE 558 SERVICE 559 SERVICE 562 SERVICE 563 SERVICE 574 SERVICE 575 SERVICE 579 Edition 6.O. Dryer motor 0M1 or 1M1 defective (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible). Dryer motor 0M1 or 1M1 defective (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible).DD+DIS301. • Fixer replenisher pump 2M2 defective (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible).S.S. • • • • • Exhaust fan motor 1M2 defective (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible). • • • • Problem at the dryer cross-flow fan Check SI 1.3 / 11 .O. • Developer replenisher pump 2M1 defective (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible). / Classic E. • Control Board PCB1 defective.

/ Classic E.3 / 12 Classic E.O. • Control Board PCB1 defective. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S. SERVICE 580 SERVICE 582 Chapter 6.Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O.S.03E Display Cause and remedies • Solenoid valve for water supply 2MG1 defective (checking in <TEACH IN> is possible). • Control Board PCB1 defective. • Solenoid valve for water drain 2MG2 defective (check in <TEACH IN> is possible).

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.03E Repair and Service Troubleshooting 3 3. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.3 / 13 .DD+DIS301.S.O.O. / Classic E.S.cdr Figure 1 3 2 Edition 6.1 Errors without Indication on the Display Error indication on the synchro-motor The function can be checked at LED (2) on the synchro-motor of the circulation: LED ON LED OFF Synchro-motor (1) OK ERROR • Synchro-motor (1) defective • 24 V power supply missing • Impeller (5) in pump (4) blocks 1: Synchro-motor 2: Fault display 3: Position of the assembly within the housing 4: Pump housing 5: Impeller 5 4 1 5273_10063_007.

After replacement of the PCB1 board the three wires protective earth (PE). and thus the dryer steps were triggered the wrong way round.3 / 14 Classic E. Brief dropping of the water level in the heater delay time of max. Correct the wiring of Control Board PCB1 (see Chapter 6.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. The cause for this level drop in the water may be a leaking antialgae solenoid valve or a defective O-ring at the tank drain taps.Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301.S. 4min. the level drops again.03E 3. The replenisher pumps stop until the water level is reached again and the circulation starts. As the assignment of the wires on the terminal block is not marked.O.S. and phase (L) were mixed up during the installation of the new board. neutral (N). Remedy: Check the anti-algae solenoid valve and the O-ring and replace if necessary. Remedy: Chapter 6. and phase (L) must be correctly connected on the terminal block XK1. dryer step 1 is triggered at a too high nominal voltage and the trigger voltage of dryer step 13 (10) is too low. 3. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . the solution heaters are not switched on. / Classic E.5).3 Faulty dryer triggering after replacement of Control Board PCB1 Error: Cause: After replacement of the Control Board PCB1. The anti-algae solenoid valve may get leaks as a result of chlorine used in the water tank.2 Solution heaters are not switched on Error: Cause: Although the levels seem to be reached. neutral (N).

3 / 15 .O.S.S.03E Repair and Service Troubleshooting 4 Internal Error Diagnosis If certain errors occur during operation (listing of errors: see Chapter 4. The display does not yet show an error. Otherwise the original service number or the corresponding plaintext is displayed. / Classic E. If it was possible to specify or locate the error cause by an internal error diagnosis. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.O.2) the internal error diagnostic is started. the corresponding service will be displayed. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.DD+DIS301. By means of internal tests the machine software tries to determine the error cause more detailed. Edition 6. The error diagnostics will not START during FILM CYCLE or Service 506! The procedure of an internal error diagnosis may take up to 4 minutes until the error is displayed.

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.03E 4. for: • Plausibility (0 C° .Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . End of the internal error diagnosis and the operation is continued. Assembly error message. Comparison of the actual current value with the reference value. • Comparison with the other sensors Display: Please wait Actual value and reference value are equal? yes no Display: Service 5YY The next consumer is supplied and the current value is measured. Is the original error 5XX still present? yes no Display: Ready RP 34. Comparison of the actual current value with the reference value. Display: Service 5XX The error cannot be specified in detail.100 C°).1 Flow chart An error (5XX) occurs during operation Current Sensor Board: The first consumer in the area of interference is supplied and the current values is measured.S. A sensor is checked e.3 / 16 Classic E. / Classic E. Actual value and reference value are equal? yes No defective consumer detected! no Display: Service 5YY End of the internal error diagnosis and the operation is continued.S. Chapter 6.O. End of the internal error diagnosis.O.0°C End of the internal error diagnosis and the operation is continued.g.

S. 549. 535. 539. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. 535. 536. 555. 557. 558 SERVICE 514 Developer / Fix1 / Fix2 circulation not working. 535. Water circulation not working SERVICE 515 Edition 6. Developer level too low Service 503. value.O.03E Repair and Service Troubleshooting 4. 535. 518. / Classic E. 549. 555. Dev. 535. or temperature increase within 4 min. 549 Service 505. 535. 549. 549 Service 504. < 1 K Fixer temperature too high (> 40°C) Fixer temperature too low (<28°C) or temperature increase within 4 min. 558 Service 515. 535. temperature too high > 1 °C above NOM.2 Error list for internal error diagnosis The internal error diagnostics routine is started in case of the following errors: Service number Error description Dev. 580.S. 520. 536. 518. 539. 536. 582 Service 514. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. 562 SERVICE 508 Fixer level too low Service 508. <2K Speed deviation of the drive motor > 50%. temperature too low 549 > 1 °C below NOM value. 519. 549. 536. 550 SERVICE 503 SERVICE 504 SERVICE 505 SERVICE 506 SERVICE 507 Service 507. 549 Service 506. 549. 557.3 / 17 . 519.DD+DIS301. 536. < 1 K Temperature increase in the dryer within 30sec. 535. Possible results of the internal diagnosis Service 501. 556.O. 539. 549. 563 SERVICE 509 Water level too low Service 509. 549 SERVICE 501 SERVICE 502 Service 502. 556.

574 SERVICE 579 Problem in the exhaust fan 4.3 / 18 Classic E.1 Activating the internal error diagnosis via the menu <Test & Adjust> <Device ErrTest> Menu The <Test & Adjust> <Device ErrTest> menu shows a listing of the errors 5XX (see Chapter 4.2).MM. hh:mm) Checking .S.03E Service number Error description Possible results of the internal diagnosis SERVICE 574 Problem in the infrared heater Service 535. The internal error diagnosis can also be started manually with the confirmation . which initiated the internal error diagnosis. 549.Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .3 4. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O. please wait Check supp.. Once the internal error diagnosis has been completed. repair key instructions are displayed.4). #n SERVICE 5XX (DD. Chapter 6.3. line and plug ST75 n = List number 5XX = Error before internal diagnosis DD = day The internal error MM = month diagnosis is hh:mm = time started Internal error diagnosis in process. Initiating service number with date Repair instructions in plaintext for the specified service number 5YY (see Section 4.O.S.. It is possible that current errors are only added to the list by switching the machine off and on.

03E 4.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.O. GS1 Check BE1. GS1 Check BE2.> starts all diagnostics routines one after the other. 4.DD+DIS301.4 Repair instructions after activating an internal error diagnosis After activating the internal error diagnosis in the menu <Test & Adjust> <Device ErrTest> or <Autotest> the diagnosis results are displayed in plaintext. GS1 Check BE2. / Classic E.3 / 19 .S. HZ2. Si6. line and plug ST75 The internal error diagnosis is started Internal error diagnosis in process.O. DO SERVICE 5XX? developer heat? Service number with plaintext 5XX = Error before internal error diagnosis Checking . GS1 Check Si1. please wait Check supp.1Hz1. HZ2.2 Repair and Service Troubleshooting <Autotest> Menu By means of the functions in the menu <Test & Adjust> <Autotest> <Test single id> all error diagnostics routines for the errors 5XX can be started individually. Si7. The function <Test all autom. HZ3.. Si6.3.. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.GS1 SERVICE 501 SERVICE 502 SERVICE 503 SERVICE 504 SERVICE 505 Edition 6. The plaintext messages correspond to the following service numbers: Plaintext Service number Check BE1.4). HZ3.HZ1. Repair instructions in plaintext for the specified service number 5YY (see Section 4. Si7.1Si1 Si3.

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O.WAT sensor. hose.GS1 GS1 defect all sens.3 / 20 Classic E. hose. GS1 GS1 defect all sens. Check level sens for bridging.S.Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . incorrect -- SERVICE 507 SERVICE 507 SERVICE 507 SERVICE 508 SERVICE 508 SERVICE 508 SERVICE 508 SERVICE 509 SERVICE 509 SERVICE 509 SERVICE 514 Chapter 6. Check ST76.DEV sensor.GS1 GS1 defect all sens.S. hose. / Classic E.FIX1 sensor.FIX2 sensor.O.03E Plaintext Service number -- SERVICE 506 Check ST67. incorrect Check ST69. Check level sens for bridging. Short circuit sensor. incorrect Check ST68. hose.

/ Classic E.S.3 / 21 .O.O. Output constant on SERVICE 535 SERVICE 535 SERVICE 535 SERVICE 535 SERVICE 535 SERVICE 535 SERVICE 536 Edition 6.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.DD+DIS301.03E Plaintext -Service number Repair and Service Troubleshooting SERVICE 515 Check sensor DEV line ST75 Check sensor FIX line ST78 Check sensor WAT line ST77 GS1 defect SERVICE 518 SERVICE 519 SERVICE 520 SERVICE 535 No supply 24V1 GS1 defect No supply 24V2 GS1 defect 24V1 faulty GS1 defect 24V2 faulty GS1 defect AllSens Out Of Range GS1 defect GS1 defect current too high GS1 def. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.

S.GS1 defect Current too high M4-M7.GS1 defect Supply line M4-M7. 0M7 defect Check impeller 0M7 defect Revolut. GS1 M1 too fast check M2. Detect.GS1 defect Motor M4-M7 defect CurrentSens defect M2 too slow check M2.M2 GS1 BU4. GS1 Check SI8.03E Plaintext Service number 24V1 faulty M4-M7. GS1 Revolut.S. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. 0M6 defect SERVICE 539 SERVICE 539 SERVICE 539 SERVICE 539 SERVICE 539 SERVICE 549 SERVICE 550 SERVICE 550 SERVICE 550 SERVICE 555 SERVICE 555 SERVICE 556 Chapter 6.O.3 / 22 Classic E.O.GS1 defect No 24V supply Si9. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . Detect.Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301.

1IR1. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.GS1 SERVICE 562 SERVICE 562 Check line_30M2 30M2.O. / Classic E.3 / 23 .GS1 SERVICE 563 SERVICE 563 IR1. GS1 defect Check SI1. Detect.S.DD+DIS301.S. Detect.03E Plaintext Service number Repair and Service Troubleshooting Check impeller 0M6 defect Revolut.O. GS1 defect Check SI1. Si5 GS1 Si3 defect GS1 defect. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. 0M4 defect Check impeller 0M4 defect -- SERVICE 556 SERVICE 557 SERVICE 557 SERVICE 558 SERVICE 558 SERVICE 559 Check line_30M1 30M1. 0M5 defect Check impeller 0M5 defect Revolut. Si9 ST4 to 0M1/1M1 SERVICE 574 SERVICE 575 Edition 6.

GS1 defect Check line 30MG1 30MG1. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .03E Plaintext Service number 0M1 or 1M1 defect Supply line 1M2 1M2.O.Repair and Service Troubleshooting DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O. GS1 defect Fan blocked GS1 defect Check line 30MG2 30MG2.S.S.GS1 defect SERVICE 575 SERVICE 579 SERVICE 579 SERVICE 580 SERVICE 582 Chapter 6.3 / 24 Classic E. / Classic E.

.... CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.O.....4 / I .DD+DIS301...03E Repair and Service Coding / Fuses Chapter 6.... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.. 1 Edition 6...................S.....4 Contents 1 Control Board PCB1.O....... / Classic E....S.....

.

O.DD+DIS301.03E Repair and Service Coding / Fuses 1 ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 IC57 Control Board PCB1 CM+952709450 C210 ST63 ST85 (F8.25 A slow 10 A slow 10 A slow 10 A slow ST62 open Edition 6.25 A slow 6.25 A slow 6.cdr SI12 SI7 SI5 SI9 SI11 SI10 SI6 SI1 SI3 SI8 Figure 1 Designation SI1 Value 1 A slow Description Dryer fan 0M1 / 1M1 Replenisher pumps developer 2M1 / fixer 2M2 +12V2 DC Dryer convection heater 0HEAT1 / 1HEAT1 Dryer infrared heater 0IR1 / 1IR1 Developer heater 0HEAT3 Fixer heater 0HEAT2 +24V DC +24V1 / +24V2 / +42 V DC 230 VAC mains supply primary side 208 VAC mains supply primary side 200 VAC mains supply primary side ST63 open ST64 open ST65 open SI2 SI3 SI5 SI6 SI7 SI8 SI9 SI10 SI11 SI12 Plug Code 1.O.7890) MC31 MC32 MC4 L11 MC16 MC17 SI9 SI8 ST5 C80 ST57 SI2 ST54 IC52 ST64 ST65 ST62 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 MC22 TY2 BU9 ST45 ST66 S1 C64 C63 MC3 C79 TY1 +12MOT MC24 MC23 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST81 ST82 ST15 ST87 Film Out IC78 ST88 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST4 BU4 HeatD HeatF R476 R380 RS19 ST71 ST72 ST73 Blowe RS21 ST74 ST76 ST79 Brightness Contrast R464 R465 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 ST77 R475 R485 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 SI11 RS24 RS22 R378 RS20 R377 MC35 MC36 SI12 R379 R381 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 ST86 BU10 BU7 BU6 IR RS23 XK1 5273_100064_001.25 A slow 10 A slow 6.S.4 / 1 .25 A slow 6.5270.25 A slow 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.

.

.. 14 Control Board PCB1.............. 15 Replacing the Control Board PCB1 .... CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6..........................3 Replacing the clock chip IC52 ... 8 Adjusting the bevel gears ............ 3 Removing the vertical shaft...................7 Panels...5 2. 18 Replacing the EPROMs IC50 and IC51 ................................ 23 Listing / illustration of all rollers .1 2. and Water Rack .................. 19 7 8 9 10 10..............................5 / I .............. 21 Replacing the Circulation Pumps ........ 2 Removing the lower horizontal shaft ..1 10.6 2.. 12 Replacing the Dryer Infrared Heater..............................................................................4 2............................................................. Fixer..............03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.........................................................................3 2......................O.............. 7 Installing the lower horizontal shaft ..................................................................................DD+DIS301.....5 Contents 1 2 2.... 13 Replacing the Bracket of the Infrared Heater ............................1....................... 22 Layout of Developer................................................ 15 Preparations......................... 5 Installing the upper horizontal shaft..............1 6.............................. 6 Installing the vertical shaft . Adjustment Instructions Chapter 6........... 23 Roller diagram ............................................................ 20 Calibrating the Developer Temperature (CAL) ..3 Edition 6..... 15 Replacement of PCB1...................................................................... 16 6.................1...... 1 Removal and Installation of the Main Drive . 25 Classic E........... / Classic E....................2 6...................O..................................1 6.................2 2...... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Current Sensor Board PCB2 ........................S............. 5 Removing the upper horizontal shaft ......2 Replacing the Dryer Convection Heater with Thermal Cutout................................................. 11 3 4 5 6 6............... 24 Guide plate diagram ....S...............................2 10.......

........................................03E 10........ 28 Chapter 6.........................S.......... / Classic E............ Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential ........ Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301..S.....6 Guide plates................... CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.......5 / II Classic E....4 10.5 10............Repair and Service Replacement of Parts..... 26 Gear diagram ..O.................O................. 27 Listing / illustration of all gears ...........

Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. / Classic E. Attach the panels and covers in reverse order for light tight connection.O.5 / 1 .03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.O. For correct removal of panels refer to the illustration below. Adjustment Instructions 1 Panels Disconnect the machine from the mains before starting any maintenance and/or repair activities.cdr Figure 1 Edition 6. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.S. 3 2 1 2 1 3 527061bm.DD+DIS301.S. If a mains connection is absolutely necessary this maintenance and repair work must only be made by specially trained personnel.

medium size Phillips screwdriver 527365am.03E 2 Removal and Installation of the Main Drive Socket wrench (size 7).S.cdr Figure 2 527065HM.5 / 2 Classic E. Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301. / Classic E.O.CDR Figure 3 Chapter 6.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O.Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.

• Loosen the two screws (1) at the bearing of the vertical shaft. • Undo the screws (5).O.DD+DIS301.O. • Unplug connections (3).cdr 3 Figure 5 Edition 6.cdr Figure 4 • Dismount the rear panel.S.S.1 Removing the lower horizontal shaft • Remove the cover and the right hand side panel. • Open the dryer flap (2). • Remove the dryer flap (6). 4 2 6 5 5 527065pm. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. Adjustment Instructions 2.5 / 3 . / Classic E. • Unthread the cables from the cable ties (4). Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. 1 527065bm.03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.

5272065ag. • Tilt the complete unit (12) (shaft and bracket) to open it and remove it towards the dryer. / Classic E.5 / 4 Classic E.S.O. 7 8 5272065af.03E • Remove the two lower roller pairs (7) and (8).cdr Figure 6 • Undo the screws (9).cdr 11 12 10 9 Figure 7 Chapter 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. (10) and (11). Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.

/ Classic E.O.5 / 5 .S. Adjustment Instructions 2.cdr Figure 8 2. 1 2 3 4 5 5272065ah.03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. • Disconnect motor (3) (by pushing it in the direction of the arrow).O. • Remove the vertical shaft.cdr Figure 9 Edition 6. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. 1 2 5272065ai. • Remove the horizontal shaft. • Undo the screws (4) and (5). Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.DD+DIS301.2 Removing the vertical shaft • Undo the screws (1) and (2).3 Removing the upper horizontal shaft • Undo the screws (1) and (2).

• Check if the horizontal shaft has some axial play in the direction of the motor. 1 mm against the direction of the arrow.5.cdr Figure 10 The bevel gears between the horizontal and the vertical shaft must be aligned (see Chapter 6. / Classic E. • Fasten screws (1) and (2).Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . Chapter 6.03E 2.O. 1 2 3 4 5 5272065aj. • If there is no axial play: loosen the motor mounting screws and push motor (3) by approx.4 Installing the upper horizontal shaft • Push the motor to stop position towards the horizontal shaft and fasten it with the screws (1) and (2).O.7) The fixed bearing (4) determines the alignment.S. Section 2. Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.5 / 6 Classic E.

/ Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.cdr 2 Figure 11 The bevel gears between the horizontal and the vertical shaft must be aligned (see Chapter 6.S.5.03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. Section 2.5 / 7 . • Fasten screws (1) and (2). CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.7) Edition 6. 1 527365jm.S.5 Installing the vertical shaft • Fit the complete shaft.O.O.DD+DIS301. Adjustment Instructions 2.

• Fasten screws (2) and (3).S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. 527065km. Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301.03E 2. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .cdr Figure 13 Chapter 6.O.S.O.cdr 4 1 3 2 Figure 12 • Tighten the two screws (5).6 Installing the lower horizontal shaft • Insert the complete unit (1) (shaft and bracket). / Classic E. 5 527065bm.5 / 8 Classic E.Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. Adjustment Instructions • Insert the two roller pairs (8) and (9).O. the rollers will block! Edition 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.O.DD+DIS301. 8 9 10 10 5273_10065_002.5 / 9 .cdr Figure 14 If the clips (10) on the red roller are not correctly mounted.03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.S. / Classic E.

• Fasten the cables in the cable tie (3). • Close the dryer flap (4).7)! Chapter 6. Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301. • Connect the plugs (2).03E • Insert the dryer flap.cdr 2 Figure 15 The bevel gears between the horizontal and the vertical shaft must be aligned (see Chapter 6.Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. • Fasten the dryer flap with screws (1). CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. • Mount the side panels.S. 4 3 1 527065qm. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . Section 2. • Mount the rear panel. / Classic E.O.5.5 / 10 Classic E. • Mount the cover.O.S.

Adjustment Instructions 2.cdr Figure 16 The bevel gears must be aligned.O. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.O. • Adjustment of the upper horizontal shaft or the bevel gears pair I is made on the bearing (1).DD+DIS301.S. Displacement (A) on the bevel gears must not exceed 0.7 Adjusting the bevel gears I 1 A A 1 II A 2 2 5273_10065_001. • Adjustment of the lower horizontal shaft or the bevel gears pair II is made on the bearing (2).03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.S. Adjustment of the vertical shaft is not required.5 mm. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. Edition 6.5 / 11 .

cdr Figure 17 • Undo screw (2) and fold down PCB1 (3). CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Execute the TEACH IN procedure (see Chapter 6. • Pull out the convection heater (5) with thermal cutout (7) and unplug the 5-wire supply cable (6).5 / 12 Classic E.cdr 7 • • • • Insert the new convection heater carefully. / Classic E. medium Phillips screwdriver. 6 4 2 5 3 Figure 18 5273065ab.S. medium screwdriver • Disconnect the machine from the mains. • Undo the screws (4).O. Chapter 6. For further assembly proceed in reverse order.03E 3 Replacing the Dryer Convection Heater with Thermal Cutout Large screwdriver.Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.S. • Remove the top cover and the side panels.O. • Unplug the 3-wire control cable (1) at the heater. Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301.2). Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . 1 5273_10065_013. Connect the machine to the mains and switch on.

Connect the machine to the mains and switch on. Open the cable passage (3) and unthread the cable. Dismount the rear panel. Unplug the single-wire supply cable (1) and unthread it from the cable ties. medium Phillips screwdriver 1 4 6 5 3 2 Figure 19 5273065ad. Insert the new infrared heater in the holder.5 / 13 . Pull the infrared heater (6) out of its holder.O. The wire bracket must be outside the reflector! For further assembly proceed in reverse order.S. Edition 6.2). Open the dryer flap.DD+DIS301. Mount the wire bracket (5) on the reflector (7).S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. Disconnect plug (2).cdr 7 • • • • • • • • • • • • • Disconnect the machine from the mains.03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. Execute the TEACH IN procedure (see Chapter 6. / Classic E.O. Adjustment Instructions 4 Replacing the Dryer Infrared Heater Large screwdriver. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. Undo the screws (4) of the protection wire bracket (5) and remove the wire bracket.

drying errors may occur (wave lines in film transport direction). medium Phillips screwdriver A B C 1 5273_10065_006.5) mm.Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.S.0 (+0. Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301. Close the dryer flap: Ensure that the bracket does not touch the dryer rollers! Mount the panels. Chapter 6. Connect machine to power.0 mm. Undo the screws (1) and remove the bracket. Remove the film chute and the rear panel. / Classic E.cdr Figure 20 • • • • • • • • • • Disconnect the machine from the mains.5 / 14 Classic E.03E 5 Replacing the Bracket of the Infrared Heater Slide caliper or feeler gage.S. Open the dryer flap. Tighten screw (1) and check the distance again. If the distance is less than 3. large screwdriver. Insert the new bracket and connect the two screws (1). CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . Adjust the space (A) between bracket (B) and reflector (C): The distance (A) must be 3.

1 Replacing the Control Board PCB1 Large screwdriver._) Observe the remarks about repairs on printed circuit boards in Chapter 6. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.7890. / Classic E. By replacement of the complete board this information is lost. Therefore make sure to make the following preparations before replacement: • • Call up <Quick Display> <Service Settings> <Quick Display> Write down all SETTINGS to re-enter them after replacement of the board (see Chapter 3). Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. IC51 Clock chip IC52 Data Machine software Calibration status of replenishment rates Calibration values of replenishment rates Processed film Expiration date for the maintenance interval Hours of operation Management of the error hit list All values and settings of the <Service Settings> menu List of detected problems (device error. IC51.e.S.1.1 Preparations A BASEINIT is made after replacement of Control Board PCB1. Adjustment Instructions 6 Control Board PCB1 Parts number of the Control Board: CM+952709450 (Label on board: F8.DD+DIS301. IC52. error hit list) EEPROM IC79 6. 6. Edition 6.1.5 / 15 .03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. i.O. and IC79 on the Control Board. all settings saved EEPROM (IC79) are reset to default.5270. Specifically: Module EPROMs IC50.O.S. medium and small screwdriver All operation relevant data is saved in the chips IC50.

1.cdr • • • • • • • Figure 21 Switch off machine and disconnect from mains.O. ST66 S1 ST62 Fan1 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 MC22 MC24 MC23 MC3 +24V C79 IC65 D2 TY1 +12MOT D49 ST65 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST4 BU4 HeatD HeatF Blowe IR RS19 ST88 ST71 ST72 ST73 R4 76 R3 80 RS21 ST74 ST76 ST79 R475 R485 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 SI11 RS24 RS22 R378 R377 MC35 M C3 6 RS20 IC78 SI12 RS23 R379 R381 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 ST86 BU10 BU7 BU6 XK1 5273_10065_011. Remove the Control Board from the machine. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301.5 / 16 Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . Unplug all cables on Control Board PCB1 (1).2 ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 IC57 C210 MC31 MC32 MC4 L11 MC16 MC17 SI9 SI8 ST5 C80 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST54 IC52 ST64 ST65 ST62 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 MC22 TY2 BU9 ST45 C64 C63 MC24 MC23 MC3 C79 ST 67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST4 ST66 S1 R476 R380 ST74 ST76 ST79 ST82 Brightness Contrast ST15 ST87 Film Out R464 R465 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 ST77 R475 R485 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 SI11 RS24 RS22 R378 R377 MC35 MC36 RS20 ST81 RS19 IC63 IC78 ST88 ST71 ST72 ST73 Blowe IC50 IC51 HeatF 1 TY1 +12MOT RS21 SI12 R379 R381 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 RS9 ST86 BU10 BU7 BU6 XK1 5273_10065_005. Insert the new Control Board and fasten with 12 screws. neutral (N). ensure correct connection of the three wires for protective earth (PE) .O.Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. Undo the 12 screws on the Control Board PCB1.cdr Figure 22 The wires must be connected as follows on the terminal strip XK1 on PCB1: L N PE 5270_10013_002.S. and phase (L) on terminal strip XK1: ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST54 IC52 ST64 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST81 ST82 Brightness Contrast ST15 ST87 Film Out R464 R465 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 ST77 IR RS23 ST53 BU4 IC57 C210 Dev Repl Clutch MC31 MC32 R477 R410 MC4 L11 D48 MC16 MC17 SI9 SI8 ST5 D50 Supply Drain Fan2 C80 +24V2 C64 C63 TY2 BU9 12V2 ST45 Circ.03E Replacement of PCB1 6.cdr 1 2 3 L= N= PE = phase neutral protective earth brown wire blue wire green-yellow wire Chapter 6. Remove top cover and side panels on the right. Connect all cables.S. / Classic E.

This resets all temporary and non-temporary infocounters to zero (second operator required. / Classic E.5).03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.5270. Adjustment Instructions • Take EPROMs IC50 and IC51 (Software CLLC1107 and up) from the old board and mount them on the new board (replacement see Chapter 6. After modification of the application a machine reset with BASEINIT is executed automatically. Buzzer volume Display brightness Display contrast ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 C80 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST62 ST62 ST54 ST54 IC52 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 IC63 ST64 IC51 ST88 R466 R464 R465 MC31 MC32 MC4 L11 MC16 MC17 IC57 C210 SI9 SI8 ST5 TY2 BU9 ST45 C80 IC57 MC24 MC23 TY1 TY1 +12MOT TY2 ST66 S1 C64 C63 C64 C63 ST81 MC13 MC2 MC34 S T7 0 ST67 ST68 ST69 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC22 MC3 ST64 ST65 ST65 C79 C79 +12MOT 27 ST4 ST90 ST63 ST85 ST BU4 HeatF ST88 ST82 Brightness Contrast ST15 ST87 Film Out R464 R465 IC88 Brightness Contrast ST79 ST74 ST76 ST75 ST78 ST77 RS5 RS7 RS8 R485 R475 R475 RS24 RS22 R378 RS20 R377 ST81 ST82 R464 R465 IC78 R476 R380 IC78 R380 RS24SI12 SI12 RS10 MC35 RS11MC36 RS19 ST71 ST74 ST76 ST79 ST72 ST73 R476 HeatF Blowe RS21 R379 R381 IC79 ST75 ST78 ST77 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 SI11 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 ST86 BU10 BU7 BU6 IR RS23 XK1 ST71 ST72 ST73 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 CM+952709450_ (F8. and brightness and contrast of the display (control panel) with the potentiometers on the Control Board PCB1.O._) 5273_10003_029.cdr • Mount the covers and panels again. The display is temporarily blank and then switches to Ready display.2). • Adjust the volume of the buzzer. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.7890.5270. see Chapter 6.7890._) is only compatible with Software CLLC1107 and up. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S. • Press both arrow keys and hold them until the machine switches on. • Proceed with all further settings in <Service Settings>: The values noted before can be re-entered now (see Chapter 3).S.DD+DIS301.O. • Execute a <Teach In> (Chapter 6. Edition 6. • Calibrate the replenishment rates (only if you use the clock chip of the new board) (see Chapter 3). • Connect machine to power. So the machine will work again in the previous mode.5 / 17 . Control Board CM+952709450 (F8. • Select the application (see Chapter 3).2).

medium Phillips screwdriver The following information is stored in the clock chip: Calibration status of replenishment rates Calibration values of replenishment rates Processed film Expiration date for the maintenance interval Hours of operation Management of the error hit list ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 IC57 C210 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST54 ST62 ST66 S1 IC52 IC 52 ST47 1 ST64 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST81 ST82 Brightness Contrast ST15 ST87 Film Out R464 R465 ST65 ST67 ST68 ST88 ST71 ST72 IC78 ST74 ST76 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 Figure 23 Switch off machine and disconnect from mains. Insert the new clock chip according to the socket notch (1) in the correct position. • Calibrate the replenishment rates (see Chapter 3). Carefully lift clock chip IC52 out of its socket using a small screwdriver. • Check the function. This resets all infocounters to zero (second operator required.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .5 / 18 Classic E.O.03E 6. Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301. • Press both arrow keys and hold them until the machine switches on.2). • • • • • Connect machine to power. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Remove top cover and side panels on the right.cdr Chapter 6. see Chapter 6.2 Replacing the clock chip IC52 Large and small screwdriver. / Classic E.Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. • Set the clock again (see Chapter 3). Carefully place the pins on the socket and do not distort the chip when pressing it down! • Mount the covers and panels again. 5273_10065_007.S.S.

The values noted before can be re-entered now.S. 3). So the machine will work again in the previous mode.O.cdr MC31 MC32 MC4 L11 MC16 MC17 IC57 C210 SI9 SI8 ST5 TY2 BU9 ST45 ST62 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 MC22 C64 C63 MC24 MC23 MC3 C79 TY1 +12MOT ST66 S1 ST65 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST4 BU4 HeatF Blowe IR RS19 ST88 ST71 ST72 ST73 R476 R380 RS21 ST74 ST76 ST79 R475 R485 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 SI11 RS24 RS22 R378 RS20 R377 IC78 MC35 M C36 SI12 RS23 R379 R381 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 ST86 BU10 BU7 BU6 XK1 Figure 24 • Switch off machine and disconnect from mains. extraction tool for PLCC housings (CM+9999910050). 2. • Pull the EPROMs IC50 and IC51 out of their sockets using the extraction tool for PLCC housings. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. A BASEINIT is made after replacement of the machine software.03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. • Insert the EPROMS according to the socket notch (4) in the correct position. • Mount the covers and panels again. 3 2 2 1 1 ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 C80 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST54 IC52 ST64 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST81 ST82 Brightness Contrast ST15 ST87 Film Out R464 R465 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 ST77 4 5273_10065_008.5 / 19 . • Remove top cover and side panels on the right.S.3 Replacing the EPROMs IC50 and IC51 Large screwdriver. medium Phillips screwdriver.e. Therefore make sure to make the following preparations before replacement: • Call up <Quick Display> <Service Settings> <Quick Display> • Write down all SETTINGS to re-enter them after replacement of the software. After modification of the application a machine reset with BASEINIT is executed.DD+DIS301. all settings saved in EEPROM (IC79) are reset to default. / Classic E. Adjustment Instructions 6. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. Edition 6. • Select the application (see Chapter 3). • Make all further settings in <Service Settings> (Chapter 3). (Sequence of actions: 1. i. • Connect the machine to the mains and switch on.O.

• Open the cable tie (2). Remove top cover and side panels on the left.2).Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. • Thread the cable from below through the new current sensor with 2 windings. Only one winding around the ring magnet results in incorrectly detected current values and thus in an error message (Service 549). Execute the <TEACH IN> procedure (see Chapter 6.03E 7 Current Sensor Board PCB2 Large and medium screwdriver.5 / 20 Classic E. • Unplug ST2 (1). • Screw the cable to the cable terminal (2). Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301. • Plug in ST2 (1). Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .cdr 1 Figure 25 Switch off machine and disconnect from mains. • Unthread the cable from the current sensor.S.O. / Classic E. • Insert current sensor PCB2 in the holder. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. • Remove the Current Sensor Board PCB2 from the holder. medium Phillips screwdriver 2 527065dn.S.O. Mount the covers and panels again. • Connect the machine to the mains and switch on. Chapter 6.

1 °C in steps of 0.Sensor °C Settings ServiceSettings Language Service 5 Figure 26 5273_10003_030. Adjustment Instructions 8 Calibrating the Developer Temperature (CAL) Thermometer up to 50°C CM+9999902910 After replacement of the developer temperature sensor the sensor must be calibrated.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.S. The adjustment range is +/.1 °C.S. The developer temperature sensor can be calibrated with the <CAL DEV Sensor>.O.Display °C Dev. The adjustment range is +/.X Dev.5 / 21 .1 °C in steps of 0.X Cal.1 °C. XX. Any Display InfoCounters Test & Ajust CAL DEV Display CAL DEV Sensor Cal. • Use the function <CAL DEV Display> to adapt the temperature indication on the display.DD+DIS301.cdr • Measure the developer temperature with the thermometer and check. / Classic E.03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. XX. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. Edition 6. • Enter the resulting temperature under SERVICE program <CAL DEV Sensor>.

5 / 22 Classic E. 20. A Keramik A 2 Figure 28 Pump repair possibility • We do not stock any spare parts for these pumps! • The pump is considered a wear part and must be replaced as a complete unit! Chapter 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .8303.0430.Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.S. special disk.03E 9 Replacing the Circulation Pumps Only install blue pumps (CM+9521026200) in this system.S.0 Figure 27 In the blue pumps the bearing bushes. Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. / Classic E. and impeller shaft are made of ceramic material.0 BLAU BLUE BLEU AZUL CM+9.O.

Adjustment Instructions 10 10.O.DD+DIS301.5 / 23 5270_10065_001.1 Layout of Developer. and Water Rack Roller diagram CM+9527082004 FIX 2 CM+9527082004 CM+9527082004 FIX 1 CM+9527081004 doppelt angefedert = double spring bearing à doble suspension *= Typ 5270/105 Type 5270/105 WAT Edition 6.O.S.03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential DEV Classic E.cdr CM+9527085002 DIS / DRY . CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) A Chapter 6.S. Fixer.

cdr Rollers with aluminum pipe core (ALU) and rollers with steel pipe core (STEEL).O.2 Listing / illustration of all rollers 5270_10065_002.Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.S. Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301.S. Chapter 6. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .5 / 24 Classic E. they can be differentiated by their different weights.O.03E 10.

5 / 25 CM+9527081004/ CM+9527081400 * DEV 153 A 5270_10065_003.03E Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.3 Guide plate diagram 153 DIS / DRY CM+9527085002 WAT 151 152 CM+9527082004 CM+9527082004 153 151 152 CM+9527082004 FIX 1 153 *= Typ 5270/105 Type 5270/105 FIX 2 153 Edition 6. / Classic E.O.S. Adjustment Instructions 10.DD+DIS301.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) 155 Chapter 6.cdr .

O. crossover 155 CM+9520051164 Guide plate. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .5 / 26 Classic E.S.O. / Classic E.S. Adjustment Instructions DD+DIS301.4 Guide plates Part number Guide plate Guide plate. top 151 152 153 CM+9520055011 CM+9522056041 Guide plate.03E 10. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. middle Chapter 6. middle CM+9520056032 Guide plate.Repair and Service Replacement of Parts.

cdr 44 41 CM+9527082004 CM+9527081004/ CM+9527081400 * 45 43 45 Repair and Service Replacement of Parts. Adjustment Instructions A Chapter 6.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) CM+9527082004 CM+9527082004 *= Typ 5270/105 Type 5270/105 43 5270_10065_005.S.03E Edition 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential DEV 43 43 40 42/18 42/18 40 45 48 40 FIX 1 FIX 2 WAT DIS / DRY 42/18 Gear diagram 42/18 40 43 40 14 44 44 CM+9527085002 13 44 11 45 43 41 43 41 43 41 43 Classic E. / Classic E.5 / 27 .10.O.S.5 DD+DIS301.

72 mm 42 CM+9520051350 40 CM+9520051330 DD+DIS301.5 mm Classic E.O.S. Z=15 Sw =25.72 mm z=18 Sw =29.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) z=32 Sw =51 mm z=24 Sw =39 mm z=18 Sw =29.6 Chapter 6.36 mm 43 CM+9520051321 41 z=15 Sw CM+9520051380 =25.5 mm 44 CM+9521081320 45 z=15 Gr =24.10.03E Edition 6.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential 13 CM+9520051360 14 CM+9520051370 5270_10065_006. / Classic E.7 mm CM+9520051311 z=24 Sw 18 Repair and Service 11 CM+9520051340 =52.5 mm z=15 Sw =25. Adjustment Instructions CM+9521027362 Z=11 Sw bzw.7 mm Replacement of Parts.5 mm Listing / illustration of all gears 48 CM+9839180760 z=15 Sw =25.5 / 28 z=28 Sw =44.cdr .

. 15 Edition 6.......................................1 1...................................................................S.......................... / Classic E. 1 Settings .................................O...............4 Settings for Software Version CLLC1107 .....................................................................................6 / I ............................O..........3 1...1 2.............................03E Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) Chapter 6...............................2 Default Settings after BASEINIT .....S.. 2 Test & Adjust ..... 3 Service Settings..................... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E........ CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6....6 Contents 1 1................... 1 Infocounters.....DD+DIS301...................2 1... 5 2 2.............. 7 Exception: .......................... 7 Setup options depending on applications (process mode) Curix and LR3300 ....

.

cdr Edition 6. IP (90s).S. LR3300: RP (2min). HT (60s ) Temperature Dryer Replenishment Start Cycle Temperature XX °C Dryer XX Jog Cycle AUTO Start Cycle OFF Developer 2 XXXX ml/m 34 °C 5 AUTO OFF 400 ml/m2 Applikation LR3300: Adjustable from 25 °C to 39 °C in steps of 1 °C Dryer steps adjustable from 1 to 13 Possible Settings are AUTO / OFF / ON Possible Settings are OFF / ON Adjustable from 2 50 . Level 5.1200 ml/m (application Curix) 2 50 .6 / 1 .O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.800 ml/m2 (application LR3300) 2 in steps of 50 ml/m 600 ml/m2 Fixer Fixer XXXX ml/m2 400 ml/m2 Applikation LR3300: 600 ml/m2 On / Off Down / Adjust Up / Adjust Enter / Confirm Abort / Back 5273_10066_001_e. Level 4.O.1200 ml/m (application Curix) 50 .1 Settings for Software Version CLLC1107 Settings Press the Arrow keys to move to the next dialog in a menu: The flashing menu item is active Next menu level: Press the Confirm key Previous menu level: Press the Back key To change flashing values or settings use keys: Start/1.S.03E Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) 1 1.DD+DIS301. Level Any Display 3.800 ml/m (application LR3300) 2 in steps of 50 ml/m Adjustable from 2 50 . / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. Level Remarks Process RP RP Possible Settings: Applikation Curix.

Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . Level Type: 5270/100 CLLC1107 Type: 5270/100 Applikation LR3300: Type: 5270/105 Remarks Machine type and software version Info Counter Clear TmpCountr Maintenance DEV Repl Liter FIX Repl Liter Clear tmp Count YES NO Maint.2 Infocounters Press the Arrow keys to move to the next dialog of a menu: The flashing menu entry is active Next menu level: Press the Enter key Previous menu level: Press the Back key Press the Arrow keys to change flashing values or settings: Start/1. Date of last maintenance and maintenance intervals Total replenishment amount of developer and amount since last maintenance Total replenishment amount of fixer and amount since last maintenance Total amount of finished film and amount since last maintenance Film consumption of the (maximum) last 10 days with date.MM. Test & Adjust Service Settings Pump Cal. With NO the stored values are kept.cdr Chapter 6.X m2 Jog Cycle: Auto Pump Cal.03E 1. film amount and adjusted jog-cycle (ON-OFF-AUTO) Date of developer/fixer replenishment rate calibration with adjusted calibration rate and the setup mode (DEV/FIX) > 5 sec.YY: XXXXml NO Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Press YES to delete the temporary infocounter.MM.: DEV DD.S.6 / 2 Classic E.YY: XXXXml Err: DD.O.Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) DD+DIS301. Level 4.S.O.: MM/YY Interval: X/year DEV tot XXX L DEV tmp XXX L FIX tot XXX L FIX tmp XXX L Film tot XXX m2 Film tmp XXX m2 DD.MM. Level 5. X.MM.: FIX DD. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Level any Display 3. hh:mm Error Text Err XX: yyy times Error Text Logbook Runtime Step XX hh:mm Display Text Runtime XXXXX h Display only Display only Display only Display only The (maximum) 100 last errors in plaintext with date and time Previously occurred errors according to frequency of occurrence with error number and position in the list Machine actions after switch-on in plaintext with date and time Operating hours of the machine On / Off Down / Adjust Up / Adjust Enter / Confirm Abort / Back 5273_10066_001_e.

: XX. / Classic E. Possible settings are 0 or 1 Possible Values are 0 or 1 Possible Values are 0 or 1 Possible Values are 0 or 1 Test mode will stop. Level #XX Service XXX (DD. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. Sequentiell test for all assemblies that can be tested. if no key was hit for 10 s Current temperature value in the developer Current temperature value in the fixer Current temperature value in the dryer OK NOT OK OK NOT OK ON / OFF ON / OFF ON / OFF ON / OFF ON / OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON / OFF ON / OFF ON / OFF ON / OFF ON / OFF ON / OFF ON / OFF Press the Confirm key to trigger the active consumer for 10 s: Press the Arrow keys to change the flashing value: Do Service XXX Text Level Processor Level Replenish Level Waste > 5 sec.O. hh:mm) Test all autom.6 / 3 . Pump Dev. Keys Actual Temp Act DEV Temp Act FIX Temp Act DRY Temp Sensors Mixer EOS FIX Test Output Drive Pumps Fix.: XX. Repl.X °C Actual Dryer Temp. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. Tests for each assembly that can be tested can be individually activated. Level XXX: Checking Please Wait No error detected Measurement #XX Text XXX: Checking Please Wait X X X X X R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 LEV X X X X X PRO DE F1 F2 WA GD LEV X X X X REP DE FI WA AL LEV X X X WST DE FI WA KEY X X X X 10s OK CA UP DN Actual Developer Temp. Pump ON OFF Developer Heat ON OFF Fixer Heat ON OFF Dryer ON OFF Infrared IR1 ON OFF Water Drain ON OFF Water Supply ON OFF Dryer Blower ON OFF Buzzer ON OFF Exhaustfan LOW HIGH OFF Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only OFF OFF OFF OFF Remarks Tests that can be activated individually for all Service messages displayed in the machine. Pump Heaters Dev.S.MM.O. Heat Dryer Infrared IR1 On / Off Down / Adjust Up / Adjust Enter / Confirm Abort / Back Others Water Drain Water Supply Dryer Blower Buzzer 5273_10066_001_e.X °C Actual Fixer Temp.S.: XX.3 Test & Adjust Menu Overview 1 Press the Arrow keys to move to the next dialog in a menu: The flashing menu input is active Next menu level: Press the Confirm key Previous menu: Press the Back key To change flashing values or settings use keys: Start/1.DD+DIS301. Level any Display Test & Adjust Service Settings 3. Pump Circul.03E Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) 1. Test single id Scanners Levels 5. Level Device ErrTest 4. Repl.cdr Next page Exhaust Fan Edition 6.X °C Mixer: XXX OK EOS FIX: XXX OK Drive (Motor) ON OFF Fix Replen Pump ON OFF Dev Replen Pump ON OFF Circulat. Heat Fix.

6 / 4 Classic E. Level Device ErrTest 4.03E Start/1.done .S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.2 5273_10066_001_e. Level any Display Test & Adjust Service Settings 3.Display XX.X °C Teach in . Dev. pump Fan Exh.(OK) Do WatchdogTest YES NO Dev Pump XXXXml Fix Pump XXXXml Dev Disp XX.X°c Dev Sens XX.2) Functional test of the processor monitoring (Watchdog) Display of the calibration value for developer and fixer pump Display of calibration values of the display and of the temperature sensor for the developer temperature Press ENTER to start selection Select all dev. Level 5.Fan High Infrared at #1 Infrared at #2 Infrared at #3 Infrared at #4 Infrared at #5 Infrared at #6 Infrared at #7 Infrared at #8 Infrared at #9 Infrared at #10 Dryer Heat Developer Heat Fixer Heat Motor(Standby) Input of a reference value for calibration of the fixer replenishment rate (see Chapter 03) Input of the developer temperature after calibration of the developer temperature sensor Calibration of the developer temperature sensor Measure the current of all consumers to determine the reference values (see Chapter 6.cdr Chapter 6.X °C Cal. pump Fix repl.X°c Offset Current WtrDrain Valve WtrSupply Valv Mixer Pump Dev repl. CAL DEV Display CAL DEV Sensor Teach In Test Watchdog Quick Display Start Test? Insert result XXXX ml Cal.Sensor XX. Level Remarks previous page Test Output DEV Pump CAL Air Reg Air Reg Air Reg Air Reg Bleeding Pumps OFF Bleeding Pumps ON Bleeding Pumps OFF Bleeding Pumps ON Start Test? Insert result XXXX ml Input of a reference value for calibration of the developer replenishment rate (see Chapter 03) FIX Pump CAL > 5 sec.S.Fan Low Exh. Enter: StartMeas Calibr. Values Teach-In values Display of the saved current reference values for the respective consumer #X XXX V Save? =Y XXX mA =N On / Off Down / Adjust Up / Adjust Enter / Confirm Abort / Back #x = number of the consumer XXX V = voltage XXX mA = measured current Current value table see Chapter 6.Wait . Dev.O.O. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) Test & Adjust Menu Overview 2 Press the Arrow keys to move to the next dialog of a menu: The flashing menu entry is active Next menu level: Press the Enter key Previous menu level: Press the Back key Press the Arrow keys to change flashing values or settings: DD+DIS301.

FILM: Drive motor only runs during film process time. ALGAE: Prevention of algae. Level any Display Service Settings 3. CONT. Value OFF Jog Repl. FILM: “Half-capacity” in processor standby. In addition.systems. / Classic E. Repl. SURF: Surface dependent water supply.O. Wat. Recommended for unregular throughput. CONT: Process time dependent water supply. Check if an E. The customer can only set the dryer steps.ON> has been set. If <Jog Replenishm.O. Jog-cycle rate adjustable between 50 and 200ml/h in steps of 50ml/h Activate / deactivate the main drive during processor STANDBY. Mode AUTO JogDev Replval.6 / 5 . then STOP. Replenishment Wat.5 m/min during processor STANDBY. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. Level 4. Check if the fixer disposal tank is connected. Drain Mode NO NO NO NO ON Wat. There is no buzzer signal. CONTINUOUS: Exhaust fan runs permanently with full capacity. OFF: Jog replenishment is switched off. Setting for water tank draining time.S. Not active Activate / deactivate the automatic water tank draining (and refill) for 24h. water is supplied every 30 min and always for 5 min if no film is developed. DEFAULT: 02:00 UHR One time can be set. The replenishment rate depends on the set value of the water replenishment. otherwise deactivated. Level Start Replen. to prevent algae growth. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.03E Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) 1. YES YES EOS Fix Cond Mixer Cond DevFix SuppCond Algcid SuppCond Water Drain Wat. DISABLE: Deactivates the buzzer. Modified DEFAULT settings are not saved! Adjustable between 0 and 3600 s in Steps of 5 s ENABLE: Activates the buzzer. Check if the level signal generator mixer is connected.O. Fix device is connected. the amount to be replenished for developer and fixer can be entered.4 Service Settings Menu Overview 1 Press the Arrow keys to move to the next dialog of a menu: The flashing menu entry is active Next menu level: Press the Enter key Previous menu level: Press the Back key Press the Arrow keys to change flashing values or settings: Start/1. CONTINUOUS: The drive motor runs with 0. Set time after which the system returns automatically from the SERVICE program into the operation program. Level NO CONT Remarks Deactivate/activate the start replenishment of developer and fixer with 400 ml each. mode + 5min. Check if the developer disposal tank is connected. 100ml/h 100ml/h FILM > 5 sec. full capacity during film cycle.S.DD+DIS301. Value for the water replenishment rate if the setting “Surface Replen SURF” was selected for the water replenishment mode.S. Restricted operation possibilities of the Settings menu. Mode 5. Repl. Drain Time 2:00 FILM On / Off Down / Adjust Up / Adjust Enter / Confirm Abort / Back Keys Key Lock Timeout NoKey NO 600 s Buzzer ENABLE 5273_10066_001_e. Recommended for regular throughput. If this value is below 3 m² the jog-cycle is activated automatically. The water supply starts with the film order and end after the process time has elapsed. Adjustable from 3000 to 30000 ml/m2 in steps of 1000 ml/m2 AUTO: When the machine is switched on the film to be processed is calculated based on the values of the last work day. neither for keystrokes nor for error messages.cdr Next page Edition 6. When film feed is detected a process dependent delay time counts down before the water replenishment starts (film just before the water tank). ON: The amount set in the SERVICE program is replenished every hour. Check if the level sensors of the replenisher tanks are connected.

LR 3300 NO NO YES* NO Activating a BASEINIT.03E Start/1. OFF Curix Switch of the demo cylce. developer and fixer are heated to 39°C (102. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O. Adjust 2. Level previous page Maintenance 4. MM=month . ON Service Interval 2 times/year Reset ServIndic NO > 5 sec. Only the drive system runs. Level any display Service Settings 3.O. dryer. circulation pumps are running. level sensor. The replenisher pumps are not triggered. Once the SERVICE interval has elapsed. the customer is informed about the need of maintenance during the first 3 films after switching on. Drive motor runs.2°F). / Classic E.S. Set the SERVICE interval.cdr Chapter 6. With a BASEINIT all standard process data is loaded from the EPROM into the EEPROM. Demo Mode Process Mode Mammo Fuji Standalone Fuji I/F Dock. The interval is only displayed in case of an activated service/ maintenance system. The current data is saved. Demo mode without function of pumps. heater and cross flow fan.Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) Service Settings Menu Overview 2 Press the Arrow keys to move to the next dialog of a menu: The flashing menu entry is active Next menu level: Press the Enter key Previous menu level: Press the Back key Press the Arrow keys to change flashing values or settings: DD+DIS301. YYYY=year . All customer-specific settings in the EEPROM are overwritten (see Chapter 6. Level 5.6 / 6 Classic E. Set date and time DD=day . CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. SERVICE intervals are set on counter level “0”. mm=minutes Activates the cleaning mode. 3 or 4 times/year The <Maintenance> display is deleted. Level Remarks Service Indic.S. hh=hour . Set Date/Time Cleaning Mode Activates the service interval indication for the customer. Section 2) Overview over all settings in the Service Settings Base Init Quick Display Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only Display only On / Off Down / Adjust Up / Adjust Enter / Confirm Abort / Back Display only Display only Display only Display only 5273_10066_001_e.2.

03E Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) 2 2.1 SERVICE SETTINGS 1 Default Settings after BASEINIT Setup options depending on applications (process mode) Curix and LR3300 DEFAULT settings Possible settings Meaning Process settings (Menu Settings Process Process RP RP (2min) IP (90s) HT (60s) Process RP 2a Developer replenishment rate (Menu Settings Replenishment Rates Developer Developer 400 ml/m² for Curix Developer 600 ml/m² for LR3300 Developer 400 ml/m² Adjustable between 50 and 1200ml/m² (Curix) and 50 and 800ml/ m² (LR3300) in steps of 50ml/m² Application based 2b Fixer replenishment rate (Menu Settings Replenishment Rates Fixer Fixer 400 ml/m² for Curix Fixer 600 ml/m² for LR3300 Fixer 400 ml/m² Adjustable between 50 and 1200ml/m² (Curix) and 50 and 800ml/ m² (LR3300) in steps of 50ml/m² Application based 3 Developer temperature (Menu Settings Temperature Temperature 34 °C RP (2min): 34 °C IP (90s): 36°C HT (60s): 38°C Temperature 34 °C 25°C – 38°C Process based Edition 6.S. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.O.O.6 / 7 .S.DD+DIS301. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.

YES 5b Water replenishment (Menu Service settings Replenishment Wat.Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) DD+DIS301. Repl. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. SURF Surface Replen.O. NO Deactivate the start replenishment of developer and fixer with 400 ml each Activate the start replenishment. water is supplied every 30 min and always for 5 min if no film is developed. NO (Menu Service settings Replenishment Start Replen. + 5min.S. CONT Process time dependent water supply: The water supply starts with the film order and ends after the process time has elapsed.O.) Start repl. Surface Replen. Chapter 6.03E DEFAULT settings Possible settings Meaning SERVICE SETTINGS 4 Dryer settings (Menu Settings Dryer Dryer 5 RP (2min): 5 IP (90s): 5 HT (60s): 7 Dryer 5 1 . ALGAE Prevention of algae: Mode CONT. Mode) Surface Replen. Surface dependent water supply: When film feed is detected a process dependent delay time counts down before the water replenishment starts (film just before the water tank). In addition. CONT Surface Replen. Start repl.S.13 dryer steps can be selected Process based 5a Start replenishment Start repl. The replenishment rate depends on the adjusted value for the water replenishment (see 5c). / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .6 / 8 Classic E.

S. / Classic E.03E SERVICE SETTINGS 5c Setting the water replenishment rate ml/m² (Menu Service settings Replenishment Water Repl. ON Jog Replenishm.6 / 9 .S. otherwise it is deactivated. Xxx ml/h From 50-200 ml/h in steps of 50 ml/h If <Jog Replenishm. the value of film in m² processed on the previous day is evaluated.DD+DIS301. Jog Fix Repl. Jog Replenishm. Value) DEFAULT settings Possible settings Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) Meaning Wat. the rate to be replenished for developer and/or fixer can be entered. OFF 5e Developer jogcycle rate (Menu Service settings Replenishment JogDev Replval. Every hour the rate set up in the SERVICE program (see 5e) is replenished.Repl.) Fixer Jogcycle rate (Menu Service settings Replenishment JogFix Replval. Auto When the machine is switched on. 100 ml/h Jog Fix Repl.Value 30000 ml/m² Wat. 5d Jogcycle replenishment (Menu Service settings Replenishment Jog Repl.) Jog Dev Repl. 100 ml/h Jog Dev Repl. ON> is set up. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. Xxx ml/h Edition 6. Jog replenishment is switched off. Mode>.Repl. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.O. Mode) Jog Replenishm Auto Jog Replenishm.if the setting <Surface Replen SURF> was selected. If this value is below 3 m² the jog-cycle is activated automatically. Value 30000 ml/m² From 3000 30000 ml/m2 adjustable in steps of 1000 ml/m² Value for the water replenishment rate in <Water Repl.O.

O. Devel.5 m/min during processor STANDBY Drive motor only runs during film process time. then STOP Drive ON Mode FILM Devel.? No EOS Fix conn.O.S.S. Fixer Waste conn? No 8 E.Waste cond Check if the Yes developer disposal tank is connected. / Classic E.Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) DD+DIS301.6 / 10 Classic E.? Yes Chapter 6. fix device connected? (Menu Service Settings EOS Fix Cond) EOS Wash/Fix conn. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.03E DEFAULT settings Possible settings Meaning SERVICE SETTINGS 6 Motor drive during processor STANDBY (Menu Service settings Drive on Mode) Drive ON Mode CONTINUOUS Drive ON Mode CONTINUOUS Activate / deactivate the main drive during processor STANDBY The drive motor runs with 0.O. EOS Fix conn.O. fix device is connected.Waste cond No 7b Level sensor of fixer Fixer Waste conn? Yes disposal tank connected? (Menu Service Settings Fix Waste Cond) Fixer Waste conn? Yes Check if the fixer disposal tank is connected.? No Check if an E.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .Waste 7a Level sensor of developer disposal cond Yes tank connected? (Menu Service Settings Dev Waste Cond) Devel.

03E SERVICE SETTINGS 9 Level signal mixer connected? (Menu Service Settings Mixer Cond) DEFAULT settings Possible settings Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) Meaning Mixer conn. Dev/Fix Repl Tnk conn.DD+DIS301.? Yes 11 Level sensor antialgae tank (Menu Service Settings Algcid SuppCond) Algicide Tank conn.Drain Mode) 12b Setup of time for water tank draining (Menu Service Settings Water Drain Wat.? No sensors of the replenisher tanks are connected.O.? No Dev/Fix Repl Tnk Check if the level conn.? No Algicide Tank conn. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. Drain Time) Water Drain On Water Drain On Water Drain Off Activate / deactivate the automatic water tank draining (and refill) for 24 hour systems.O.S. / Classic E. to prevent algae growth. Water Drain Time 2:00 Water Drain Time 2:00 Setting for water tank draining time.? No Check if the level signal generator mixer is connected. Mixer conn. • DEFAULT: 02:00 h • One time can be set.S. Water Drain Time hh:mm Edition 6.? Yes 10 Level sensor supply tanks (Menu Service Settings DevFix SuppCond) Dev/Fix Repl Tnk conn.6 / 11 . Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.? No Mixer conn.? No Not active 12a Automatic water tank drain due to algae (Menu Service Settings Water Drain Wat.

full power during film cycle. ExhaustFan CONTINUOUS 14 Control panel lock (Menu Service Settings Keys Key Lock) Key Lock NO Key Lock NO Restricted operation possibilities of the Settings menu. Key Lock YES Adjustment range: 1. CONTINUOUS: Exhaust fan runs permanently with full capacity.03E DEFAULT settings Possible settings Meaning SERVICE SETTINGS 13 ExhaustFan Function of the FILM exhaust fan in processor standby (Menu Service Settings ExhaustFan Mode) ExhaustFan FILM FILM: “Half power” of the exhaust fan in processor STANDBY. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .13 dryer steps 15 Timeout NoKey Return to the operation program 600 seconds Timeout (Menu Service Settings Keys TimeoutNoKey) Timeout NoKey xxx seconds Adjustable from 0 s to 3600 s in steps of 5 s Set time after which the system returns automatically from the SERVICE program into the operation program.O.S. Chapter 6.Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) DD+DIS301. The customer can only set the dryer steps.O.6 / 12 Classic E. / Classic E. Modified DEFAULT settings will not be saved. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.

Deactivate.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6. OFF 17b Set the SERVICE intervals per year (Menu Service Settings Maintenance Service Interv. / Classic E.6 / 13 .03E SERVICE SETTINGS 16 Buzzer (Menu Service Settings Buzzer) DEFAULT settings Possible settings Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) Meaning Buzzer ENABLE Buzzer ENABLE Activates the buzzer. ServiceIndicat. 17a Switch on service / ServiceIndicat. Once the SERVICE interval has elapsed. The interval is only displayed in case of an activated service system. ON Activates the service interval indication for the customer. Buzzer DISABLE Deactivates the buzzer.S. Keystrokes or error messages will not come with an acoustic signal. the customer is informed about the need of maintenance during the first 3 films after switching on.DD+DIS301.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.) ServiceInterval 2 times/year ServiceInterval 2 times/year ServiceInterval x times/year Adjust 2.O.) ServiceIndicat. ON maintenance indicator (Menu Service Settings Maintenance Service Indic. 3. or 4 times/year Set the SERVICE interval. Edition 6.

O.S. level sensors. heater and cross-flow fan.6 / 14 Classic E.03E DEFAULT settings Possible settings Meaning SERVICE SETTINGS 18 Simulation (demo) Demo Mode OFF of film processor (Menu Service Settings Demo Mode) Demo Mode OFF Switch off demo mode. Only the drive system runs.Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . / Classic E. Adjust machine type and software. Demo Mode ON Demo mode without function of pumps. dryer.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. 19 Machine type and software information (Menu Info Counters Device Info) Type:5270/100 xxx Type:5270/100 CLLC1107 Type:5270/105 CLLC1107 Chapter 6.S.

Danish.DD+DIS301.5°C (for example) By means of this function the developer temperature offset can be corrected by +/-1°C in steps of 0.Sensor Calibration of the 0.0°C developer temperature sensor (Menu Test & adjust ? CAL DEV Sensor) CAL. MAMMO. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.S.I/F DOCKING BASEINIT.6 / 15 .Sensor +0.03E Repair and Service Settings (Software and Hardware) 2. FUJI.2 Exception: The following values will only be overwritten if they caused a plausibility violation in the EEPROM (see Chapter 3): Menu 1 Calibration of developer / fixer replenishment rate (Menu Test&Adjust? DEV/FIX Pump CAL) Default settings Cal Dev Pump goto Test/Adjust Possible settings Insert result 75ml (for example) Adjustable in steps of 5 ml Meaning The replenishment rate developer / fixer is not preset and must be calibrated (see Chapter 3) 2 Language setting (Menu Language) ENGLISH ENGLISH (for example) Language setting for the User menu. Swedish. machine is reset FUJIautomatically with a STANDALONE. and LR3300 can be selected 4 CAL. Dutch. French. Italian. German. Edition 6. Norwegian. Greek 3 Process mode (Menu Service Settings? Process Mode) Curix New Mode:Curix Yes No Selection of an application. available options: English.1°C.O. Portuguese. Finnish.O. Spanish.S.DEV. After the application The applications has been changed the CURIX. / Classic E.DEV.

.

....3 Printed copies of this document are not controlled......... The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document......3 Introduction of Processor Software CLLC_1301 ......................05E Repair and Service Software Versions Chapter 6..1 Introduction of Processor Software CLLC_1203 .7 Contents 1 2 3 Determining the Order Numbers of Control Board and Software .....S...7 / I Agfa Company Confidential ............. Edition 6.............DD+DIS131...S....... Revision 2 2005-05-03 Classic E.....O.O..... / Classic E.... CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6..........................................

Revision 2 2005-05-03 .O. The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.7 / II Agfa Company Confidential Classic E.Repair and Service Software Versions DD+DIS131.S. / Classic E.O.S. Chapter 6.05E Printed copies of this document are not controlled.

2005 Order these or current successors.S.O.9450. Revision 2 2005-05-03 Classic E.S. build in level sensor (CM+9. Characteristics Control Panel 3 Keys 5270/100 < 2200 56 Spare Parts Control Board GS1 Name Processor Software EOSU1102 or successor Order Number CM+9. plug ST76 CM+9.5270.9410. 0 CM+9. Edition 6. Sensing of level in second fixer bath is supported.DD+DIS131. / Classic E.2 5120_dis11004_001.9350.O.7 / 1 Agfa Company Confidential .0) and connect to control board.7960.cdr PCB1 5270/100 5270/105 5272/100 4500 1138 1500 4 Keys Processor Software CLLC1301 or successor CM+9.O.cdr Distinctive features: S1: Reset switch – modified layout IC52: Clock chip – modified position ST56 = ST88: plug-in connection – modified position and name Order Numbers in April.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.05E Repair and Service Software Versions 1 Determining the Order Numbers of Control Board and Software Types Serial No. If required. Printed copies of this document are not controlled.9160.3 Shielding Box + Control Board CL/LC + PLD Contains processor software.5270.5270.4 Control Board Compact / Solo E.1 5270/100 5270/105 5272/100 2200 – 4499 < 1138 < 1500 4 Keys Contains processor control board GS1 and compatible software for film handling and processor modules.5270.5270. 5120_dis11004_001. The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.

Repair and Service Software Versions DD+DIS131. / Classic E.05E Printed copies of this document are not controlled.O.S. Chapter 6. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.7 / 2 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E.S. The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.O. Revision 2 2005-05-03 .

O. 3 Introduction of Processor Software CLLC_1301 Description: The introduction of Processor Software CLLC_1301 solves problems in interfacing the processor with Siemens Thoramat. Edition 6. / Classic E.S. Revision 2 2005-05-03 Classic E.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 6.05E Repair and Service Software Versions 2 Introduction of Processor Software CLLC_1203 Description: The introduction of Processor Software CLLC_1203 solves dryer problems.7 / 3 Agfa Company Confidential . Printed copies of this document are not controlled.S. The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.DD+DIS131.

.

Reference and Circuit Diagrams 7 Section 7 contains: • • • An alphanumeric reference list Reference diagrams for the identification and location of assemblies in the machine Block diagrams Section 7 .

.

.......... potentiometers...............03E Reference and Circuit Diagrams Chapter 7 Contents 1 2 2.... CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 7 / I .......................3 3..2 3...........2 2..............................................DD+DIS301............... XK1) ..... / Classic E.....3 Abbreviations and Short Terms.....S...................... 2 Control Board PCB1 (LED......................6 Reference Diagrams.......................... 8 Machine side view... right ........ 1 Control Board PCB1................. 4 Control Board PCB1 (plugs.......................... switches) .....................O...................... 9 Machine top view..................................... IC. 10 Dryer .....................................................5 3...................................... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.......1 3........ sockets)......... 8 Machine front view ...........................O............... 6 3 3............................................................ 8 Machine side view..1 2....... 12 Appendix: A B Complete Diagram Overview Control Board PCB1 Edition 6.........................S... 11 Current Sensor Board PCB2...4 3................................................ left..................................... 2 Control Board PCB1 (fuses...........

.

S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 7 / 1 .03E Reference and Circuit Diagrams 1 Abbreviations and Short Terms Code PCB1 0BE1 0BE2 0FI 0HEAT1 0HEAT2 0HEAT3 0IR1 0M1 0M2 0M4 0M5 0M6 0M7 0MC1 0SW1 0SW2 0SW3 0Si_HEAT1 0Si_IR1 0TR1 0XK1 Code 1HEAT1 1IR1 1M1 1M2 1Si_HEAT1 2M1 2M2 2MG1 2MG2 3S1 .3S5 Designation Control Board Thermal cutout developer heater Thermal cutout fixer 2 heater GFI switch Dryer convection heater Heater fixer 2 Heater developer Dryer infrared heater Dryer fan 1 Drive motor Synchro-motor water circulation pump (option) Synchro-motor fixer 2 circulation pump Synchro-motor fixer 1 circulation pump Synchro-motor developer circulation pump Interference suppression filter Mains switch Safety switch (dryer flap) Safety switch (cover) Thermal cutout dryer convection heater Thermal cutout dryer infrared heater Transformer Terminal strip Designation Dryer convection heater Dryer infrared heater Dryer fan 2 Exhaust fan Thermal cutout dryer convection heater Developer replenisher pump Fixer replenisher pump Water supply solenoid valve Solenoid valve water drain Film detection scanning rollers 0 / no prefix = main frame 1 = dryer flap 2 = base 3 = darkroom feed table Edition 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. / Classic E.S.O.O.DD+DIS301.

S.S.Reference and Circuit Diagrams Code LEV_1 LEV_2 LEV_3 LEV_4 SENS1 SENS2 SENS3 Designation Level sensor developer Level sensor fixer 1 Level sensor fixer 2 Level sensor water Developer temperature sensor Fixer 2 temperature sensor Dryer temperature sensor DD+DIS301. switches) Fuse SI1 SI2 SI3 SI5 SI6 SI7 SI8 SI9 SI10 SI11 SI12 Pot R464 R465 R466 Switches S1 Value 1.25 A slow 6. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.25 A slow 6.25 A slow 6. potentiometers.03E 2 2.25 A slow 10 A slow 6.25 A slow 6.1 Control Board PCB1 Control Board PCB1 (fuses.O.25 A slow 10 A slow 10 A slow 10 A slow Description Dryer fan 0M1 / 1M1 Replenisher pumps dev 2M1 / fix 2M2 +12V V2 DC Dryer convection heater 0HEAT1 / 1HEAT1 Dryer infrared heater 0IR1 / 1IR1 Developer heater 0HEAT3 Fixer 2 heater 0HEAT2 +24V DC +24V1 / +24V2 / +42V DC 230 VAC mains supply primary side 208 VAC mains supply primary side 200 VAC mains supply primary side Description Display brightness Display contrast Buzzer volume Description Reset Chapter 7 / 2 Classic E.0 A slow 1.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .

7890.DD+DIS301.O.03E HeatF R377 ST82 IC79 ST75 ST78 ST77 ST15 RS4 R464 R465 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 R475 R485 RS24 RS22 R378 RS20 Film Out Brightness Contrast CM+952709450_ (F8._) 5273_10007_001.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential SI8 SI9 SI9 SI8 ST5 ST55 IC57 MC32 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST45 ST62 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 MC22 ST63 C64 C63 ST57 ST66 MC3 ST89 ST90 ST85 MC24 MC23 TY1 S1 Figure 1 ST64 ST4 IC52 BU4 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 Reference and Circuit Diagrams SI11 SI10 SI6 SI12 Chapter 7 / 3 .CDR C210 MC31 MC4 TY2 L11 MC16 MC17 Classic E.5270. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) C80 BU9 SI2 ST54 C79 ST65 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST81 IC78 ST74 ST76 ST79 RS19 IC63 ST71 ST72 ST73 R476 R380 Blowe IC50 ST88 IC51 RS21 MC35 MC36 SI12 R379 R381 ST87 IC88 SI11 SI10 BU10 ST86 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 IR RS23 BU7 BU6 XK1 ST53 +12MOT Edition 6.S.S.

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.03E +24V +24V2 +5V +12MOT Circ +12V DevRepl Clutch Lift Supply Drain Fan2 Fan1 HeatF Blowe IR HeatD +12V2 FixRepl FilmOut Description +24V DC supply Circulation pumps Replenisher pumps 2M3/2M4 (only for Type 5270/105) +24V DC supply Solenoid valves water supply / drain Exhaust fan +5V DC supply display and control panel Main drive speed monitoring TS30 circulation pumps 0M4 (W)(option) / 0M5 (F2) / 0M6 (F1) / 0M7 (E) +12V DC supply TS31 developer replenisher pump 2M1 n/a n/a TS35 water supply solenoid valve 2MG1 TS36 solenoid valve water drain 2MG2 TS37 exhaust fan 1M2 full power TS38 exhaust fan 1M2 half power RS20 fixer 2 heater 0HEAT2 RS19 dryer fans 0M1 / 1M1 RS21 dryer infrared heater 0IR1 / 1IR1 RS developer heater 0HEAT3 RS23 dryer convection heater 0HEAT1 / 1HEAT1 +12V2 DC supply TS33 fixer replenisher pump 2M2 Film transport sensor (only for Type 5270/105) IC IC50 IC51 IC52 IC88 IC79 Description Eprom for machine software Eprom for machine software Clock chip GAL EEprom Power Strip XK1 Description Terminal strip Chapter 7 / 4 Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . XK1) LED D21 D23 D53 D54 D55 D56 D57 D58 D59 D60 D61 D62 D63 D64 D65 D66 D67 D70 D167 D172 D174 DD+DIS301.Reference and Circuit Diagrams 2.2 Control Board PCB1 (LED.S. IC.S.O.O. / Classic E.

S.O. / Classic E.7890.cdr XK1 Chapter 7 / 5 .S.5270.03E HeatF R377 ST82 IC79 ST75 ST78 ST77 ST15 R464 R465 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 R475 R485 RS24 RS22 R378 RS20 Film Out Brightness Contrast CM+952709450_ (F8. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential D70 D66 IR D65 Blowe D64 HeatF D67 HeatD SI9 D54 +12MOT ST55 C80 ST57 SI2 ST54 C79 ST65 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 IC57 MC32 SI8 ST5 MC29 BU9 ST45 ST62 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 MC22 MC28 MC27 C64 C63 ST63 ST66 MC3 ST89 ST90 ST85 MC24 MC23 TY1 Figure 2 ST64 ST4 S1 IC52 BU4 Reference and Circuit Diagrams 5273_10007_002._) Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) C210 MC31 MC4 TY2 L11 MC16 MC17 ST81 IC78 ST74 ST76 ST79 RS19 IC63 ST71 ST72 ST73 R476 R380 Blowe IC50 ST88 IC51 RS21 MC35 MC36 SI12 R379 R381 ST87 IC88 SI11 SI10 BU10 ST86 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 IR RS23 BU7 BU6 XK1 ST53 +12MOT Edition 6.DD+DIS301.O.

water drain solenoid valve 2MG2 Replenisher pumps 2M1 / 2M2 (only for Type 5270/100) Chapter 7 / 6 Classic E. ST82. ST70. / Classic E.O. ST88. water supply solenoid valve 2MG1.3 Control Board PCB1 (plugs.S. sockets) Plug ST4 ST5 ST15 ST45 ST53 ST54 ST55 ST66 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST71 ST72 ST73 ST74 ST75 ST76 ST77 ST78 ST79 ST81 ST85 ST86 ST87 ST90 DD+DIS301. Wash / Fix (silver recovery unit) ST57.O.Reference and Circuit Diagrams 2. ST89 open Socket BU1 BU4 BU6 BU7 BU9 B10 Description n/a +24V DC drive motor 0M2 Dryer infrared heater 0IR1 / 1IR1 Dryer convection heater 0HEAT1 / 1HEAT1 / 0M1 / 1M1 Dryer fan 0M1 / 1M1 Dryer convection heater 0HEAT1 / 1HEAT1 Developer heater 0HEAT3 Fixer 2 heater 0HEAT2 Exhaust fan 1M2. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . ST63.S.03E Description Replenisher pumps 2M3 / 2M4 (only for Type 5270/105) Transformer 0TR1 (15 / 21 / 30 VAC) LCD display Circulation pumps 0M4 (W)(option)/0M5 (F2)/0M6 (F1)/0M7 (D) Current Sensor Board PCB2 BOOT / OMT Scanning rollers film detection 3S1 / 3S2 / 3S3 / 3S4 / 3S5 Mixer level Developer level LEV_1 Fixer level 1 LEV_2 Water level LEV_4 Developer supply level Fixer supply level Developer disposal level Fixer disposal level Developer temperature SENS1 Fixer 2 level LEV_3 Dryer temperature SENS3 Fixer 2 temperature SENS2 Anti-algae supply level RS232 interface RK 188pro (only for Type 5270/105) Buzzer Transformer Film transport sensor (only for Type 5270/105) E. ST65. ST62.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. ST64.O.

O. / Classic E.03E HeatF RS19 IC63 ST71 ST72 ST73 R476 R380 Blowe IC50 IC51 ST88 R377 ST82 IC79 ST75 ST78 ST77 ST15 R464 R465 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 R475 R485 RS24 RS22 R378 RS20 Film Out Brightness Contrast CM+952709450_ (F8.7890.O.S.cdr BU7 BU6 XK1 BU7 BU6 ST76 ST86 ST74 ST79 ST77 ST78 ST75 BU10 ST87 ST15 ST81 Chapter 7 / 7 .DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential BU4 ST5 ST90 BU9 ST85 ST45 ST66 ST4 ST72 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST54 ST71 ST73 C210 MC31 MC4 TY2 L11 MC16 MC17 ST55 MC32 BU9 ST45 ST62 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 MC22 ST53 BU1 SI9 SI8 ST55 IC57 MC29 ST5 MC28 MC27 C64 C63 ST63 ST89 ST90 ST66 MC3 ST85 MC24 MC23 TY1 S1 Figure 3 ST64 ST4 IC52 BU4 RS23 Reference and Circuit Diagrams 5270_10007_002. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) C80 ST57 SI2 ST54 C79 ST65 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST81 IC78 ST74 ST76 ST79 RS21 MC35 MC36 SI12 R379 R381 ST87 IC88 SI11 SI10 BU10 ST86 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 IR ST53 +12MOT Edition 6._) Classic E.S.5270.

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. IC52 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 M C22 MC24 MC23 TY1 D49 MC3 +24V BU4 HeatD HeatF Blowe IR RS 19 ST88 ST71 ST72 ST73 R 476 R 380 MC 35 MC 36 RS21 ST74 ST76 ST79 Brightness Contr ast R464 R465 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 ST77 R475 R485 RS4 RS1 RS3 RS2 RS9 RS6 RS5 RS7 RS8 SI11 RS24 RS22 R378 RS20 R377 IC78 SI12 RS23 R379 R381 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 ST86 BU10 BU7 BU6 XK1 5273_10007_005.O.S.2 Machine side view.1 Reference Diagrams Machine front view 1 2 3 4 Control panel (display) Water supply solenoid valve 2MG1 Fixer replenisher pump 2M2 Developer replenisher pump 2M1 2 3 4 1 527007PM.03E 3 3.S.CDR Figure 4 3. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . / Classic E.Reference and Circuit Diagrams DD+DIS301. right 2 ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 IC57 C210 Dev Repl Clutch MC31 MC32 R477 R410 MC4 L11 D48 MC16 MC17 SI9 SI8 ST5 D50 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST54 ST62 Supply Drain Fan2 Fan1 C80 +24V2 C64 C63 TY2 BU9 ST64 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST81 ST82 ST15 ST87 Film Out C79 ST65 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST4 IC65 D2 +12MOT 1 ST66 S1 ST89 ST90 12V2 ST45 Circ.cdr Figure 5 1 2 PCB1 0M2 Control Board Drive motor Chapter 7 / 8 Classic E.O.

CDR Figure 6 1 2 3 0MC1 0XK1 0BE1 0BE2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1IR1 0Si_IR1 0IR1 0M4 0M5 0M6 Interference suppression filter Terminal strip Thermal cutout developer heater Thermal cutout fixer 2 heater Dryer infrared heater Thermal cutout infrared dryer heater Dryer infrared heater 11 0FI 12 0SW1 13 0TR1 GFI switch Mains switch Transformer 14 PE PE1 15 0HEAT1 16 0Si_HEAT1 10 0M7 Water circulation 17 0M1 pump (option) Fixer 2 circulation 18 2MG2 pump Fixer 1 circulation 19 PCB2 pump Developer circulation pump Protective earth connection Dryer convection heater Thermal cutout dryer convection heater Dryer fan 1 Solenoid valve water drain Current Sensor Board Edition 6.3 11 12 1 13 14 15 16 17 18 5273_10007_009.DD+DIS301.03E Reference and Circuit Diagrams Machine side view. / Classic E.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 7 / 9 .O.S. left 19 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3.S.

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . heater Level sensor water Fixer 2 temperature sensor Level sensor fixer 2 Level sensor fixer 1 Developer temperature sensor Level sensor developer 3S5 3S4 3S3 3S2 3S1 0M2 1M2 0HEAT2 0HEAT3 Film detection roller Film detection roller Film detection roller Film detection roller Film detection roller Drive motor Exhaust fan Heater fixer 2 Heater developer Control panel (display) Chapter 7 / 10 Classic E.4 Machine top view DD+DIS301.S.S.O.Reference and Circuit Diagrams 3.03E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 4 3 2 1 16 17 18 19 20 14 Figure 7 Developer Fixer 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 3 15 5273_10007_007.cdr Fixer 2 4 Water 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0SW2 0SW3 0BE2 0BE1 LEV_4 SENS2 LEV_3 LEV_2 SENS1 LEV_1 Safety switch (dryer flap) Safety switch (cover) Thermal cutout fixer 2 heater Thermal cutout dev. / Classic E.

O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 7 / 11 .S.DD+DIS301. / Classic E.03E Reference and Circuit Diagrams Dryer 3.cdr Figure 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 0M2 SENS3 0M1 1M1 1HEAT1 1M2 1IR1 1Si_HEAT1 0Si_IR1 0IR1 0Si_HEAT1 0HEAT1 Drive motor Dryer temperature sensor Dryer fan 1 Dryer fan 2 Dryer convection heater Exhaust fan Dryer infrared heater Thermal cutout dryer convection heater Thermal cutout dryer infrared heater Dryer infrared heater Thermal cutout dryer convection heater Dryer convection heater Edition 6.S.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.5 12 11 10 9 8 1 2 3 4 7 6 5 5273_10007_008.

S.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.6 Current Sensor Board PCB2 DD+DIS301.03E 1 2 3 LED D3 LED D12 Plug ST2 1 3 2 527207tn.S.cdr Figure 9 Component D3 D12 ST2 Description +5 V power supply -5 V power supply Power connection and signal forwarding to Control Board PCB1 Chapter 7 / 12 Classic E. / Classic E.Reference and Circuit Diagrams 3. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O.

O.03E Reference and Circuit Diagrams Appendix A Complete Diagram F1._) Edition 6.S.7890.0 B Overview Control Board PCB1 (CM+952709450_ / F8.O. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 7 / 13 .DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.5270.7005.S.5272.

.

5120) Transformer 0TR1 (15 / 21 / 30 VAC) Feed-Table Circulation Pumps Plugs ST53 ST55 ST66 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST71 ST72 ST73 ST74 ST75 ST76 ST77 ST78 ST79 ST81 ST85 ST86 ST87 ST88 Description Current Sensor PCB2 Scanner Rollers Level Mixer (only Types 5270.6 BU6/1.3 BU9/4. 5272. 5272.1106. 5273) Level Supply Fixer (only Types 5270. 5272. 64.25 A slow blow 6.7890.5270. Replen. 5270/105) Chemical Modul . .25 A slow blow 10 A slow blow 6. 5270/105) FilmOut Description Switch Reset S1 Coding Switches PCB1 (GS1) SI9 SI8 ST5 ST55 + ST85 R466 ST57 +5V1 +12V Dev. 5272. Dryer Fan. 5120) Replenishment Pump Fixer (only Types 5270/105. Clutch 500MG2. Pumps (only Types 5120.25 A slow blow 6.25 A slow blow 6.03E *1VVHJ51* Fuse SI 1 SI 2 SI 3 SI 5 SI 6 SI 7 SI 8 SI 9 SI 10 SI 11 SI 12 Pot. 5273) Level Disposal Developer (only Types 5270. 5270/105) Buzzer Transformer Film-Jam-Sensor (only Types 5120.5273) Temperature Developer SENS1 Level Fixer 2 LEV_3 Temperature Dryer SENS3 Temperature Fixer 2 SENS2 Level Supply Anti-Algae (only Types 5270. 5272.25 A slow blow 10 A slow blow 10 A slow blow 10 A slow blow F7.6 BU10/1. 5272.2 ST4/3.DD+FUJ078.4 BU4/3. 5270/105) +24V DC Supply Solenoid Valves Drain / Supply +24V2 Water. Exhaust Fan.4 BU7/2. of Clutch (only Type 5120) +24 V DC Main Drive 0M2 Control Terminal of Main Drive 0M2 Heaters Dryer IR-Radiator 0IR1 / 1IR1 Heaters Dryer Convection 0HEAT1 / 1HEAT1 Dryer Fans 0M1 / 1M1 Heaters Dryer Convection 0HEAT1 / 1HEAT1 Heater Developer 0HEAT3 Heater Fixer 0HEAT2 Clutch 500MG2 Feed-Table:Cover-Release (only Type 5120) Exhaust Fan 1M2 Solenoid Valve Supply Water Solenoid Valve Drain Water Replenishment Pump Developer (only for 5273. 62. 70. replace only with the same type and rating of fuse. R464 R465 R466 Value 1. FixRepl +24V +12MOT HeatD HeatF IC50 IC51 ST88 ST71 ST72 ST73 Blowe IR ST53 IC 50 IC 51 ST64 BU1 + ST65 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST4 BU4 D70 ST81 ST82 ST74 ST76 ST79 SI12 ST15 R464 ST87 Film Out R465 ST75 ST78 ST77 SI11 SI10 SI6 SI7 SI1 SI5 SI3 L N fuj07803E. 82 all open D21 D23 LED +24V Description Description Display Brightness Display Contrast Buzzer Volume D53 D54 D55 D56 D57 D58 D59 D60 D61 D62 D63 D64 D65 D66 D67 D70 D167 D172 D174 +24V DC Supply Circulation Pumps.cdr BU10 ST86 PE BU7 BU6 XK1 8.25 A slow blow 6.8 BU9/1.5272.3 BU7/1 BU7/3.3 XK1 ST4/1.3 BU10/2.5 BU9/1. 5270/100) Replenishment Pump Fixer (only for 5273. 65. 5273) Level Disposal Fixer (only Types 5270.0 No. 63. Repl Clutch Lift Supply Drain Fan2 ST62 BU9 +12V2 ST45 +24V2 + ST63 ST66 S1 IC52 SI2 Fan1 Circ. Cover Release (only Type 5120) +5V DC Supply Digital Circuits +5V +12 MOT Speed Control of Main Drive Ts30 Circulation Pumps Circ +12V DC Supply ICs +12V DevRepl TS31 Developer Replenishment Pump TS32 Solenoid clutch 500MG2 (only Type 5120) Clutch TS34 Cover-Release 800MG1 (only Type 5120) Lift TS35 Solenoid Valve Supply Water Supply TS36 Solenoid Valve Drain Water Drain TS37 Exhaust Fan 1M2 Full Power Fan2 TS38 Exhaust Fan 1M2 Half Power Fan1 RS20 Heater Fixer 2 0HEAT2 HeatF RS19 Dryer Fans 0M1 / 1M1 Blowe RS21 Heater Dryer IR-Radiator 0IR1 / 1IR1 IR RS22 Heater Developer 0HEAT3 HeatD RS23 Heater Dryer Convection 0HEAT1 / 1HEAT1 +12V2 DC Supply ICs +12V2 TS33 Fixer Replenishment Pump FixRepl Film-Jam-Sensor (only Types 5120.4 BU6/5 BU6/2.5272. 5272.0 A slow blow 1. 5270/100) Mains (L=brown / N=blue) Replenishment Pump Developer (only Types 5270/105. 5273) Level Developer LEV_1 Level Fixer 1 LEV_2 Level Water LEV_4 Level bottom tray (only Type 5120) Level Supply Developer (only Types 5270.5 BU9/2.Sensors (only Type 5120) ST57.7 BU9/1.4 ST5 ST15 ST45 Description PCB518 Demagn.5270. only needed for production purpose 12/2003 WARNING Description for continued protection against fire hazard. 5273) RS232 interface RK188pro (only 5120. 5270/100) +12 V2 DC Heaters Dryer Convection 0HEAT1 / 1HEAT1 Heaters Dryer IR-Radiator 0IR1 / 1IR1 Heater Developer 0HEAT3 Heater Fixer 0HEAT2 +24 V DC +24V1 / +24V2 / +42 V DC Main Connection from Power Unit: Power Supply 230 VAC Main Connection from Power Unit: Power Supply 208 VAC Main Connection from Power Unit: Power Supply 200 VAC IC IC50 IC51 IC52 Description EPROM for Device SW EPROM for Device SW Clock Modul Plugs BU1 BU4/1. Replenishment Pumps ( only Types 5273.

.

Spare Parts List 8 Section 8 contains exploded drawings for the identification of the spare parts in the machine with order numbers Section 8 .

.

/ E.V. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.S.Spare Parts List Document No: DD+DIS022. CL Type 5270/0100/0105 Edition 6. dissemination.05M CLASSIC E.O. 11-2007 printed in Germany Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2007 Agfa HealthCare N.S.O. Document Node ID: 20591221 . Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful. Revision 4 Internal update: 8 CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE: Use.

For a list of compatible accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or www. WARNING: Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper operation.S. • Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used.DD+DIS022.com DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. repair or maintenance task on the equipment. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.O. CL Type 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 2 . Edition 6.S. INSTRUCTION: • Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.agfa. (2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on the product.O.05M Spare Parts List WARNING: Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries. • Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure. / E. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. INSTRUCTION: (1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document (see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation.

S.05M Spare Parts List Document History Edition.4 Release Date 11-2007 Changes compared to previous version 6.matrium@eads.com orderprocessing-overseas.3 Spare Parts List completely revised Contact Spare Parts ordering Europe Overseas orderprocessing-europe. Revision 6.com NOTE: For Recycling Information please refer to: http://intra.com Spare Parts returns Worldwide returns. / E.matrium@eads. CL Type 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 3 .agfanet/cd/ep/ehs.matrium@eads.nsf DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.O. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.DD+DIS022.O.S. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Edition 6.

PALPEUR PAGES 30 .37 TROCKNER DRYER SECHOIR PAGES 38 . / E.63 VERTEILEREINHEIT DISTRIBUTOR UNIT UNITE DE DISTRIBUTION PAGES 64 . SENSOR CUVE D'ARRIVEE. DRAIN.43 ABLUFT EXHAUST SORTIE D'AIR PAGES 34 .05M Spare Parts List Contents LICHTSCHUTZDECKEL LIGHT TIGHT COVER PAROI ÉTANCHE À LA LUMIÈRE PAGES 72 . EVACUATION.19 VERSCHLAUCHUNG TANK HOSING TANK TUYAUTERIE CUVE PAGES 12 .35 TROCKNER LÜFTER DRYER FAN SECHOIR VENTILATEUR PAGES 44 . Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.57 EINGABETISCH FEED TABLE TABLE D'INTRODUCTION PAGES 08 .O.09 DOCKING DOCKING DOCKING PAGES 10 .S. -ABLAUF.DD+DIS022. CIRCULATION PUMP CUVE CHAUFFAGE.17 TROCKNER ANTRIEB DRYER DRIVE SECHOIR ENTRAÎNEMENT PAGES 36 . -UMPUMPUNG TANK HEATER.23 TANK-HEIZUNG.31 TANK PUMPENANTRIEB TANK PUMP DRIVE CUVE ENTREAÎNEMENT DE POMPE PAGES 28 .41 TROCKNER KLAPPE DRYER FLAP SECHOIR VOLET PAGES 42 . CL Type 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 4 .07 ENTWICKLERRACK DEVELOPER RACK RACK REVELATEUR PAGES 46 .29 GESTELL ELEKTRONIK FRAME ELECTRONICS CHASSIS ÉLECTRONICQUE PAGES 18 .67 WALZENSCHEMA ROLLER POSITIONING PLAN SCHEMA DES ROULEAUX PAGES 68 . POMPES DE CIRCULATION PAGES 32 .13 GESTELL / VERKLEIDUNG RACK / EXTERNAL PANELS CASIER / PIÈCES DE REVÊTEMENT PAGES 06 .33 TANK-ZULAUF.45 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.11 VERSCHLAUCHUNG KOMPLETT HOSING COMPLETE TUYAUTERIE COMPLET PAGES 14 .73 FIXIERRACK 1/2 / WASSERRACK FIXING RACK 1/2 / WATER RACK RACK DE FIXAGE 1/2 / RACK EAU PARTIE SUPERIEUR PAGES 58 .S.27 ELEKTRONIKPLATTE ELECTRONIC PLATE ÉLECTRONIQUE PLAQUE PAGES 20 .71 ANTRIEB DRIVE ENTRAÎNEMENT PAGES 24 . Edition 6. -FÜHLER TANK SUPPLY.O.

S. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.05M Spare Parts List How to navigate the spare parts list online with the Acrobat Reader (1) (2) Open Bookmarks Click on "CONTENTS" (3) (4) See overview of the modules Click on requested module (5) Appropriate page opens (6) Click on green arrow to navigate back to the overview of the modules DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Edition 6. / E.DD+DIS022.S.O.O. CL Type 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 5 .

/ E. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 6 . Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.O.DD+DIS022. Edition 6.05M Spare Parts List D4009 02* D6501 01* 12 09 03* 11 D865 06 05 04 13 07* 10 01* 5270_0100_0105_8001.O.CDR EXTERNAL PANELS DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.S.

Nr.O.DD+DIS022. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 7 . 1 CM+9527031211 * Benennung Description Denomination SEITENWAND. Part No. Item no. Pos. Edition 6. EXTERNAL PANELS DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.05M Pos. de Ref. LACKIERT FRONT WALL.S. VERNI DRAHTSCHUTE CURIX HT 330-U WIRE CHUTE CURIX HT 330-U RECEPTACLE EN MÉTAL CURIX HT 330-U RÜCKWAND KLAPPE REAR PANEL FLAP PANNEAU ARRIERE VOLET VERSCHLUßZAPFEN KOMPLETT STUD COMPLETE PIVOT DE VERROUILLAGE COMPLETTE * RÜCKWAND REAR PANEL PANNEAU ARRIERE AUFSTECKHALTERUNG SLIP-ON MOUNT FIXATION EMBOITABLE HALTER HOLDER FIXATION STELLSCHRAUBE TYP TS40 M10X85 SET SCREW TYPE TS40 M10X85 VIS DE REGLAGE TYPE TS40 M10X85 KLEBESCHILD WALZENSCHEMA V2 ADHESIVE LABEL ROLLER POSITIONING PLAN V2 ETIQUETTE ADHÉSIVE SCHEMA DES ROLEAUX V2 * KLEBESCHILD ELEKTRONIK ADHESIVE LABEL ELECTRONIC ETIQUETTE ADHÉSIVE ÉLECTRONIQUE WINKELLEISTE BRACKET BAR REGLETTE COUDEE Spare Parts List 2 CM+9527031603 * 3 CM+9527031111 * 4 CM+9521036011 5 CM+9527090902 6 CM+9527091501 7 CM+9527090801 8 CM+9033175760 9 CM+9522010111 10 CM+9037150150 11 CM+9527080016 12 CM+9527011060 13 CM+9527031441 =Assembly D =Standard part. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. LACKIERT SIDE WALL. VARNISHED PAROI FRONTALE. VARNISHED PAROI LATERALE. VARNI DECKEL KPL. Nr.93M" * =No wearing part. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.O. Teile-Nr. COVER COMPLETE COUVERCLE COMPLET VORDERWAND. / E. no.S. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.

05M Spare Parts List 01 05* 11 12* 07 02* 06 D6509 D82 04 09* 08 04 08 D9 D82 D5047 13 D196 D83 D143 03 10 D2425 D82 D9 D5047 5270_0100_0105_8002.DD+DIS022.O. / E. Edition 6. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 8 . Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.CDR FEED TABLE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.S.O.S. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. 1 CM+9522016801 Benennung Description Denomination ABTASTROLLE DETECTOR ROLLER GALET DE DÉTECTION * ABDECKUNG DISPLAYKABEL COVER DISPLAYCABLE COUVERCLE CABLE DE AFFICHAGE LCD ANZEIGE LCD DISPLAY DISPLAY LCD RASTTEIL LATCH CRAN D'ARRET * LEISTE. Pos. no. de Ref. VARNI ROLLENABTASTUNG ROLLER SCANNING DÉTÉCTION CYLINDRES LEITUNG DISPLAY 330 SOLO E. FEED TABLE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. LACKIERT BAR. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.TYP 5270/100 BIS FN 2199 TOUCH KEY . Nr.S. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. VARNISHED REGLETTE.TYP 5270/100 AB FN 2200 TOUCH KEY .O.O. Edition 6.TYPE 5270/100 A PARTIR DE NS 2200 FOLIENTASTATUR .S. FOLIENTASTATUR . / E.TYPE 5270/100 FROM SN 2200 CLAVIER TACTILE .O. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 9 .S. Part No. Teile-Nr.S.S.93M" * =No wearing part.O.O.TYPE 5270/100 UP TO SN 2199 CLAVIER TACTILE .DD+DIS022.05M Pos. Nr. LINE DISPLAY 330 SOLO E.TYPE 5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS 2199 * EINGABETISCH FEED TABLE PLATEAU D'INTRODUCTION SUMMER BUZZER BUZZER SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE RETAINER RING RONDELLE D’ARRET * TISCHBLECH TABLE PLATE PLAQUE DE TABLE KLEBESCHILD ADHESIVE LABEL ETIQUETTE ADHÉSIVE Spare Parts List 2 CM+9527031151 3 CM+9044282270 4 CM+9527030250 5 CM+9527030314 6 CM+9527070801 7 CM+9527070902 8 CM+9042664240 8 CM+9042664030 9 CM+9527095000 10 CM+9523024300 11 CM+9943230250 12 CM+9527030211 13 CM+9527090010 =Assembly D =Standard part. CABLE AFFICHAGE 330 SOLO E. Item no.

CDR DOCKING DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.05M Spare Parts List 06 01 05 04 D6498 08 09 02 07 03 D9 D82 D6495 D5240 5270_0100_0105_8003.S.DD+DIS022. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 10 . / E. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Edition 6.S. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.O.O.

BEDIENGEHÄUSE CONTROL PANEL BOX BOITIER DE COMMANDE DICHTUNGSPLATTE SEALING PLATE PLAQUE D'ETANCHEITE Spare Parts List 2 CM+9044282270 3 CM+9523024300 4 CM+9527019640 5 CM+9527019660 6 CM+9527320600 7 CM+9527070902 8 CM+9527321110 9 CM+9527337720 =Assembly D =Standard part. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.O. Teile-Nr.S.S. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 11 . Pos. Nr. CABLE AFFICHAGE 330 SOLO E. Part No.93M" * =No wearing part. no.S.S.S. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.O. / E. de Ref. Nr.O.05M Pos. Edition 6.O. DOCKING DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Item no.O. 1 CM+9042664240 Benennung Description Denomination FOLIENTASTATUR TOUCH KEY CLAVIER TACTILE LCD ANZEIGE LCD DISPLAY DISPLAY LCD SUMMER BUZZER BUZZER PLATTE DOCKING PLATE DOCKING PLAQUE DOCKING KLEMMTEIL CLAMPING PART PIECE DE SERRAGE LEITBLECH GUIDE PLATE TOLE DE GUIDAGE LEITUNG DISPLAY 330 SOLO E. LINE DISPLAY 330 SOLO E.DD+DIS022. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

CDR HOSING TANK DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.S.DD+DIS022. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.05M Spare Parts List D6533 Ü D6533 W F2 F1 E 01 15 D6534 D6534 D6533 02 D6470 D6533 E F1/F2 W Ü 02 14 08 D6470 12 D6470 16 13 D6471 D6471 11 10 5270_0100_0105_8004. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.O.O. / E. Edition 6. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 12 .S.

8 . For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.32. Nr.20. ELECTROVANNE EVACUATION SCHLAUCH E HOSE D TUYAU R ROHR PIPE TUBE Spare Parts List 2 CM+9527050781 3 CM+9034200440 4 CM+9037170130 5 CM+9037200220 6 CM+9037200300 7 CM+9037200400 8 CM+9039501880 10 CM+9521075041 11 CM+9521075050 12 CM+9527050750 13 CM+9527050721 14 CM+9527074300 15 CM+9527050740 16 CM+9527050520 =Assembly D =Standard part.5 COLLIER DE SERRAGE 28. SOLENOID VALVE DRAIN OUTLET CABLE 2POL. MAGNETVENTIL ABLAUF CABLE 2POL. EVACUATION SCHLAUCHANSCHLUSS 20/16 HOSE CONNECTION 20/16 RACCORD TUYAU 20/16 GEWINDEBUCHSE THREADED BUSH DOUILLE FILETEE Y-SCHLAUCH Y-HOSE Y-TUYAU Y-SCHLAUCH Y-HOSE Y-TUYAU KABEL 2POL.4 HOSE CLAMP 17.25.05M Pos. DRAIN ELECTROVANNE. Nr.O.32.4 COLLIER DE SERRAGE 17.1 HOSE CLAMP 21.DD+DIS022.20. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.5 .25.8 . Teile-Nr. no.5 . CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 13 . 1 CM+9527050770 Benennung Description Denomination SCHLAUCH ÜBERLAUFWANNE TANK HOSE OVERFLOW TRAY TUYAU CUVETTE TROP PLEIN SCHLAUCH HOSE TUYAU Y-VERBINDUNG Y-CONNECTING CONNECTION Y SCHLAUCHSCHELLE 28.O.5 SCHLAUCHSCHELLE 21.8 .5 . Pos.8 .1 COLLIER DE SERRAGE 21.S. / E.25.32.5 HOSE CLAMP 28.S. de Ref.20. Edition 6. Part No.8 . HOSING TANK DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.8 .1 SCHLAUCHSCHELLE 17.4 SCHLAUCHSCHELLE SNP-22 HOSE CLAMP SNP-22 COLLIER DE SERRAGE SNP-22 MAGNETVENTIL ABLAUF 2/2-WEGE 24V (NO) SOLENOID VALVE.93M" * =No wearing part. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Item no.

Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.S.S.DD+DIS022. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.O. / E.CDR HOSING COMPLETE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 14 .O.05M Spare Parts List OUT 12 11 14 14 13 IN 12 01 02 F 02 E 03 04 05 W 07 08 EF 09 06 10 5270_0100_0105_8005. Edition 6.

Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 15 . HOSING COMPLETE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. de Ref. Part No. Edition 6. Nr.05M Pos. 1 CM+9042421340 Benennung Description Denomination OPTION : MAGNETVENTILZULAUF 24V (NC) OPTION: SOLENOID VALVE SUPPLY 24V (NC) OPTION: SOUPAPE MAGNETIQUE ARRIVEE 24V (NC) DOSIERPUMPE METERING PUMP POMPE DE DOSAGE FILTER VOLLSTÄNDIG FILTER COMPLETE FILTRE COMPLET FILTER FILTER FILTRE SCHLAUCHDURCHFÜHRUNG HOSE PASSAGE PASSAGE DE TUYAUX SCHLAUCHANSCHLUSS HOSE CONNECTION RACCORD DE TUYAU SCHMUTZFÄNGER DIRT FILTER COLLECTEUR D'IMPURETÉS FILTER FILTER FILTRE WASSERZULAUFSCHLAUCH 3/8"X2M WATER SUPPLY HOSE 3/8"X2M TUYAU D'ARRIVÉE D'EAU 3/8"X2M GEWINDEBUCHSE THREADED BUSH DOUILLE FILETEE AUSLASS DRAIN SORTIE ÜBERWURFMUTTER CAP NUT ÉCROU D'ACCOUPLEMENT EINLASS SUPPLY ENTRÉE TELLERVENTILEINHEIT DISK VALVE UNIT ENSEMBLE SOUPAPES À DISQUE Spare Parts List 2 CM+9043172060 3 CM+9521072701 4 CM+9890412270 5 CM+9521075120 6 CM+9521075161 7 CM+9034200310 8 CM+9819390110 9 CM+9036260160 10 CM+9521075050 11 CM+9527092010 12 CM+9527092020 13 CM+9527092030 14 CM+9527092040 =Assembly D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M" * =No wearing part. / E.O.O. Item no.S. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Pos. Nr. no. Teile-Nr.S.DD+DIS022.

DD+DIS022. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 16 .O.S. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. COMPLETE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.S. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.CDR HOSING.O. / E.05M OUT 12 Spare Parts List 11 14 14 13 IN12 01 02 F 02 E 03 04 05 W E F 07 08 09 06 10 5270_0100_0105_8006. Edition 6.

93M" * =No wearing part.O. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.TYPE 5270/105 A PARTIR DE NS 1138 DOSIERPUMPE . Part No. de Ref.TYPE 5270/105 JUSQU'AU NS 1137 FILTER VOLLSTÄNDIG FILTER COMPLETE FILTRE COMPLET FILTER FILTER FILTRE SCHLAUCHDURCHFÜHRUNG HOSE PASSAGE PASSAGE DE TUYAUX SCHLAUCHANSCHLUSS HOSE CONNECTION RACCORD DE TUYAU SCHMUTZFÄNGER DIRT FILTER COLLECTEUR D'IMPURETÉS FILTER FILTER FILTRE WASSERZULAUFSCHLAUCH 3/8"X2M WATER SUPPLY HOSE 3/8"X2M TUYAU D'ARRIVÉE D'EAU 3/8"X2M GEWINDEBUCHSE THREADED BUSH DOUILLE FILETEE AUSLASS DRAIN SORTIE ÜBERWURFMUTTER CAP NUT ÉCROU D'ACCOUPLEMENT EINLASS SUPPLY ENTRÉE TELLERVENTILEINHEIT DISK VALVE UNIT ENSEMBLE SOUPAPES À DISQUE Spare Parts List 2 CM+9043172390 2 CM+9043172060 3 CM+9521072701 4 CM+9890412270 5 CM+9521075120 6 CM+9521075161 7 CM+9034200310 8 CM+9819390110 9 CM+9036260160 10 CM+9521075050 11 CM+9527092010 12 CM+9527092020 13 CM+9527092030 14 CM+9527092040 =Assembly D =Standard part.TYPE 5270/105 UP TO SN 1137 POMPE DE DOSAGE . 1 CM+9042421340 Benennung Description Denomination OPTION : MAGNETVENTILZULAUF 24V (NC) OPTION: SOLENOID VALVE SUPPLY 24V (NC) OPTION: SOUPAPE MAGNETIQUE ARRIVEE 24V (NC) DOSIERPUMPE 24V= . Nr. COMPLETE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Nr.S.O. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 17 . Pos. Edition 6.05M Pos.TYP 5270/105 BIS FN 1137 METERING PUMP . HOSING. / E.TYPE 5270/105 FROM SN 1138 POMPE DE DOSAGE 24V= .DD+DIS022.TYP 5270/105 AB FN 1138 METERING PUMP 24V= . no. Teile-Nr.S. Item no.

05M Spare Parts List 04/05 03 01 D6512 D3714 D82 D9 09 D10 02 08 07 10 D9 D82 D2321 13 15 D6506 D82 D9 06 D83 D196 11 14 16 D2207 12 04 05 5270_0100_0105_8007. Edition 6.S.DD+DIS022. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 18 .S. / E.O.CDR FRAME ELECTRONICS DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.O. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.

TYP 5270/100 AB FN 1140 CONNECTING LEAD GROUNDED SOCKET .TYP 5270/100 AB FN 1140 CLAMP . 5270/105 SN 1137 TRANSFORMATEUR .TYP 5270/100 BIS FN 1139 POWER LINE . / E. 5270/105 FN 1137 TRANSFORMER . 5270/105 SN 1137 BARRETTE PLATE DE RACCORDEMENT .TYPE 5270/100 FROM SN 1140 AGRAFE .TYPE 5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS 1139 FI-SCHALTER 25A/30MA FI-SWITCH 25A/30MA FI-INTERRUPTEUR 25A/30MA GERÄTESTECKER MACHINE PLUG FICHE MACHINE HALTEKLAMMER .5270/100 UP TO SN 4499.DD+DIS022.TYPE 5270/100 UP TO SN 1139 VISSAGE .5270/100 AB FN 4500. Edition 6.5270/100 UP TO SN 4499. 5270/105 NS1137 NETZLEITUNGSFILTER 250V/20A LINE FILTER 250V/20A FILTRE DE LIGNE D'ALIMENTATION 250V/20A RINGKERNTRAFO 19591-P1S12 . 5270/105 SN 1138 TRANSFORMATEUR .P1S12 .S.5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS4499. 5270/105 FN 1138 TRANSFORMER . 5270/105 NS1137 NTC-14 / 20% .5270/100 A PARTIR DE NS4500.TYPE 5270/100 A PARTIR DE NS 1140 Spare Parts List 2 CM+9042664520 3 CM+9527011330 4 CM+9527074101 4 CM+9047710530 5 CM+9047710540 5 CM+9527074202 6 CM+9045231710 7 CM+9047189510 8 CM+9047189560 9 CM+9047202700 FLACHSTECKERLEISTE . Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.TYP 5270/100 BIS FN 1139 THREADED ADAPTER . WIPPENSCHALTER ROCKER SWITCH TOUCHE A BASCULE GS STROMSENSORKARTE PCB POWER SENSOR BOARD CARTE D'ALIMENTATION DU DÉTECTEUR PG VERSCHRAUBUNG .5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS4499.TYPE 5270/100 FROM SN 1140 LIGNE DE RACCORDEMENT .TYPE 5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS 1139 ANSCHLUßLEITUNG SCHUKO . DECKELSCHALTER CASSETTE UNIT SAFETY SWITCH PORTE. FRAME ELECTRONICS DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Teile-Nr. 5270/105 FN1137 NTC-14 / 20% .TYP 5270/100 AB FN 1140 CONNECTING LEAD .05M Pos. CABLE POWER SENSOR GS1 RD 4POL.TYP 5270/100 BIS FN 1139 POWER LINE .TYPE 5270/100 A PARTIR DE NS 1140 ANSCHLUßLEITUNG .5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS4499.TYPE 5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS 1139 10 CM+9044380100 11 CM+9043660070 12 CM+9043371800 12 CM+9043371820 13 CM+9527075200 14 CM+9946025522 15 CM+9949936203 16 CM+9527090100 =Assembly D =Standard part.O.5270/100 BIS FN 4499.5270/100 BIS FN4499.93M" * =No wearing part.TYPE 5270/100 UP TO SN 1139 LIGNED'ALIMENTATION . 5270/105 SN 1137 NTC-14 / 20% . For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. 1 CM+9042663040 Benennung Description Denomination TÜR.S.5270/100 FROM SN 4500. no. CABLE CIRCUIT SENSOR GS1 RD 4POL. Pos. INTERRUPTEUR DE COUVERCLE TEMPERATURBEGRENZER 63°C ROSTFREI TEMPERATURE LIMITER 63°C STAINLESS LIMITATEUR DE TEMPERATURE 63°C INOXYDABLE TÜLLE SLEEVE MANCHON VDE NETZLEITUNG .TYPE 5270/100 UP TO SN 1139 LIGNE D'ALIMENTATION . 5270/105 NS1137 STROMSENSORKABEL GS1 RD 4POL. de Ref. 5270/105 NS1138 RINGKERNTRAFO 18891 .5270/100 UP TO SN 4499. Nr. Nr.O. Item no. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 19 .TYPE 5270/100 A PARTIR DE NS 1140 UL NETZLEITUNG .TYPE 5270/100 FROM SN 1140 LIGNE DE RACCORDEMENT .5270/100 BIS FN4499. 5270/105 FN1137 FLAT CONNECTOR TERMINAL STRIP . Part No.

Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. / E.O.05M 02 HT 330 EOS V1.S.O.CDR 09 04/06 04/05 04/08 04/07 Agfa Company Confidential Spare Parts List Chapter 8 / 20 . Revision 4 11-2007 IC 50 IC 51 04/06 04/05 10 01 Type 5270/100 UP TO SN 4499 Type 5270/105 UP TO SN 1137 R164 + TS21 L2 ST5 ST57 TS26 + IC46 IC67 R370 BU4 IC68 RS23 L N PE XK1 5270_0100_8006. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 TS25 ST74 ST76 ST79 IC53 ST81 R30 R76 RS21 RS14 RS7 RS22 ELECTRONIC PLATE RS11 RS10 IC39 ST65 ST62 IC38 D66 ST75 ST78 ST77 RS9 RS2 RS1 RS5 RS8 RS3 RS12 RS4 RS13 RS6 SI6 SI7 SI4 SI5 SI3 SI1 BU8 ST83 BU7 BU6 D70 ST63 ST71 ST72 ST73 IC60 D65 ST53 D64 ST64 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 Edition 6.0 SI9 IC61 TS22 TS23 TS24 TY2 BU9 D23 D21 BU1 D62 + + TS19 ST85 D56 ST27 D60 SI2 SI8 D79 ST56 ST66 ST55 ST80 IC50 IC48 L4 IC51 ST4 D55 TY1 ST54 IC62 IC45 IC69 IC58 S1 TS20 D63 D57 ST45 D67 IC36 IC37 RS20 RS19 ST10 ST15 IC66 D68 IC52 D69 + ST61 IC64 IC33 RS17 ST84 RS16 ST82 BU2 BU3 IC57 RS18 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.S. CLASSIC E.03 DD+DIS022.

IC53 V1001 PLD PROG.(SI6 / SI7 / SI8 / SI9) FUSIBLE T 6.(SI5) FUSE T 4A ---.(SI6 / SI7 / SI8 / SI9) SICHERUNG T 10A ---.(SI3) FUSIBLE T 10A ---. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.25A ---.O.25A ---. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. Item no. de Ref. Pos.(SI1 / SI2) SICHERUNG T 6.(SI5) FUSIBLE T 4A ---.93M" * =No wearing part. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.(SI3) SICHERUNG T 4A ---. Nr.(SI3) FUSE T 10A ---.05M Pos. / E. Edition 6. 1 CM+9527079601 Benennung Description Denomination STEUERKARTE COMPACT MIT EPROM CONTROL BOARD COMPACT WITH EPROM BOITE ELECTRONIQUE COMPACT AVEC EPROM EPROM-SATZ IC50 / IC51 EOSUNIV 1102 EPROM-SATZ IC50 / IC51 EOSUNIV 1102 EPROM-SATZ IC50 / IC51 EOSUNIV 1102 PLD PROG. Part No. no.(SI6 / SI7 / SI8 / SI9) FUSE T 6.(SI1 / SI2) FUSE T 1. Teile-Nr. IC53 V1001 PLD PROG.(SI5) UHRENBAUSTEIN IC52 CLOCK CHIP IC52 COMPOSANT D'HORLOGE IC52 SICHERUNG T 8A FUSE T 8A FUSIBLE T 8A Spare Parts List 2 CM+9527093504 3 CM+9527077160 4 CM+9045191300 5 CM+9045197270 6 CM+9045197050 7 CM+9045230350 8 CM+9045197200 9 CM+9044170300 10 CM+9045231510 =Assembly D =Standard part.25A ---.S.(SI1 / SI2) FUSIBLE T 1.S.25A ---. IC53 V1001 RENKVERSCHLUSSKAPPE RETAINER CAP CAPUCHON DE SECURITE SICHERUNG T 1. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 21 .25A ---.DD+DIS022. ELECTRONIC PLATE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Nr.O.25A ---.

/ E. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.cdr Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 22 . Edition 6.S. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.O. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Brightness Contrast IC88 RS20 R377 RS19 Blowe HeatF IR +12MOT 04 / 07 04 / 06 04 / 05 04 / 06 04 / 07 03 5270_0100_0105_8009.S.05M Spare Parts List MC24 MC23 ST5 BU4 RS23 R381 XK1 SI8 RS21 R379 04 / 06 SI3 BU6 SI9 SI5 R378 RS22 SI7 SI1 R476 R380 SI12 RS24 SI6 BU7 MC35 MC36 R485 SI11 SI10 MC16 MC17 R475 TY2 TY1 C64 C63 C80 C79 RS5 RS7 RS8 L11 MC4 MC3 ST45 RS3 RS6 MC32 BU9 MC22 ST67 ST68 ST69 ST70 ST4 MC31 MC13 MC2 MC20 MC34 ST71 ST72 ST73 ST74 ST76 ST79 ST65 SI2 ST54 ST64 IC78 04 / 05 ST62 ST88 01 IC79 ST75 ST78 ST77 RS4 RS1 RS2 RS9 ST86 BU10 C210 ST57 ST63 02 08 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST85 ST81 IC52 ST82 IC57 R465 ST89 ST90 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST53 R464 ST66 ST87 S1 Type 5270/100 FROM SN 4500 Type 5270/105 FROM SN 1138 ST55 ST15 Film Out ELECTRONIC PLATE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.DD+DIS022.O.

25A .25A .(SI3 / SI10 / S11 / S12) FUSIBLE T 10A .(SI1 / SI2) FUSE T 1.O. SEE SIB DD+DIS223. Pos. REGARDEZ SIB DD+DIS223.(SI5 / SI6 / SI7 / SI8 / SI9) FUSE T 6.S. IC88 V1001 PLD PROG.07D) SNAPHAT BATTERY (FROM CM+952709450 INDEX 3. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. SIEHE SIB DD+DIS223. REGARDEZ SIB DD+DIS223. IC88 V1001 PLD PROG.S.25A . Item no.25A .(SI3 / SI10 / S11 / S12) Spare Parts List 2 CM+9527094103 3 CM+9527077170 4 CM+9045191300 5 CM+9045197270 6 CM+9045197050 7 CM+9045230350 8 CM+9044170300 UHRENBAUSTEIN IC52 (BIS CM+952709450 INDEX 2. SEE SIB DD+DIS223.(SI1 / SI2) FUSIBLE T 1.25A .DD+DIS022.07D) CLOCK CHIP IC52 (UP TO CM+952709450 INDEX 2. IC88 V1001 RENKVERSCHLUSSKAPPE RETAINER CAP CAPUCHON DE SECURITE SICHERUNG T 1. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.07F) SNAPHAT BATTERY (AB CM+952709450 INDEX 3. SIEHE SIB DD+DIS223. Part No. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 23 . no. de Ref.05M Pos.07E) COMPOSANT D'HORLOGE IC52 (JUSQU'AU CM+952709450 INDEX 2.07E) SNAPHAT BATTERY (A PARTIR DE CM+952709450 INDEX 3. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. / E.(SI5 / SI6 / SI7 / SI8 / SI9) FUSIBLE T 6. Nr.(SI3 / SI10 / S11 / S12) FUSE T 10A .07F) 8 CM+9048520120 =Assembly D =Standard part. 1 CM+9527094503 Benennung Description Denomination E-KASTEN+STEUERKARTE MIT EPROM ELECTRIC BOX+CONTROL BOARD WITH EPROM BOITE ELECTRONIQUE+CONTROL BOARD AVEC EPROM EPROM-SATZ IC50/51 CLLC1301 EPROM SET IC50/51 CLLC1301 EPROM VANNES IC50/51 CLLC1301 PLD PROG.(SI5 / SI6 / SI7 / SI8 / SI9) SICHERUNG T 10A . Edition 6.25A . Teile-Nr.O.(SI1 / SI2) SICHERUNG T 6. ELECTRONIC PLATE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Nr.93M" * =No wearing part.

Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.S.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 24 .CDR DRIVE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. / E.O.O.05M Spare Parts List D6528 08 D44 09 D6523 04 D6505 D82 D9 D44 01* 02 04 10 07 D82 D6484 D6505 D82 D9 11 09 D6505 D82 02 05* D6528 03 D6528 04 04 02 06* 5270_0100_0105_8010.DD+DIS022. Edition 6.

Nr. Edition 6. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 25 .O.93M" * =No wearing part.S.DD+DIS022. no.5 / T=15 MOTEUR AVEC ROUE DENTEE / M=1.O.5 / D=15 SCHEIBE WASHER RONDELLE PLATTE FÜR LAGERBEFESTIGUNG PLATE FOR BEARING FASTENING PLAQUE POUR FIXATION DE PALIER Spare Parts List 2 CM+9520061062 3 CM+9527011510 4 CM+9522012731 5 CM+9527066402 6 CM+9527066302 * 7 CM+9527015601 8 CM+9839534160 9 CM+9940211011 10 CM+9815762290 11 CM+9527011550 =Assembly D =Standard part.05M Pos. DRIVE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. 1 CM+9527011502 * Benennung Description Denomination ANTRIEBSWELLE RACKS DRIVE SHAFT RACKS ARBRE D'ENTRAINEMENT RACKS SCHNECKE M=2 / Z=2 / RECHTS WORM GEAR M=2 / TEETH=2 / RHS VIS SANS FIN M=2 / DENTS=2 / A DROIT LAGER BEARING PALIER KEGELRAD BEVEL GEAR ROUE DENTEE * ANTRIEBSACHSE TROCKNER VERTIKAL DRIVE SHAFT DRYER VERTICAL AXE D'ENTRAINEMENT SECHOIR VERTICAL ANTRIEBSACHSE TROCKNER HORIZONTAL DRIVE SHAFT DRYER HORIZONTAL AXE D'ENTRAINEMENT SECHOIR HORIZONTALE MOTOR MIT ZAHNRAD / M=1. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.5 / T=15 ROUE DENTEE M=1.5 / Z=15 MOTOR WITH GEAR / M=1. / E. Nr. Part No. Item no.5 / Z=15 SPUR GEAR M=1. de Ref. Teile-Nr.5 / D=15 KUPPLUNGSROHR PIPE UNION RACCORD GERADSTIRNRAD M=1.S. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Pos.

Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.CDR DRIVE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.05M Spare Parts List 08 D44 09 D4302 04 D3714 D82 D9 01* 02 04 07 D44 10 D44 11 D82 D195 09 D3714 D82 D9 D2320 D82 10 02 12 09 03 D4302 05* D4302 02 04 04 06* 5270_0100_0105_8011. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 26 . Edition 6.S.O.DD+DIS022.O. / E. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.S.

DD+DIS022.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Item no. Part No. Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
1 CM+9527019700 *

Benennung Description Denomination
ANTRIEBSWELLE DRIVE SHAFT ARBRE D'ENTRAINEMENT SCHNECKE M=2 / Z=2 / RECHTS WORM GEAR M=2 / TEETH=2 / RHS VIS SANS FIN M=2 / DENTS=2 / A DROIT LAGER BEARING PALIER KEGELRAD BEVEL GEAR ROUE DENTEE * ANTRIEBSACHSE TROCKNER VERTIKAL DRIVE SHAFT DRYER VERTICAL AXE D'ENTRAINEMENT SECHOIR VERTICAL ANTRIEBSACHSE TROCKNER HORIZONTAL DRIVE SHAFT DRYER HORIZONTAL AXE D'ENTRAINEMENT SECHOIR HORIZONTALE MOTOR MIT ZAHNRAD / M=1,5 / Z=15 MOTOR WITH GEAR / M=1,5 / T=15 MOTEUR AVEC ROUE DENTEE / M=1,5 / D=15 KUPPLUNGSROHR PIPE UNION RACCORD GERADSTIRNRAD M=1,5 / Z=15 SPUR GEAR M=1,5 / T=15 ROUE DENTEE M=1,5 / D=15 SCHEIBE WASHER RONDELLE PLATTE FÜR LAGERBEFESTIGUNG PLATE FOR BEARING FASTENING PLAQUE POUR FIXATION DE PALIER KUPPLUNGSROHR PIPE UNION RACCORD SCHEIBE WASHER RONDELLE

Spare Parts List

2

CM+9520061062

3

CM+9527011510

4

CM+9522012731

5

CM+9527066402

6

CM+9527066302

*

7

CM+9527015601

8

CM+9839534160

9

CM+9940211011

10

CM+9815762290

11

CM+9527011550

12

CM+9946021082

13

CM+9839150310

=Assembly D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M" * =No wearing part.

DRIVE
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 6, Revision 4 11-2007

CLASSIC E.O.S. / E.O.S. CL TYPE 5270/0105

Agfa Company Confidential

Chapter 8 / 27

DD+DIS022.05M

Spare Parts List

01
D195 D3578 D22

02

03*

Type 5270/100 FROM SN 4500 Type 5270/105 FROM SN 1138

04

5270_0100_0105_8012.CDR

TANK PUMP DRIVE
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 6, Revision 4 11-2007

CLASSIC E.O.S. / E.O.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105

Agfa Company Confidential

Chapter 8 / 28

DD+DIS022.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Item no. Part No. Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
1 CM+9527090201

Benennung Description Denomination
BOLZEN BOLT BOULON SCHRITTMOTOR DFM 50.1203.7 STEPPER MOTOR DFM 50.1203.7 MOTEUR PAS A PAS DFM 50.1203.7 * TANK SPRITZTEIL TANK INJECTION-MOLDED CUVE PIÈCE D'INJECTION-MOLDED KABELBAUM DREHFELDMOTORE 5270/100 BIS FN 4499; 5270/105 FN 1137 WIRE HARNESS 5270/100 UP TO SN 4499; 5270/105 SN 1137 HARNAISE DE CABLE 5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS4499; 5270/105 NS1137 KABELBAUM DREHFELDMOTORE 5270/100 AB FN 4500; 5270/105 FN 1138 WIRE HARNESS 5270/100 FROM SN 4500; 5270/105 SN 1138 HARNAISE DE CABLE 5270/100 A PARTIR DE NS4500; 5270/105 NS1138

Spare Parts List

2

CM+9043083030

3

CM+9527041525

4

CM+9527081900

4

CM+9527081800

=Assembly D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M" * =No wearing part.

TANK PUMP DRIVE
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 6, Revision 4 11-2007

CLASSIC E.O.S. / E.O.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105

Agfa Company Confidential

Chapter 8 / 29

DD+DIS022.05M

Spare Parts List

06

06 01 01 01

05

08

01

04 03 07 07

D6529 D82 D9

11

09

02 10

13

12

5270_0100_0105_8013.CDR

TANK SUPPLY, DRAIN, SENSOR
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 6, Revision 4 11-2007

CLASSIC E.O.S. / E.O.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105

Agfa Company Confidential

Chapter 8 / 30

DD+DIS022.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Item no. Part No. Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
1 CM+9527091600

Benennung Description Denomination
NIVEAUSENSOR LEVEL SENSOR CAPTEUR DE NIVEAU * ZULAUFTRICHTER WASSER FEED MOUTH WATER ENTONNOIR D'ARRIVEE EAU TÜLLE SLEEVE MANCHON ROHRKRÜMMER MIT SCHLAUCH PIPE BEND WITH HOSE RACCORD COUDE AVEC TUYAU FLEXIBLE HALTER FÜR NTC-FÜHLER HOLDER FOR NTC SENSOR FIXATION POUR SONDE NTC TEMPERATURFÜHLER TEMPERATURE SENSOR PALPEUR DE TEMPERATURE EPDM-ZULAUFROHR - TYP 5270/100 AB FN 2331 FEED TUBE - TYPE 5270/100 FROM SN 2331 TUYAU D'ARRIVEE - TYPE 5270/100 A PARTIR DE NS 2331 ZULAUFROHR - TYP 5270/100 BIS FN 2330 FEED TUBE - TYPE 5270/100 UP TO SN 2330 TUYAU D'ARRIVEE - TYPE 5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS 2330 ROHRKRÜMMER MIT SCHLAUCH PIPE BEND WITH TUBE RACCORD COUDE AVEC TUYAU ABLAUF DRAIN OUTLET EVACUATION ABLAUF DRAIN OUTLET EVACUATION KLEBESCHILD ADHESIVE LABEL ETIQUETTE ADHÉSIVE ABLAUF DRAIN OUTLET EVACUATION O-RING O-RING BAGUE EN O

Spare Parts List

2

CM+9840560040

3

CM+9037172700

4

CM+9527048102

5

CM+9527045820

6

CM+9527091700

7

CM+9527045011

7

CM+9521021150

8

CM+9527045101

9

CM+9527048301

10

CM+9527047300

11

CM+9527011041

12

CM+9527045300

13

CM+9033895240

=Assembly D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M" * =No wearing part.

TANK SUPPLY, DRAIN, SENSOR
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 6, Revision 4 11-2007

CLASSIC E.O.S. / E.O.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105

Agfa Company Confidential

Chapter 8 / 31

DD+DIS022.05M

Spare Parts List

06

11 02 01 02 05 07 09 03 10 09 12

04

08

08

20 6+ -5

5270_0100_0105_8014.CDR

TANK HEATER, CIRCULATION PUMP
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 6, Revision 4 11-2007

CLASSIC E.O.S. / E.O.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105

Agfa Company Confidential

Chapter 8 / 32

DD+DIS022.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Item no. Part No. Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
1 CM+9527047700

Benennung Description Denomination
HEIZUNG MIT ÜBERHITZUNGSSCHUTZ MONTIERT HEATER WITH THERMAL CUTOUT CHAUFFAGE AVEC PROTECTION DE SURCHAUFFE TEMPERATURBEGRENZER 63°C ROSTFREI TEMPERATURE LIMITER 63°C STAINLESS LIMITATEUR DE TEMPERATURE 63°C INOXYDABLE HALTEPLATTE HOLDING PLATE PLAQUE DE RETENUE ABSTANDSBLECH ROSTFREI SPACER PLATE STAINLESS TÔLE D'ÉCARTEMENT INOXYDABLE HALTER FÜR KAPILARROHRHEIZUNG HOLDER FOR CAPILLARY TUBE HEATING FIXATION POUR CHAUFFAGE PAR TUBE CAPILLAIRE HALTEPLATTE, LANG HOLDING PLATE, LONG PLAQUE DE RETENUE, LONGUE HEIZUNG MIT ÜBERHITZUNGSSCHUTZ MONTIERT HEATER WITH THERMAL CUTOUT CHAUFFAGE AVEC PROTECTION ANTI-SURCHAUFFE UMPUMPUNG CIRCULATION PUMP POMPAGE DE CIRCULATION UMPUMPUNG CIRCULATION PUMP POMPAGE DE CIRCULATION KLEBESCHILD ADHESIVE LABEL ETIQUETTE ADHÉSIVE PUMPENGEHÄUSE BLAU PUMP HOUSING BLUE CARTER DE POMPE BLEU KNIE ELBOW COUDE

Spare Parts List

2

CM+9042664520

3

CM+9527045760

4

CM+9527045751

5

CM+9527045770

6

CM+9527045781

7

CM+9527045700

8

CM+9527047403

9

CM+9527045403

10

CM+9527011041

11

CM+9521026200

12

CM+9527045430

=Assembly D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M" * =No wearing part.

TANK HEATER, CIRCULATION PUMP
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 6, Revision 4 11-2007

CLASSIC E.O.S. / E.O.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105

Agfa Company Confidential

Chapter 8 / 33

DD+DIS022.05M

Spare Parts List

01
D82 D9 D6530 D82 D9 D6529

02
D82 D6531 D82 D6531 D9 D9 D9 D244

D9

08 03

D2321

D82 D6531

07
D142 D9

04 06 05

5270_0100_0105_8015.CDR

EXHAUST
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 6, Revision 4 11-2007

CLASSIC E.O.S. / E.O.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105

Agfa Company Confidential

Chapter 8 / 34

DD+DIS022.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr. Item no. Part No. Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
1 CM+9043172270

Benennung Description Denomination
LÜFTER 24VDC FAN 24VDC VENTILATEUR 24VDC ABSAUGKANAL SUCTION CHANNEL CANAL D'ASPIRATION ABSAUGKRÜMMER EXTRACTION ELBOW COUDE D'ASPIRATION ÜBERGANGSSTÜCK FÜR ABLUFT ADAPTER FOR EXHAUST RACCORD DE RÉDUCTION POUR SORTIE D'AIR KABELKLAMMER CABLE CLAMP COLLIER DE SERRAGE * TROCKNER LUFTABDECKUNG DRYER AIR COVER SECHOIR AIR COUVRCLE ROHR PIPE TUBE KANALDICHTUNG CHANNEL SEAL CANAL JOINT

Spare Parts List

2

CM+9527069570

3

CM+9527011741

4

CM+9527011760

5

CM+9510110080

6

CM+9527069360

7

CM+9522030091

8

CM+9527069620

=Assembly D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M" * =No wearing part.

EXHAUST
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 6, Revision 4 11-2007

CLASSIC E.O.S. / E.O.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105

Agfa Company Confidential

Chapter 8 / 35

DD+DIS022.05M

Spare Parts List

01

01 02 03 04

08 07

01

08

01

02 03 04 05

03

D82 D2321

05

03

06

06

5270_0100_0105_8016.CDR

DRYER DRIVE
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Edition 6, Revision 4 11-2007

CLASSIC E.O.S. / E.O.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105

Agfa Company Confidential

Chapter 8 / 36

Teile-Nr. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.S. Edition 6.O. Part No.S. 1 CM+9940211290 Benennung Description Denomination SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE RETAINER RING RONDELLE D'ARRET ZAHNRAD Z=15 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=15 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=15 / NOIR DOPPELLAGER DOUBLE BEARING PALIER DOUBLE BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON ABWEISER TROCKNERAUSGANG DEFLECTOR DRYER EXIT DEFLECTEUR SORTIE SÉCHOIR LAGERBOLZEN MIT GEWINDE BEARING BOLT WITH THREAD BOULON DE PALIER AVEC FILET KOMBIRAD Z11/15 SCHWARZ COMBINATION WHEEL Z11/15 BLACK ROUE COMBINEE Z11/15 NOIR Spare Parts List 2 CM+9520051321 3 CM+9527068300 4 CM+9520051412 5 CM+9520051422 6 CM+9527011242 7 CM+9527069160 8 CM+9521027362 =Assembly D =Standard part. Pos. Nr. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 37 .DD+DIS022. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. de Ref. no.93M" * =No wearing part. Item no. / E.05M Pos. DRYER DRIVE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.O. Nr. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

O. Edition 6.S.CDR DRYER DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.O. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 38 .DD+DIS022. / E. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.05M Spare Parts List 01 D6532 D789 02 04 03 D211 D4010 06 07 08 09 D6501 05 10 06 D6532 11 05 5270_0100_0105_8017.

no. Nr. 1 CM+9527066802 Benennung Description Denomination DRAHTSCHUTZ WIRE PROTECTION PROTECTION DE CONDUCTEUR REFLEKTOR REFLECTOR REFLECTEUR STRAHLER (400W) RADIATOR (400W) RADIATEUR (400W) WINKEL BRACKET EQUERRE WINKEL MIT DRAHTSCHUTZ ANGLE WITH WIRE PROTECTION EQUERRE AVEC PROTECTION DE CONDUCTEUR BOLZEN BOLT BOULON HALTER RECHTS HOLDER RHS FIXATION À DROITE LEITBLECH UNTEN GUIDE PLATE BOTTOM TOLE DE GUIDAGE EN BAS HALTER LINKS HOLDER LHS FIXATION A GAUCHE HALTESTOPFEN STOPPER BOUCHON DE RETENUE FILMLEITBLECH UNTEN FILM GUIDE PLATE BOTTOM FILM PLAQUE DE GUIDAGE EN BAS Spare Parts List 2 CM+9522063042 3 CM+9522063102 4 CM+9527068172 5 CM+9527065802 6 CM+9527069181 7 CM+9520056012 8 CM+9520056032 9 CM+9520056022 10 CM+9818560232 11 CM+9527067242 =Assembly D =Standard part. Edition 6. DRYER DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 39 .93M" * =No wearing part. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.O. Pos.O. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. de Ref.05M Pos. Part No. Nr. Teile-Nr.DD+DIS022.S.S. / E. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Item no.

O. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 40 .05M Spare Parts List 01 D4010 02 03 D4010 06 04 05 08 09 D4010 07 10 06 05 13 12 11 5270_0100_0105_8018.S.DD+DIS022. Edition 6.O. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.CDR DRYER DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. / E.S.

S. / E.05M Pos.S. DRYER DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Spare Parts List 2 CM+9522063042 3 CM+9522063102 4 CM+9527068172 5 CM+9527065802 6 CM+9527069181 7 CM+9520056012 8 CM+9520056032 9 CM+9520056022 10 CM+9818560232 11 CM+9527067242 12 CM+9527012700 13 CM+9527018400 =Assembly D =Standard part. Nr. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.93M" * =No wearing part.DD+DIS022.O. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 41 .O. no. Teile-Nr. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. Edition 6. Part No. Nr. de Ref. Pos. 1 CM+9527066802 Benennung Description Denomination DRAHTSCHUTZ WIRE PROTECTION PROTECTION DE CONDUCTEUR REFLEKTOR REFLECTOR REFLECTEUR STRAHLER (400W) RADIATOR (400W) RADIATEUR (400W) WINKEL BRACKET EQUERRE WINKEL MIT DRAHTSCHUTZ ANGLE WITH WIRE PROTECTION EQUERRE AVEC PROTECTION DE CONDUCTEUR BOLZEN BOLT BOULON HALTER RECHTS HOLDER RHS FIXATION À DROITE LEITBLECH UNTEN GUIDE PLATE BOTTOM TOLE DE GUIDAGE EN BAS HALTER LINKS HOLDER LHS FIXATION A GAUCHE HALTESTOPFEN STOPPER BOUCHON DE RETENUE FILMLEITBLECH UNTEN FILM GUIDE PLATE BOTTOM FILM PLAQUE DE GUIDAGE EN BAS HALTER REEDKONTAKT VOLLSTÄNDIG HOLDER REED CONTACT COMPLETE FIXATION CONTACT REED KLAPPE VOLLSTÄNDIG FLAP ASSY VOLET COMPL. Item no.

CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 42 .CDR DRYER FLAP DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.DD+DIS022.05M Spare Parts List D6532 D6532 D6532 01 D6532 02 02 D6532 D789 03 04 05 06 5270_0100_0105_8019.O. Edition 6.S. / E.S. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.O.

CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 43 .93M" * =No wearing part. / E.S.O. Nr. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.S.DD+DIS022.O. Teile-Nr. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. Item no. de Ref. no. Edition 6.05M Pos. 1 CM+9036260360 Benennung Description Denomination BÜRSTE (STATISCHE ENTLADUNG) BRUSH (STATIC DISCHARGE) BROSSE (DECHARGE STATIQUE) WINKEL MIT DRAHTSCHUTZ ANGLE WITH WIRE PROTECTION EQUERRE AVEC PROTECTION DE CONDUCTEUR STRAHLER (400W) RADIATOR (400W) RADIATEUR (400W) WINKEL BRACKET EQUERRE REFLEKTOR REFLECTOR REFLECTEUR DRAHTSCHUTZ WIRE PROTECTION PROTECTION DE CONDUCTEUR Spare Parts List 2 CM+9527065802 3 CM+9522063102 4 CM+9527068172 5 CM+9522063042 6 CM+9527066802 =Assembly D =Standard part. DRYER FLAP DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Pos. Part No. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Nr.

S.CDR DRYER FAN DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. / E.O.DD+DIS022. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 44 . Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Edition 6.S.O.05M Spare Parts List 02 D789 D6501 01 D82 D195 D2186 03 05 04 04 D6501 D789 5270/100 FROM SN4500 5270/105 FROM SN1138 D789 D81 D10 D122 5270/100 UP TO SN4499 5270/105 UP TO SN1137 5270_0100_0105_8020.

93M" * =No wearing part. Part No. 5270/105 SN1138 VENTILATEUR TANG.S. DRYER FAN DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Item no.5270/100 UP TO SN4499. / E. 5270/105 NS1137 =Assembly D =Standard part. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.5270/100 AB FN4500. 5270/105 SN1137 VENTILATEUR TANG.5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS4499. 230V . 5270/105 NS1137 QUERSTROMLÜFTER 230V . Pos. no. 5270/105 FN1137 CONNECTION CABLE FAN .DD+DIS022. 1 CM+9037010040 Benennung Description Denomination KABELDURCHFÜHRUNG GROMMET PASSE CABLE TEMPERATURSCHALTER 95°C TEMPERATURE LIMITER 95°C LIMITATEUR DE TEMPERATURE 95°C TEMPERATURFÜHLER TEMPERATURE FEELER PALPEUR DE TEMPERATURE QUERSTROMLÜFTER 24V .O. 5270/105 FN1138 CROSS-FLOW FAN 230V .5270/100 BIS FN4499.O. de Ref. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.5270/100 A PARTIR DE NS4500. 5270/105 SN1137 LIGNE DE RACORDEMENT VENT.5270/100 UP TO SN4499.5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS4499. 24V .05M Pos.5270/100 BIS FN4499. .5270/100 FROM SN4500. 5270/105 NS1138 SCHARNIERBOLZEN HINGE BOLT BOULON DE CHARNIERE Spare Parts List 2 CM+9042661950 3 CM+9042664090 4 CM+9043172370 4 CM+9043172360 5 CM+9527069520 6 CM+9527071200 VERBINDUNGSLEITUNG 24V LÜFTER .S. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 45 . Nr. Edition 6. Teile-Nr. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Nr. 5270/105 FN1137 CROSS-FLOW FAN 24V .

O.S. / E.O.CDR DEVELOPER RACK DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.05M Spare Parts List 99 06 03* 01 02 D128 D82 D195 D117 D83 D12 12 05 17 14 04 08 07 14 D142 D82 03* 02 11 09 08 03* 09 11 13 15 17 10 17 15 10 15 16 5270_0100_0105_8021. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 46 . Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Edition 6.S.DD+DIS022.

Edition 6. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Nr. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Teile-Nr. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. Part No. Pos. 1 CM+9521081040 Benennung Description Denomination BOLZEN BOLT BOULON HALTESTOPFEN STOPPER BOUCHON DE RETENUE * ZUGANKER TIE ROD TIRANT D'ANCRAGE BOLZEN BOLT BOULON LEITELEMENT-E GUIDE ELEMENT-E TRACEUR-E SCHIEBER SLIDE GLISSIERE SCHIEBER SLIDE GLISSIERE HALTER LINKS HOLDER LHS FIXATION A GAUCHE LEITBLECH UNTEN GUIDE PLATE BOTTOM TOLE DE GUIDAGE EN BAS HALTER RECHTS HOLDER RHS FIXATION À DROITE LEITELEMENT MITTE GUIDE ELEMENT MIDDLE ELEMENT GUIDE AU MILIEU KLEBESCHILD ADHESIVE LABEL ETIQUETTE ADHÉSIVE LAGER 2-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING DOUBLE SPRING LOADED PALIER A DOUBLE SUSPENSION BOLZEN (Ø 13MM) BOLT (Ø 13MM) BOULON (Ø 13MM) BOLZEN BOLT BOULON LAGER 1-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING SINGLE SPRING LOADED PALIER SUSPENSION SIMPLE LAGER BEARING PALIER ENTWICKLERRACK DEVELOPER RACK RACK DU REVELATEUR Spare Parts List 2 CM+9818560232 3 CM+9520051141 4 CM+9520052700 5 CM+9521081070 6 CM+9521081050 7 CM+9520054021 8 CM+9520056022 9 CM+9520056032 10 CM+9520056012 11 CM+9520051165 12 CM+9527011041 13 CM+9522056700 14 CM+9520055020 15 CM+9520051422 16 CM+9520052600 17 CM+9520051190 99 CM+9527081004 =Assembly D =Standard part.05M Pos. DEVELOPER RACK DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.O.S. no.93M" * =No wearing part.DD+DIS022. Nr. Item no. de Ref.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 47 .O. / E.

O. Edition 6.DD+DIS022. / E.CDR DEVELOPER RACK DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.05M Spare Parts List 99 06 03* 01 02 D117 D82 D195 D117 D83 D12 16 05 14 04 08 07 14 D142 D82 03* 02 11 09 08 03* 10 10 15 13 16 17 09 11 15 15 12 5270_0100_0105_8022.O. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 48 .S.S. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.

Nr. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 49 . Nr. no.O. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.O. Teile-Nr. / E.DD+DIS022.93M" * =No wearing part. DEVELOPER RACK DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Edition 6.05M Pos. de Ref. Pos. Item no. 1 CM+9521081040 Benennung Description Denomination BOLZEN BOLT BOULON HALTESTOPFEN STOPPER BOUCHON DE RETENUE * ZUGANKER TIE ROD TIRANT D'ANCRAGE BOLZEN BOLT BOULON LEITELEMENT-E GUIDE ELEMENT-E TRACEUR-E SCHIEBER SLIDE GLISSIERE SCHIEBER SLIDE GLISSIERE HALTER LINKS HOLDER LHS FIXATION A GAUCHE LEITBLECH UNTEN GUIDE PLATE BOTTOM TOLE DE GUIDAGE EN BAS HALTER RECHTS HOLDER RHS FIXATION À DROITE LEITELEMENT MITTE GUIDE ELEMENT MIDDLE ELEMENT GUIDE AU MILIEU LAGER 1-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING SINGLE SPRING LOADED PALIER SUSPENSION SIMPLE LAGER 2-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING DOUBLE SPRING LOADED PALIER A DOUBLE SUSPENSION BOLZEN (Ø 13MM) BOLT (Ø 13MM) BOULON (Ø 13MM) BOLZEN BOLT BOULON LAGER BEARING PALIER ENTWICKLERRACK ENTWICKLERRACK DEVELOPER RACK DEVELOPER RACK RACK REVELATEUR RACK REVELATEUR Spare Parts List 2 CM+9818560232 3 CM+9520051141 4 CM+9520052700 5 CM+9521081070 6 CM+9521081050 7 CM+9520054021 8 CM+9520056022 9 CM+9520056032 10 CM+9520056012 11 CM+9520051165 12 CM+9520052600 13 CM+9522056700 14 CM+9520055020 15 CM+9520051422 16 CM+9520051190 99 CM+9527081400 =Assembly D =Standard part. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Part No. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.S.S.

Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.S.DD+DIS022. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 50 .CDR DEVELOPER RACK DRIVE (1/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Edition 6.O.S.05M Spare Parts List 02 01 03 05 02 01 05 04 01 99 02 A 06 01 08 11 07 05 01 10 09 05 03 13 08 12 14 18 16 05 13 A 10 A 11 12 11 12 13 16 A A 12 11 15 15 17 05 05 5270_0100_0105_8023a. / E.O.

5 / Z=15 / GRAU GEAR M=1. Nr. DEVELOPER RACK DRIVE (1/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.5 / D=15 / NOIR ZAHNRAD M=1. Edition 6. Part No. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 51 .DD+DIS022. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. de Ref.O. 1 CM+9520051412 Benennung Description Denomination BOLZEN BOLT BOULON LAGER BEARING PALIER ZAHNRAD Z=15 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=15 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=15 / NOIR ZAHNRAD Z=18 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=18 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=18 / NOIR SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE RETAINER RING RONDELLE D'ARRET ZAHNRAD Z=18 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=18 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=18 / NOIR LAGER 1-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING SINGLE SPRING LOADED PALIER SUSPENSION SIMPLE ZAHNRAD M=1.5 / Z=15 / SCHWARZ GEAR M=1. Pos.05M Pos. Nr.5 / Z=24 / SCHWARZ GEAR M=1.5 / D=24 / NOIR ZAHNRAD Z=28 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=28 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=28 / NOIR RACKABDECKUNG COVER RACK RECOUVREMENT RACK Spare Parts List 2 CM+9520051190 3 CM+9520051321 4 CM+9520051360 5 CM+9940211290 6 CM+9520051370 7 CM+9520052600 8 CM+9521081320 9 CM+9522056700 10 CM+9520052502 11 CM+9521081400 12 CM+9521081300 13 CM+9522056601 14 CM+9527011041 15 CM+9520051380 16 CM+9520051330 17 CM+9520051340 18 CM+9527081211 =Assembly D =Standard part.5 / T=15 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE M=1.5 / T=15 / GRAY ROUE DENTEE M=1.5 / D=15 / GRIS LAGER 2-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING DOUBLE SPRING LOADED PALIER A DOUBLE SUSPENSION BOLZEN VOLLSTÄNDIG BOLT COMPLETE BOULON COMPLET BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON KLEBESCHILD ADHESIVE LABEL ETIQUETTE ADHÉSIVE ZAHNRAD M=1. Item no. / E.93M" * =No wearing part.S. no. Teile-Nr.O.5 / T=24 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE M=1.S.

CDR DEVELOPER RACK DRIVE (2/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.O.05M Spare Parts List 99 21 D82 D142 22 21 20 02 25 D46 2605 27 D47 24 D195 D82 19 16 05 D128 28 17 05 D2372 05 23* 15 29 5270_0100_0105_8023b.S. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 52 .S. Edition 6.DD+DIS022.O. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. / E. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

19 CM+9520051030 Benennung Description Denomination BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN (Ø 13MM) BOLT (Ø 13MM) BOULON (Ø 13MM) BOLZEN BOLT BOULON * BOLZEN BOLT BOULON SCHRÄGSTIRNRAD M=2 / Z=24 / SCHWARZ HELICAL SPUR GEAR M=2 / T=24 / BLACK ROUE HELICOIDALE M=2 / D=24 / NOIR ZAHNRAD M=1. no. Teile-Nr.S.05M Pos. Item no. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 53 . Part No.S. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Nr. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.DD+DIS022.5 / Z=32 / SCHWARZ GEAR M=1. DEVELOPER RACK DRIVE (2/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.5 / D=32 / NOIR BUCHSE BUSHING DOUILLE SCHEIBE WASHER RONDELLE BOLZEN VOLLSTÄNDIG BOLT COMPLETE BOULON COMPLET DECKEL COVER COUVERCLE ENTWICKLERRACK DEVELOPER RACK RACK DU REVELATEUR Spare Parts List 20 CM+9520051041 21 CM+9520055020 22 CM+9520052800 23 CM+9521281110 24 CM+9520051311 25 CM+9520051350 26 CM+9520051460 27 CM+9815762250 28 CM+9520052403 29 CM+9520051492 99 CM+9527081004 =Assembly D =Standard part.O. Pos. / E.5 / T=32 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE M=1. Edition 6.O.93M" * =No wearing part. Nr. de Ref.

Edition 6.05M Spare Parts List 01 02 06 01 06 04 03 05 06 01 07 10 13 05 A 99 11 08 01 03 09 05 12 18 01 07 05 06 05 15 13 A 11 A 16 12 10 12 13 15 A A 12 10 17 17 16 05 14 D218 05 5270_0100_0105_8024a. / E.CDR DEVELOPER RACK DRIVE (1/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.O.S. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 54 .DD+DIS022. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.S. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.O.

5 / T=15 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE M=1. DEVELOPER RACK DRIVE (1/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. no.O. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.5 / T=24 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE M=1.93M" * =No wearing part. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.5 / Z=15 / GRAU GEAR M=1.S. 1 CM+9520051412 Benennung Description Denomination BOLZEN BOLT BOULON ZAHNRAD Z=18 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=18 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=18 / NOIR ZAHNRAD Z=15 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=15 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=15 / NOIR ZAHNRAD Z=18 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=18 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=18 / NOIR SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE RETAINER RING RONDELLE D'ARRET LAGER BEARING PALIER ZAHNRAD M=1.5 / D=15 / GRIS LAGER 2-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING DOUBLE SPRING LOADED PALIER A DOUBLE SUSPENSION LAGER 1-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING SINGLE SPRING LOADED PALIER SUSPENSION SIMPLE BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN VOLLSTÄNDIG BOLT COMPLETE BOULON COMPLET BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON DECKEL COVER COUVERCLE ZAHNRAD M=1. Item no. de Ref.5 / Z=24 / SCHWARZ GEAR M=1.05M Pos. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 55 .5 / T=15 / GRAY ROUE DENTEE M=1. Nr. Teile-Nr. Edition 6. Part No.5 / Z=15 / SCHWARZ GEAR M=1. Pos.DD+DIS022.O.5 / D=15 / NOIR RACKABDECKUNG COVER RACK RECOUVREMENT RACK Spare Parts List 2 CM+9520051370 3 CM+9520051321 4 CM+9520051360 5 CM+9940211290 6 CM+9520051190 7 CM+9521081320 8 CM+9522056700 9 CM+9520052600 10 CM+9521081400 11 CM+9520052502 12 CM+9521081300 13 CM+9522056601 14 CM+9520051492 15 CM+9520051330 16 CM+9520051340 17 CM+9520051380 18 CM+9527081211 =Assembly D =Standard part. Nr. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. / E.5 / D=24 / NOIR ZAHNRAD Z=28 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=28 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=28 / NOIR ZAHNRAD M=1.S.

Edition 6. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 56 .DD+DIS022.O.S. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.CDR DEVELOPER RACK DRIVE (2/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. / E.05M Spare Parts List 99 21 D82 D142 26 21 20 24 D46 06 25 05 27 D47 23 D195 D82 D128 19 28 22* 5270_0100_0105_8024b.O. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.S.

O. Edition 6. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.5 / T=32 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE M=1. Part No. Nr.93M" * =No wearing part.DD+DIS022. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. 19 CM+9520051030 Benennung Description Denomination BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN (Ø 13MM) BOLT (Ø 13MM) BOULON (Ø 13MM) * BOLZEN BOLT BOULON SCHRÄGSTIRNRAD M=2 / Z=24 / SCHWARZ HELICAL SPUR GEAR M=2 / T=24 / BLACK ROUE HELICOIDALE M=2 / D=24 / NOIR ZAHNRAD M=1.S.05M Pos.5 / Z=32 / SCHWARZ GEAR M=1. Nr. Pos. de Ref. / E. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 57 .S.O. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.5 / D=32 / NOIR BUCHSE BUSHING DOUILLE BOLZEN BOLT BOULON SCHEIBE WASHER RONDELLE BOLZEN VOLLSTÄNDIG BOLT COMPLETE BOULON COMPLET ENTWICKLERRACK DEVELOPER RACK RACK REVELATEUR Spare Parts List 20 CM+9520051041 21 CM+9520055020 22 CM+9521281110 23 CM+9520051311 24 CM+9520051350 25 CM+9520051460 26 CM+9520052800 27 CM+9815762250 28 CM+9520052403 99 CM+9527081400 =Assembly D =Standard part. DEVELOPER RACK DRIVE (2/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Teile-Nr. Item no. no.

05M Spare Parts List 03 09* 14 D117 D83 D12 04 01 06 18 15 17 02 16 13 19 D142 D82 13 12 09* 11 16 10 07 05 10 12 09* 08 11 05 05 06 5270_0100_0105_8025. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.S.DD+DIS022. Edition 6.O. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 58 .O. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.S.CDR FIXING RACK 1/2 / WATER RACK DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. / E.

Pos. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Edition 6. Part No. / E.93M" * =No wearing part. Item no.05M Pos. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 59 . 1 CM+9520055012 Benennung Description Denomination LEITELEMENT GUIDE ELEMENT ELEMENT GUIDE SCHIEBER SLIDE GLISSIERE SCHIEBER SLIDE GLISSIERE KLEBESCHILD ADHESIVE LABEL ETIQUETTE ADHÉSIVE BOLZEN BOLT BOULON LAGER BEARING PALIER LAGER 2-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING DOUBLE SPRING LOADED PALIER A DOUBLE SUSPENSION LAGER 1-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING SINGLE SPRING LOADED PALIER SUSPENSION SIMPLE * ZUGANKER TIE ROD TIRANT D'ANCRAGE LEITBLECH UNTEN GUIDE PLATE BOTTOM TOLE DE GUIDAGE EN BAS HALTER RECHTS HOLDER RHS FIXATION À DROITE HALTER LINKS HOLDER LHS FIXATION A GAUCHE HALTESTOPFEN STOPPER BOUCHON DE RETENUE BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN (Ø 12MM) BOLT (Ø 12MM) BOULON (Ø 12MM) KLOTZ BLOCK BLOC LEITELEMENT GUIDE ELEMENT ELEMENT GUIDE BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN (Ø 13MM) BOLT (Ø 13MM) BOULON (Ø 13MM) Spare Parts List 2 CM+9520054021 3 CM+9521081050 4 CM+9527011041 5 CM+9520051422 6 CM+9520051190 7 CM+9522056700 8 CM+9520052600 9 CM+9520051141 10 CM+9520056032 11 CM+9520056012 12 CM+9520056022 13 CM+9818560232 14 CM+9521081040 15 CM+9520051051 16 CM+9522056030 17 CM+9522056041 18 CM+9520052700 19 CM+9520055020 =Assembly D =Standard part.O. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.S. de Ref. Teile-Nr. no.S. Nr. Nr.DD+DIS022.O. FIXING RACK 1/2 / WATER RACK DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.

CDR FIXING RACK 1/2 / WATER RACK DRIVE (1/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. CL 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 60 .S.S.DD+DIS022. / E. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Edition 6.O. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.O.05M Spare Parts List 06 01 03 10 99 05 02 01 03 09 05 01 04 08 07 05 02 11 01 04 15 05 16 13 05 12 05 14 11 13 09 10 09 D2372 09 10 12 5270_0100_0105_8026a.

5 / T=24 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE M=1.5 / Z=15 / SCHWARZ GEAR M=1.5 / T=15 / GRAY ROUE DENTEE M=1. Part No. Nr.DD+DIS022.5 / T=15 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE M=1. de Ref.5 / D=24 / NOIR DECKEL COVER COUVERCLE RACKABDECKUNG COVER RACK RECOUVREMENT RACK KLEBESCHILD ADHESIVE LABEL ETIQUETTE ADHÉSIVE Spare Parts List 2 CM+9520052600 3 CM+9521081320 4 CM+9520051321 5 CM+9940211290 6 CM+9520051190 7 CM+9522056700 8 CM+9522056601 9 CM+9521081300 10 CM+9521081400 11 CM+9520052202 12 CM+9520051380 13 CM+9520051330 14 CM+9522056021 15 CM+9527081211 16 CM+9527011041 =Assembly D =Standard part. / E. CL 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 61 . no.93M" * =No wearing part. Nr. Pos.O. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.5 / D=15 / GRIS ZAHNRAD Z=15 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=15 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=15 / NOIR SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE RETAINER RING RONDELLE D'ARRET LAGER BEARING PALIER LAGER 2-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING DOUBLE SPRING LOADED PALIER A DOUBLE SUSPENSION BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN VOLLSTÄNDIG BOLT COMPLETE BOULON COMPLET ZAHNRAD M=1.5 / Z=15 / GRAU GEAR M=1. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.5 / Z=24 / SCHWARZ GEAR M=1. Teile-Nr.S. Item no.S.5 / D=15 / NOIR ZAHNRAD M=1. FIXING RACK 1/2 / WATER RACK DRIVE (1/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.05M Pos. Edition 6. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. 1 CM+9520051412 Benennung Description Denomination BOLZEN BOLT BOULON LAGER 1-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING SINGLE SPRING LOADED PALIER SUSPENSION SIMPLE ZAHNRAD M=1.O.

/ E. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.05M Spare Parts List 99 D82 D142 17 21 06 19 D46 20 23 05 24 D47 22 18 25 D195 D82 D128 26 21 5270_0100_0105_8026b.O. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 62 .S. Edition 6.DD+DIS022.S.O.CDR FIXING RACK 1/2 / WATER RACK DRIVE (2/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.

DD+DIS022.O. Part No.5 / Z=32 / SCHWARZ GEAR M=1.S. 17 CM+9520051030 Benennung Description Denomination BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN (Ø 13MM) BOLT (Ø 13MM) BOULON (Ø 13MM) BOLZEN (Ø 12MM) BOLT (Ø 12MM) BOULON (Ø 12MM) BOLZEN BOLT BOULON ZAHNRAD M=1. Nr. Pos. WASSERRACK FIXER RACK 1/2. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.5 / D=32 / NOIR BUCHSE BUSHING DOUILLE SCHEIBE WASHER RONDELLE SCHRÄGSTIRNRAD M=2 / Z=24 / SCHWARZ HELICAL SPUR GEAR M=2 / T=24 / BLACK ROUE HELICOIDALE M=2 / D=24 / NOIR BOLZEN VOLLSTÄNDIG BOLT COMPLETE BOULON COMPLET FIXIERRACK 1/2. RACK D'EAU Spare Parts List 18 CM+9520051041 19 CM+9520055020 20 CM+9520051051 21 CM+9520052800 22 CM+9520051350 23 CM+9520051460 24 CM+9815762250 25 CM+9520051311 26 CM+9520052403 99 CM+9527082004 =Assembly D =Standard part. de Ref. Nr. Teile-Nr. Item no.05M Pos.S. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.O. no.5 / T=32 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE M=1. WATERRACK RACK FIXATEUR 1/2. Edition 6.93M" * =No wearing part. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. / E. FIXING RACK 1/2 / WATER RACK DRIVE (2/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 63 .

O.S. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. / E.05M Spare Parts List 03 04 01 07 99 08 02 04 01 03 02 04 06 10 09 05 02 04 06 06 03 02 11 03 02 04 12 09 10 07 11 08 11 03 02 08 12 5270_0100_0105_8027a.S.CDR DISTRIBUTOR UNIT (1/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.O. Edition 6.DD+DIS022. CL 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 64 . Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.

CL 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 65 . Teile-Nr.O. DISTRIBUTOR UNIT (1/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Item no.O.S. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.DD+DIS022. Nr. 1 CM+9520051190 Benennung Description Denomination LAGER BEARING PALIER SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE RETAINER RING RONDELLE D'ARRET ZAHNRAD Z=15 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=15 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=15 / NOIR BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BUCHSE BUSHING DOUILLE LAGER 2-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING DOUBLE SPRING LOADED PALIER A DOUBLE SUSPENSION BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON DOPPELLAGER 2-FACH GEFEDERT DOUBLE BEARING DOUBLE SPRING LOADED PALIER A DOUBLE SUSPENSION Spare Parts List 2 CM+9940211290 3 CM+9520051321 4 CM+9520051412 5 CM+9839180370 6 CM+9522061700 7 CM+9522061901 8 CM+9522061401 9 CM+9521084200 10 CM+9522061801 11 CM+9522061301 12 CM+9521283602 =Assembly D =Standard part.S. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011. / E. no. Edition 6. de Ref. Pos.05M Pos. Part No.93M" * =No wearing part. Nr.

05M Spare Parts List 99 21 D142 D82 D142 26 22* D82 22* 25 24 22* 23 D142 D142 D82 D82 D142 20 06 17 19 02 D82 18* 16 15 20 01 14 13 02 D9 D82 D3714 15 14 13 5270_0100_0105_8027b.S.CDR DISTRIBUTOR UNIT (2/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Edition 6. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.DD+DIS022.O. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 66 . / E.S.O.

5270/105 NS1047 KLEBESCHILD ADHESIVE LABEL ETIQUETTE ADHÉSIVE HALTER LINKS HOLDER LHS FIXATION A GAUCHE LEITBLECH UNTEN GUIDE PLATE BOTTOM TOLE DE GUIDAGE EN BAS HALTER RECHTS HOLDER RHS FIXATION À DROITE VERTEILEREINHEIT DISTRIBUTOR UNIT UNITE DE DISTRIBUTION Spare Parts List 14 CM+9520051330 15 CM+9521027362 16 CM+9520051030 17 CM+9520051041 18 CM+9521281110 19 CM+9818560232 20 CM+9520051422 21 CM+9521081040 22 CM+9527282040 22 CM+9520051141 * 23 CM+9527011041 24 CM+9520056022 25 CM+9520056032 26 CM+9520056012 99 CM+9527085002 =Assembly D =Standard part.5270/100 UP TO SN2327. 13 CM+9839180760 Benennung Description Denomination ZAHNRAD M=1. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. 5270/105 NS1048 ZUGANKER . DISTRIBUTOR UNIT (2/2) DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Item no. 5270/105 SN1048 TIRANT .DD+DIS022. 5270/105 SN1047 TIRANT D'ANCRAGE .5270/100 AB FN2328. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.5 / Z=15 GEAR M=1.5 / Z=24 / SCHWARZ GEAR M=1. Edition 6.S. Pos. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Nr. 5270/105 FN1047 TIE ROD . Nr.5270/100 JUSQU'AU NS2327. / E.5 / D=15 ZAHNRAD M=1.93M" * =No wearing part.5 / T=15 ROUE DENTEE M=1. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 67 .O. de Ref. no.5 / T=24 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE M=1.S.O.5270/100 A PARTIR DE NS2328.5270/100 BIS FN2327.5270/100 FROM SN2328.05M Pos. 5270/105 FN1048 TIE ROD . Teile-Nr.5 / D=24 / NOIR KOMBIRAD Z11/15 SCHWARZ COMBINATION WHEEL Z11/15 BLACK ROUE COMBINEE Z11/15 NOIR BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON * BOLZEN BOLT BOULON HALTESTOPFEN STOPPER BOUCHON DE RETENUE BOLZEN BOLT BOULON BOLZEN BOLT BOULON * ZUGANKER . Part No.

5270. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.5270.CDR ROLLER POSITIONING PLAN DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. / E.8200.4 02 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 03 05 07 01 04 03 05 07 01 04 03 05 07 01 04 03 05 09 03 03 09 03 03 03 03 03 05 01 01 05 05 01 01 05 05 01 01 05 TROCKNER DRYER SECHOIR 03 03 01 08 08 05 03 03 FILM DIRECTION 03 03 03 03 05 06 5270_0100_0105_8028.S.O.5270.8100. Edition 6.S.O.4 FIXIER-RACK FIX RACK RACK DE FIXAGE CM+9.4 VERTEILEREINHEIT DISTRIBUTOR UNIT UNITE DE DISTRIBUTION CM+9.2 WASSER-RACK WATER RACK RACK EAU PARTIE SUPERIEUR CM+9.8500.DD+DIS022.8200. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 68 .5270.05M Spare Parts List ENTWICKLER-RACK DEVGELOPER RACK RACK REVELATEUR CM+9.

5) JAUNE (PUR POLIE) WALZE (GUMMI 22.D22.O.722A .8) GRAU ROLLER (RUBBER 22.5) GRAU ROLLER (GTK. Item no. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.05M Pos.6) WITH RECESS RED ROULEAU (CAOUTCHOUC 22.S.8) GREY ROULEAU (CAOUTCHOUC 22.5) GREY ROULEAU (GTK. Pos. no.5) GREY ROULEAU (CAOUTCHOUC 22. Part No.5) GRIS Spare Parts List 2 CM+9520051602 3 CM+9522061501 4 CM+9520054202 5 CM+9520054304 6 CM+9521060682 7 CM+9520054403 8 CM+9521083601 9 CM+9527085700 =Assembly D =Standard part.D22. ROLLER POSITIONING PLAN DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Nr.5) GELB ROLLER (PUR 22.5) GRAU ROLLER (RUBBER 22.93M" * =No wearing part.722A .5) GRIS WALZE (GUMMI 48) GRAU ROLLER (RUBBER 48) GREY ROULEAU (CAOUTCHOUC 48) GRIS WALZE (GUMMI 22. CL TYPE 5270/0100 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 69 . / E.5) YELLOW ROULEAU (PUR 22.8) GRIS WALZE (GTK.5) GRAU ROLLER (RUBBER 22.S.5) YELLOW (PUR ROUGH) ROULEAU (PUR 22.D22.DD+DIS022. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.5) JAUNE WALZE (GUMMI 22.5) GREY ROULEAU (CAOUTCHOU 22.5) GELB (PUR-GESCHLIFFEN) ROLLER (PUR 22.O.722A . Teile-Nr.6) MIT EINSTICH ROT ROLLER (RUBBER 22. 1 CM+9520051501 Benennung Description Denomination WALZE (GUMMI 22. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. de Ref. Nr.6) AVEC MÈPLAT ROUGE WALZE (PUR 22.5) GRIS WALZE (PUR 48) GELB ROLLER (PUR 48) YELLOW ROULEAU (PUR 48) JAUNE WALZE (PUR 22. Edition 6.

2 ENTWICKLER-RACK DEVGELOPER RACK RACK REVELATEUR CM+9.O.5270.S. Edition 6.S.4 03 02 01 05 05 05 05 03 05 05 05 07 01 04 03 05 01 01 05 05 07 01 04 03 05 01 01 05 05 07 01 04 03 05 09 03 03 09 03 03 03 03 05 01 01 05 03 03 TROCKNER DRYER SECHOIR 01 08 08 05 03 03 FILM DIRECTION 03 03 03 03 05 06 5270_0100_0105_8029. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.8140. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.0 FIXIER-RACK FIX RACK RACK DE FIXAGE CM+9.8500.CDR ROLLER POSITIONING PLAN DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.8200.5270.DD+DIS022.8200.5270.4 WASSER-RACK WATER RACK RACK EAU PARTIE SUPERIEUR CM+9.O. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 70 .5270.05M Spare Parts List VERTEILEREINHEIT DISTRIBUTOR UNIT UNITE DE DISTRIBUTON CM+9. / E.

D22.5) GREY ROULEAU (CAOUTCHOUC 22.5) GREY ROULEAU (CAOUTCHOU 22.8) GREY (RUBBER 22.5) ROLLER (GTK. no.8) ROULEAU (CAOUTCHOUC 22. 1 CM+9520051501 Benennung Description Denomination WALZE (GUMMI 22.8) GRAU (GUMMI 22.722A .8) ROLLER (RUBBER 22.DD+DIS022.722A . de Ref. / E.8) WALZE (GTK.5) JAUNE (PUR 22.5) ROLLER (PUR 22. Teile-Nr.8) GRIS (CAOUTCHOUC 22. CL TYPE 5270/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 71 .5) GRIS WALZE (PUR 48) GELB ROLLER (PUR 48) YELLOW ROULEAU (PUR 48) JAUNE WALZE (PUR 22. Edition 6.5) ROULEAU (GTK.O.722A .6) MIT EINSTICH ROT ROLLER (RUBBER 22. Item no. Nr. Pos. ROLLER POSITIONING PLAN DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.6) AVEC MÈPLAT ROUGE WALZE (PUR 22.5) GRIS WALZE (GUMMI 48) GRAU ROLLER (RUBBER 48) GREY ROULEAU (CAOUTCHOUC 48) GRIS WALZE (GUMMI 22.5) GRAU ROLLER (RUBBER 22.D22.5) GELB (PUR 22. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.5) GRIS (GTK ALVEOLAIRE 22.O.5) JAUNE WALZE (GUMMI 22.5) GRAU (GTK-SCHAUMWALZE 22.6) WITH RECESS RED ROULEAU (CAOUTCHOUC 22.S.5) YELLOW (PUR 22.5) GRAU ROLLER (RUBBER 22.5) ROULEAU (PUR 22.05M Pos.5) Spare Parts List 2 CM+9520051602 3 CM+9522061501 4 CM+9520054202 5 CM+9520054304 6 CM+9521060682 7 CM+9520054403 8 CM+9521083601 9 CM+9527085700 =Assembly D =Standard part.S. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.5) GELB ROLLER (PUR 22.5) GREY (GTK-FOAM PLASTIC 22.D22. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.5) WALZE (GUMMI 22. Part No. Nr.93M" * =No wearing part.5) YELLOW ROULEAU (PUR 22.

S.CDR 04 LIGHT TIGHT COVER ACCESSORIE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.O.S.05M 99 Spare Parts List 03 01 01 07 02 06 D197 D3714 D6500 D6500 D9 D82 05 06 04 D6500 D197 05 06 D556 D81 D197 D197 D81 D556 5270_0100_0105_8030. Edition 6. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.DD+DIS022. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.O. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 72 . / E.

Nr.05M Pos.S. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.O. LIGHT TIGHT COVER ACCESSORIE DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.S. de Ref. Pos.DD+DIS022. Item no. Edition 6. 1 CM+9527030930 Benennung Description Denomination BOLZEN BOLT BOULON FILZSTREIFEN FELT STRIP BANDE DE FEUTRE AUFKLEBER ADHESIVE LABEL ETIQUETTE ADHESIVE DISTANZBUCHSE SPACER BUSH ECARTEUR HEBEL-PAAR LEVER-PAIR LEVIER-PAIRE BOLZEN BOLT BOULON EJOT-SCHRAUBE EJOT-SCREW EJOT-VIS LICHTSCHUTZDECKEL LIGHT COVER PAROI ÉTANCHE À LA LUMIÈRE Spare Parts List 2 CM+9527030850 3 CM+9527030890 4 CM+9527030910 5 CM+9527030941 6 CM+9818520140 7 CM+9527030960 99 CM+9527030701 =Assembly D =Standard part. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.O. no. Teile-Nr. Nr. / E.93M" * =No wearing part. Part No. CL TYPE 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 73 .

Sortiment R CLASSIC E. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Includes all parts required to perform a maintenance according to the maintenance checklist. Sortiment I CLASSIC E.O. M 'Maintenance' Parts required to maintain a machine Kit `M` should be available as case stock.S. Determine quantity depending on costs and on the installed base. Extremely expensive or bulky parts Kit `L` should be part of the local central warehouse. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E. Sortiment M CLASSIC E. 10 machines. / E. Adapt quantity locally depending on: • • • • I 'Installation' number of machines extension of the service area local service structure (centralized / decentralized) stockpiling Parts required to install a machine Kit `I`should be available as case stock. Quantity covers one single machine installation. Includes all parts to perform the installation (does not comprise parts included in the shipment).S.05M Spare Parts List Spare Parts Kit Categories R 'Repair' Parts required to repair a machine Kit `R` should be part of the field service engineers` car stock.S. Quantity covers requirements for ca.S. Sortiment L version 5 4 2 2 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Quantity covers one single maintenance.O.O.O. Edition 6.DD+DIS022. CL Type 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 74 .S. L 'Local stock' Spare Parts Kit Order numbers Order number CM+052700100731 CM+052700100732 CM+052700100733 CM+052700100734 Spare Part Kit CLASSIC E.O.S.O.

O.05M Spare Parts List Type Overview This spare parts list is valid for the following machine type(s): Device Name CLASSIC E.O. 20 M MIXER LIGHT TIGHT COVER CLASSIC Order number FI1XL F98XW CM+9528030301 FT7BV EHA2H DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.DD+DIS022.O.S. Revision 4 11-2007 CLASSIC E.O.S. CL Type 5270/0100/0105 Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 75 ./CBL 6M MIXER COMMUNICATION CABLE. CL Type No. / E.S. Edition 6./CBL 5M REPLENISHER TANKS (2X80 L) WITH LEVEL SENS.S. 5270/0100 5270/0105 Specification 230 V (200-240 V) 50/60 230 V (200-240 V) 50/60 Accessory Overview Following accesssories are separately available: Accessory REPLENISHER TANKS (2X30 L) WITH LEVEL SENS. CLASSIC E. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

V.com AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N. All rights reserved.05M Copyright © 2007 Agfa HealthCare N. Published by Agfa HealthCare N. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.agfa. Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D .V. Agfa Company Confidential . Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.81539 München Germany www.V.Document No: DD+DIS022. Technical Modifications reserved.

03M La liste des pièces détachées est à votre disposition séparément: No. dissemination. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.HEALTHCARE Order No. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. de Ref. Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document (see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation. Revision History: 2006/12 Revision 3 Author: AL Approver: GK The changes to the previous version Edition 5.CDR Die Ersatzteilliste ist gesondert lieferbar: Bestellnummer DD+DIS060. DD+DIS060. distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.03M Ersatzteilliste Spare Parts List Liste des Pièces de Rechange Thoramat Docking Kit Type 5270/0200 Edition 5. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.03M internal update #: 2 CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE: Use. Order number DD+DIS060. Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on the product. Revision 3 WARNING: Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.: DD+DIS060. Revision 2 are: Spare Parts List completely revised 5270_0200_TITEL. 2. repair or maintenance task on the equipment.03M The spare parts list is available separately. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. INSTRUCTION: 1. printed in Germany 12-2006 Document Node ID: 13959235 Copyright © 2006 Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare Agfa Company Confidential .

Replace defective parts with Agfa® HealthCare original spare parts.13 GS1 STEUERKARTE CONTROL BOARD CARTE DE COMMANDE PAGES 04 . Revision 3 Agfa Company Confidential . Please refer to: www.agfa.CDR WARNING: Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper operation. ARBRE D’ENTRAINEMENT COMPL. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.Table de matières DD+DIS060. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. PAGES 14 .nsf ABLUFTBAUGRUPPE EXHAUST ASSEMBLY MODUL D’ÉVACUATION DE L’AIR PAGES 12 . Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the respective procedure.15 External Partners: For ordering spare parts contact your local AGFA representative. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.com => HealthCare => ABOUT US => Agfa HealthCare worldwide For Recycling information refer to: http://intra.Spare Parts List Inhaltsverzeichnis .05 5270_0200_INHALT.Contents .11 ANTRIEBSWELLE KOMPLETT DRIVE SHAFT COMPL.03M TRANSPORTEINHEIT DOCKING TRANSPORT UNIT DOCKING UNITE DE TRANSPORT DOCKING PAGES 06 . Chapter 8 / 2 12-2006 Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Edition 5.agfanet/cd/ep/ehs.

03M Spare Parts List Ersatzteilliste / Spare Parts List / Liste des Pièces de Rechange Edition 5.DD+DIS060. Revision 3 Agfa Company Confidential Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Chapter 8 / 3 12-2006 .

Chapter 8 / 4 12-2006 ABLUFT-UND TRANSPORTBAUGRUPPE EXHAUST-AND TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY MODULE D'EXTRATION DE L'AIR ET CELUI DE TRANSPORT Type 5270/0200 Edition 5. Revision 3 Thoramat Docking Kit Agfa Company Confidential . Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.Spare Parts List DD+DIS060.03M IC 50 IC 51 BU2 BU3 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.

(GS3) FILM DETECTION DETECTION FILM 2 CM+9521637330 3 CM+9527091501 4 CM+9527093504 4 CM+9527094103 5 CM+9527079601 6 CM+9527078800 =Assembly D =Standardised part.(AB FN1138) EPROM SET IC50/51 CLLC1301 . Nr.(GS1) CONTROL BOARD COMPACT BOITE ELECTRONIQUE COMPACT FILM-AUSGANGSSENSOR .(A PARTIR DE NS1138) STEUERKARTE COMPACT . no.(UP TO SN1101) EPROM-SATZ IC50 / IC51 EOSUNIV 1102 . Expect extended delivery time. 1 CM+9033175760 Spare Parts List Benennung Description Denomination AUFSTECKHALTERUNG SLIP-ON MOUNT FIXATION EMBOITABLE * KLEMMTEIL CLAMP AGRAVE VERSCHLUßZAPFEN KOMPLETT STUD COMPLETE PIVOT DE VERROUILLAGE COMPLETTE EPROM-SATZ IC50 / IC51 EOSUNIV 1102 . For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.(JUSQU'AU NS1101) EPROM-SATZ IC50/51 CLLC1301 . DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Item no. Teile-Nr.93M" * =Spare part not available from stock. Part No. Nr.DD+DIS060. de Ref.(FROM SN1138) EPROM VANNES IC50/51 CLLC1301 . Revision 3 Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Agfa Company Confidential Chapter 8 / 5 12-2006 .(BIS FN1101) EPROM-SATZ IC50 / IC51 EOSUNIV 1102 .03M Pos. Pos. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. ABLUFT-UND TRANSPORTBAUGRUPPE EXHAUST-AND TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY MODULE D'EXTRATION DE L'AIR ET CELUI DE TRANSPORT Edition 5.

Spare Parts List DD+DIS060. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.03M 01 11 03 01 01 01 02 D82 D128 02 D9 D128 D82 D9 D146 D81 25* 08 16 12 D6 18 D128 02 40 D9 D2320 03 01 37 40 D217 D6 D259 37 30* 24* D82 D9 33 21* D9 D142 27* 28* 34 08 12 20* 10 17 31* 32* 19* D6 06 13 15 26 18 13 D420 16 14 D9 22* 07 09 D82 D128 35 29 39 38 06 D164 09 D420 07 23* 36 D44 D3184 D2320 D82 D195 D4009 D82 D9 03 01 D9 D82 41 D422 05 04 5270_0200_8002. Revision 3 Thoramat Docking Kit Agfa Company Confidential .CDR DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Chapter 8 / 6 12-2006 TRANSPORTEINHEIT DOCKING TRANSPORT UNIT DOCKING UNITÈ DE TRANSPORT DOCKING Type 5270/0200 Edition 5.

Z ISO 7045 .5 / T=32 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE M=1.5 / Z=32 / SCHWARZ GEAR M=1. Item no.DD+DIS060.2-CuZn37 F37 WASHER RONDELLE SCHEIBE .M4X12 A4 . Nr.M4X12 A4 .M4X12 A4 . Part No. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.Z KABELVERSCHRAUBUNG PG9 CABLE PROTECTOR COLLIER DE SERRAGE SCHEIBE-8x14x0.10. Nr.03M Pos. B=11MM VELVET BAND ADHESIVE BANDE EN VELOURS KLEBEBAND 12X5 645MM ADHESIVE TAPE BANDE ADHESIVE ISO 7045 . 1 CM+0000014259 Spare Parts List Benennung Description Denomination KLEBEBAND 12X12 ADHESIVE TAPE BANDE ADHESIVE PLÜSCHBAND SELBSTKL. Teile-Nr. Expect extended delivery time.93M" * =Spare part not available from stock. Edition 5. Pos. Revision 3 Agfa Company Confidential TRANSPORTEINHEIT DOCKING TRANSPORT UNIT DOCKING UNITÈ DE TRANSPORT DOCKING Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Chapter 8 / 7 12-2006 .5 / D=32 / NOIR BOLZEN BOLT BOULON DICHTUNGSBAND 12X3 ADHESIVE TAPE BANDE ADHESIVE LAGER 2-FACH ANGEFEDERT BEARING DOUBLE SPRING LOADED PALIER A DOUBLE SUSPENSION 2 CM+0000001927 3 CM+9527310250 4 CM+9023003300 5 CM+9047910460 6 CM+9032738100 7 CM+9032757300 8 CM+9033175760 9 CM+9037101640 10 CM+9520071500 11 CM+9521637310 12 CM+9520051190 13 CM+9520051130 14 CM+9520051321 15 CM+9520051350 16 CM+9520051412 17 CM+0000014261 18 CM+9522056700 =Assembly D =Standardised part.25-CuSn6 WASHER RONDELLE AUFSTECKHALTERUNG SLIP-ON MOUNT FIXATION EMBOITABLE KUGELLAGER SF 6800-2Z BALL BEARING ROULEMENT A BILLES KABELBAUM REEDKONTAKT CABLE HARNESS REED CONTACT FAISCEAU DE CABLE CONTACT REED ABDECKUNG COVER COUVERCLE LAGER BEARING PALIER SCHEIBE WASHER RONDELLE ZAHNRAD Z=15 / SCHWARZ GEAR WHEEL T=15 / BLACK ROUE DENTEE D=15 / NOIR ZAHNRAD M=1. de Ref.Z ISO 7045 . For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.2x15x0. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. no.

Chapter 8 / 8 12-2006 TRANSPORTEINHEIT DOCKING TRANSPORT UNIT DOCKING UNITÈ DE TRANSPORT DOCKING Type 5270/0200 Edition 5.Spare Parts List DD+DIS060. Revision 3 Thoramat Docking Kit Agfa Company Confidential .CDR DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.03M 01 11 03 01 01 01 02 D82 D128 02 D9 D128 D82 D9 D146 D81 25* 08 16 12 D6 18 D128 02 40 D9 D2320 03 01 37 40 D217 D6 D259 37 30* 24* D82 D9 33 21* D9 D142 27* 28* 34 08 12 20* 10 17 31* 32* 19* D6 06 13 15 26 18 13 D420 16 14 D9 22* 07 09 D82 D128 35 29 39 38 06 D164 09 D420 07 23* 36 D44 D3184 D2320 D82 D195 D4009 D82 D9 03 01 D9 D82 41 D422 05 04 5270_0200_8002. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

no. LACKIERT FRONT WALL. Teile-Nr.5) GRAU ROLLER (RUBBER 22.03M Pos. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.DD+DIS060. 19 CM+9527320300 * Spare Parts List Benennung Description Denomination PLATINE RECHTS GENIETET PLATE RHS RIVETED PLAQUE A DROITE ZUGANKER TIE ROD TIRANT PLATINE LINKS GENIETET PLATE LHS RIVETET PLAQUE A GAUCHE GETRIEBEWINKEL TRANSMISSION BRACKET EQUERRE D'ENGRENAGES SCHNECKENWELLE WORM GEAR SHAFT VIS SANS FIN SCHUTZWINKEL COVER PLATE EQUERRE DE PROTECTION LEITBLECH GUIDE PLATE TOLE DE GUIDAGE DISTANZBUCHSE SPACER BUSH ECARTEUR * STANGE ROD BARRE TISCHPLATTE. Nr.5) GREY ROULEAU (CAOUTCHOUC 22. Revision 3 Agfa Company Confidential TRANSPORTEINHEIT DOCKING TRANSPORT UNIT DOCKING UNITÈ DE TRANSPORT DOCKING Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Chapter 8 / 9 12-2006 . GESCHWEISST TABLE PLATE WELDED PLAQUE DE TABLE KUPPLUNGSROHR PIPE UNION RACCORD * VORDERWAND. Edition 5.NACHARBEIT PANELING PART PANNEAU ABTASTROLLE DETECTOR ROLLER GALET DE DÉTECTION WALZE (GUMMI 22. Part No. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011.93M" * =Spare part not available from stock. Pos. VARNISHED PAROI FRONTALE. de Ref.5) GRIS SCHRÄGSTIRNRAD HELICAL SPUR GEAR ROUE HELICOIDALE SCHNECKE WORM GEAR VIS SANS FIN 20 CM+9521620170 * 21 CM+9527320400 * 22 CM+9527320710 * 23 CM+9527320751 * 24 CM+9521620290 * 25 CM+9527320600 * 26 CM+9521620410 27 CM+9521620572 28 CM+9527320500 * 29 CM+9946021082 30 CM+9527031111 31 CM+9527021100 * 32 CM+9527021020 * 33 CM+9522016801 34 CM+9522061501 35 CM+9818460810 36 CM+9818511420 =Assembly D =Standardised part. Nr. Expect extended delivery time. Item no. VERNI PLATTE PLATE PLAQUE VERKLEIDUNGSTEIL .

CDR DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Revision 3 Thoramat Docking Kit Agfa Company Confidential . Chapter 8 / 10 12-2006 TRANSPORTEINHEIT DOCKING TRANSPORT UNIT DOCKING UNITÈ DE TRANSPORT DOCKING Type 5270/0200 Edition 5.Spare Parts List DD+DIS060.03M 01 11 03 01 01 01 02 D82 D128 02 D9 D128 D82 D9 D146 D81 25* 08 16 12 D6 18 D128 02 40 D9 D2320 03 01 37 40 D217 D6 D259 37 30* 24* D82 D9 33 21* D9 D142 27* 28* 34 08 12 20* 10 17 31* 32* 19* D6 06 13 15 26 18 13 D420 16 14 D9 22* 07 09 D82 D128 35 29 39 38 06 D164 09 D420 07 23* 36 D44 D3184 D2320 D82 D195 D4009 D82 D9 03 01 D9 D82 41 D422 05 04 5270_0200_8002.

5 / Z=15 SPUR GEAR M=1. Part No.03M Pos. Expect extended delivery time.5 / D=15 SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE RETAINER RING RONDELLE D'ARRET SICHERUNGSSCHEIBE RETAINER RING RONDELLE D’ARRET DICHTUNGSPLATTE SEALING PLATE PLAQUE D'ETANCHEITE 38 CM+9940211011 39 CM+9940211290 40 CM+9943230250 41 CM+9527337720 =Assembly D =Standardised part. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.5 / T=15 ROUE DENTEE M=1. Nr. de Ref. Pos. Edition 5.93M" * =Spare part not available from stock. no. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011. 37 CM+9818565720 Spare Parts List Benennung Description Denomination SCHEIBE WASHER RONDELLE GERADSTIRNRAD M=1.DD+DIS060. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Revision 3 Agfa Company Confidential TRANSPORTEINHEIT DOCKING TRANSPORT UNIT DOCKING UNITÈ DE TRANSPORT DOCKING Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Chapter 8 / 11 12-2006 . Nr. Teile-Nr. Item no.

03M D135 D82 D9 07 D142 D82 D9 07 04 05 D134 10* 01 11 03 D6500 D135 D142 D6527 D9 08 D82 D140 02 09* D9 D134 06 5270_0200_8003. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Chapter 8 / 12 12-2006 ABLUFT-BAUGRUPPE EXHAUST ASSEMBLY MODULE D'EXTRACTION DE L'AIR Type 5270/0200 Edition 5. Revision 3 Thoramat Docking Kit Agfa Company Confidential .CDR DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.Spare Parts List DD+DIS060.

1 CM+9041506300 Spare Parts List Benennung Description Denomination KONDENSATOR 1U/400V 25X48-AF CAPACITOR CONDENSATEUR LÜFTER 230V/60HZ 24L/S UL FAN VENTILATEUR SICHERUNG T 250MA FUSE T 250MA FUSIBLE T 250MA SICHERUNGSHALTER FUSE HOLDER PORTE FUSIBLE FLACHSTECKERLEISTE FLAT CONNECTOR TERMINAL STRIP BARRETTE PLATE DE RACCORDEMENT KABELVERSCHRAUBUNG PG11 CABLE CLAMP COLLIER DE SERRAGE DICHTUNGSBAND 12X3 ADHESIVE TAPE BANDE ADHESIVE PAPPSCHLAUCH NW50 L= 700MM CARDBOARD PIPE TUBE EN CARTON * ABSAUGKRÜMMER EXTRACTION ELBOW COUDE D'ASPIRATION LÜFTERPLATTE FAN PLATE PLAQUE DE VENTILATEUR GS RELAISEKARTE RELAISECARD RELAISECARD 2 CM+9043100640 3 CM+9045196050 4 CM+9045222420 5 CM+9047202700 6 CM+9047910470 7 CM+0000014261 8 CM+9527021060 9 CM+9527021200 10 CM+9527021300 * 11 CM+9527021700 =Assembly D =Standardised part. Nr. no. Part No.03M Pos.DD+DIS060. Item no. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. de Ref.93M" * =Spare part not available from stock. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011. Nr. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Pos. Revision 3 Agfa Company Confidential ABLUFT-BAUGRUPPE EXHAUST ASSEMBLY MODULE D'EXTRACTION DE L'AIR Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Chapter 8 / 13 12-2006 . Expect extended delivery time. Teile-Nr. Edition 5.

CDR DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Chapter 8 / 14 12-2006 ANTRIEBSWELLE DRIVE SHAFT ARBRE DE COMMANDE Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Agfa Company Confidential Edition 5.Spare Parts List DD+DIS060. Revision 3 .03M 05 D44 06 04 D4302 02 01* 03* D44 09 D82 D195 06 5270_0200_8004. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

5 / D=15 2 CM+9520061062 3 CM+9527011523 4 CM+9522012731 5 CM+9839534160 6 CM+9940211011 =Assembly D =Standardised part. Edition 5. de Ref. Revision 3 Agfa Company Confidential ANTRIEBSWELLE DRIVE SHAFT ARBRE DE COMMANDE Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Chapter 8 / 15 12-2006 . Pos. Item no. Nr. ARBRE D'ENTRAINEMENT COMPLET SCHNECKE M=2 / Z=2 / RECHTS WORM GEAR M=2 / TEETH=2 / RHS VIS SANS FIN M=2 / DENTS=2 / A DROIT * ANTRIEBSWELLE DRIVE SHAFT ARBRE D'ENTRAINEMENT KEGELRAD BEVEL GEAR ROUE DENTEE KUPPLUNGSROHR PIPE UNION RACCORD GERADSTIRNRAD M=1. no.03M Pos. Teile-Nr.5 / Z=15 SPUR GEAR M=1.DD+DIS060. Expect extended delivery time.93M" * =Spare part not available from stock.5 / T=15 ROUE DENTEE M=1. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standardised parts "DD+DIS011. Nr. 1 CM+9527021600 Spare Parts List Benennung Description Denomination ANTRIEBSWELLE VOLLSTÄNDIG DRIVE SHAFT COMPLETE. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Part No. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Strategischer Bestand unabhängig von der Anzahl der Geräteinstallationen.Bevorratungszeit I 'Installation' Teilebedarf zur Installation des Geräts. Teilebedarf zur Wartung des Geräts. Dieses Sortiment sollte als Kofferlager zur Verfügung stehen. M 'Maintenance' L 'Local stock' DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.Größe des Servicegebiets . Dieses Sortiment sollte der Techniker im Auto mitführen "Car Stock". Chapter 8 / 16 12-2006 Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Agfa Company Confidential Edition 5. Lokal individuelle Mengenanpassungen vornehmen in Abhängigkeit von: . Die Mengen reichen für eine einzige Wartung. Revision 3 . Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Dieses Sortiment muss für eine Wartung zur Verfügung stehen.Spare Parts List DD+DIS060. Sortimentskategorien R 'Repair' Teilebedarf zur Reparatur des Geräts. Dieses Sortiment sollte als Kofferlager zur Verfügung stehen. Falls diese Teile Bestandteil des Serviceabkommens sind müssen sie nach Verwendung umgehend wieder auf Lager gelegt werden. Es enthält alle gerätespezifischen Teile die zusätzlich zu den Teilen des Gerätelieferumfangs zur Durchführung einer Installation benötigt werden. Extrem teure oder sperrige Teile die im Zentrallager des Landes anstatt im R-Sortiment zur Verfügung stehen sollten. Es enthält alle gerätespezifischen Teile die zur Durchführung einer Wartung nach Wartungscheckliste benötigt werden. Die Mengen reichen für eine einzige Geräteinstallation. Die Mengen decken den Bedarf für bis zu 10 Geräte.03M Empfohlene Ersatzteilsortimente Ersatzteilsortimente repräsentieren eine Auswahl wichtiger Teile aus der Ersatzteilliste.Servicestruktur (zentral/dezentral) .Anzahl der Geräte .

service structure (centralized/decentralized) .DD+DIS060. Strategic stock quantity is independent of the installed base. This assortment should be available in the field service engineers` car stock Quantity covers requirements for up to 10 machines. Extremely expensive or bulky parts which should be kept in the country central warehouse instead of the R assortment. If service contract obligations refer to these parts. I 'Installation' M 'Maintenance' L 'Local stock' DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. they must be replenished immediately. It includes all machine specific parts required to perform the installation in addition to the parts included in the shipment.extension of the service area . Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.stockpiling Parts required to install a machine. Revision 3 Agfa Company Confidential Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Chapter 8 / 17 12-2006 . Edition 5.number of machines . Quantity covers one single machine installation Parts required to maintain a machine.03M Spare Parts List Recommended Spare Parts Assortments Spare Parts Assortments represent a selection of important parts out of the Spare Parts List. Adapt the locally required individual amount depending on: . Quantity covers one single maintenance. Categories of Assortments R 'Repair' Parts required to repair a machine. it includes all machine specific parts required to perform a maintenance according to the Maintenance check list. This assortment should be available in a suitcase. This assortment must be available during a maintenance job. This assortment should be available in a suitcase.

Adapter les quantités sur place d’après les critères : .temps d’approvisionnement I 'Installation' Pièces requises pour l’installation de l'appareil. Cet assortiment devrait être disponible dans une mallette. extrêmement onéreuses qui devraient être stockées dans le magasin central de votre pays à la place de l'assortiment R. L 'Local stock' DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. M 'Maintenance' Pièces requises pour la révision de l’appareil. La réserve de pièces stratégiques ne dépend pas du nombre d’appareils installés. Il contient toutes les pièces spécifiques à l’appareil requises pour effecteur l'installation en plus des pièces incluses dans la fourniture.Spare Parts List DD+DIS060. Chapter 8 / 18 12-2006 Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Agfa Company Confidential Edition 5. Cet assortiment doit être disponible pendant la révision.extension de la zone d’intervention . La quantité recouvre les besoins pour l’installation d’un seul appareil. Si le contrat de maintenance fait référence à ces pièces elles doivent être remplacées immédiatement. Il contient toutes les pièces spécifiques à l’appareil pour effecteur la maintenance en fonction de la Maintenance check list. Catégories d’assortiments R 'Repair' Pièces requises pour la réparation de l’appareil. Cet assortiment devrait être disponible dans une mallette. Pièces encombrantes. Le technicien devrait avoir cet assortiment dans son véhicule ( = Carstock) Cette quantité est suffisante pour la réparation de 10 appareils.03M Assortiments de pièces détachées Les assortiments suivants représentent une sélection de pièces essentielles extraites de la liste de pièces détachées.nombre d’appareils . Cette quantité est suffisante pour la révision d’un seul appareil. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.structure du service technique (centralisation/décentralisation) . Revision 3 .

DD+DIS060. Bestellung durch AGFA Partner: Das gewünschte Sortiment bei der zuständigen AGFA Vertretung mit Angabe der betreffenden Sortimentsnummer R.03M Spare Parts List Bestellung von Sortimenten Bestellung AGFA intern: Code AH602A im EVS öffnen. M. Ordering of Spare Part Kits AGFA internal orders: Open Code AH602A in the EVS. I. or L and order individual parts. I. Edition 5. Revision 3 Agfa Company Confidential Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Chapter 8 / 19 12-2006 . enter the kit number for the required assortment R. écrire le numéro de l'assortiment souhaité comme R. M ou L. I. Sortimentsnummer für das gewünschte Sortiment R. I. M oder L eingeben und Einzelteile bestellen. I. CM+052700200731 CM+052700200734 Thoramat Docking Kit Sortiment R Thoramat Docking Kit Sortiment L Version 2 Version 2 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Commande d'assortiments Commande interne à AGFA : ouvrir le code AH602A dans EVS. Orders of AGFA partners: Order the required assortment via the responsible AGFA Agency listing the respective kit number of assortment R. or L. I. M. M oder L bestellen. Commande par les partenaires d'AGFA : passer commande de l'assortiment souhaité auprès du dépositaire AGFA en charge en indiquant le numéro de l'assortiment comme R. M ou L et passer commande des pièces. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.

Revision 3 .Spare Parts List DD+DIS060. Chapter 8 / 20 12-2006 Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Agfa Company Confidential Edition 5.S. CL Thoramat Docking Kit 5270/0105 5270/0200 DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.O. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.03M Typenverzeichnis / Type List / List de Type CLASSIC E.

Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. Edition 5.DD+DIS060.03M Spare Parts List Optionen / Options / Options . Revision 3 Agfa Company Confidential Type 5270/0200 Thoramat Docking Kit Chapter 8 / 21 12-2006 .INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK - Nur über Vertrieb bestellbar / Can only be ordered through Sales / Passer commande uniquement par le service des ventes DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet.

81539 München Technische Änderungen vorbehalten Technical modifications reserved Sous réserve des modifications techniques AGFA und der Agfa-Rhombus sind eingetragene Warenzeichen von Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trade marks of Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare AGFA et le logo Agfa sont des marques déposées de Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare Agfa Company Confidential .05.2006 DD+DIS060.03M Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare Copyright © Alle Rechte vorbehalten / All rights reserved / Tous droits réservés Herausgegeben von / Published by / Edité par Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D .12.

Section 9 . maintenance and spare parts of accessories are implemented in the machine documentation or available as separate documentation.Accessories 9 Section 9 describes the installation of accessories (assembly types). Repair.

.

O.3070.S.03E Accessories and Options Chapter 9 Contents Revision 09.5270. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.00 Order number Contents DD+DIS309.00E Installation Instructions for the Light Tight Cover CM+9.O.1 Edition 6. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 9 /I .DD+DIS301.S.11.

.

approx ¾ h no special tools necessary printed in Germany Agfa Group Confidential . It describes the installation of the light tight cover for the Classic E.O.00E.3070.3071.S. Aim of the option: With the light tight cover closed there is no need to wait for completion of the film feed.3070.00E November 2000 Accessories for the machines *1UDN281* 1 piece UDN28 MA 1 F7.5270.S. Type 5270/100/105 Type 5272/100 Please file these modification instructions in section „Options“ of your TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION.1 (only for production purposes) Classic E.5270.5270.1. This document replaces the modification instructions DD+DIS136. Installation Instructions for the Light Tight Cover CM+9.1 This document is part of the TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION and part of the spare part CM+9.S. (Type 5272/100).Options Order number: DD+DIS309. Mamoray Classic E.O.O.O.S. (Type 5270/100/105) and Mamoray Classic E.

.

...................1 Required tools...............00 Agfa Group Confidential 5270/5272 Section 9 / I .........................DD+DIS309..6 Mounting the guide bracket on the light tight cover ......................8 09..........................................00E Options Contents 1 2 3 3.....................................................................5 Additional sealing of the display housing ................................................................1 Scope of delivery ..............................1 Preparations ......... 3 4 5 6 7 8 Using the drilling templates.................................................................................................2 Pasting over of the crevices beneath the film feed.7 Completion of the modification ....................11............................4 Mounting the light tight cover ..................

.

size 1 Screwdriver. size 5. (blade width 10x0.11.00 Agfa Group Confidential 5270/5272 Section 9 / 1 .5 Pointed pliers Drilling machine 09.Options DD+DIS309.0 Twist drill ∅ 6.00E 1 Scope of delivery Quantity 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 Designation Light tight cover Twist drill ∅ 4.0 Screws M3x20 (Phillips screw) Drilling template light tight strip (black sticker) Covering Spacer bushing Spring washer Washer Stud Feed table sealing Screw M3x20 (hexagon screw) EJOT screw KB70x14 2 Required tools Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 Designation Screwdriver (Phillips).8) Wrench.

2.DD+DIS309. 5. Insert a film through the film feed. Remove the developer rack and the two fixer racks.00E Options 3 1. Figure 2: Drilling Section 9 / 2 5270/5272 09. Remove the film and chips carefully.0). make sure to cover them. If it is not possible to drain the chemical solutions. Pull the film across the racks until the developer and fixer tanks are covered. 1. Drill through the existing holes at the machine inside (drill ∅ 4. 2. Preparations Disconnect the machine from the mains (unplug the mains connector). 3. Covering the tanks with a film should prevent metal chips from falling into the chemical solutions during the drilling work. Figure 1: Machine inside (film feed side) 4. Remove the machine cover.11.00 Agfa Group Confidential . Remove the 3 screws at the inner wall at the side of the film feed table (see in figure 1). 3.

Figure 3: Bottom of the film feed table 3. Remove the display cover by undoing screw .00E 4. 5. Paste over the two crevices beneath the film feed with the enclosed light tight strips/black stickers (see figure 4). if the light tight strips are not pasted over.1 Pasting over of the crevices beneath the film feed 1.Options DD+DIS309. Remove the cable cover by undoing the two screws below the film feed table.11. 09. Figure 4: Light tight strips beneath the film feed Light possibly penetrates the crevice.00 Agfa Group Confidential 5270/5272 Section 9 / 3 .

Drill a hole through the side panel of the feed table at the position marked with (drill ∅ 6.0).00 Agfa Group Confidential . Figure 6: Left drilling template on the film feed table Section 9 / 4 5270/5272 09.11. Attach the enclosed right drilling template (see figure 5). Drill a hole through the side panel of the feed table at the position marked with (drill ∅ 6. Observe the mounting instructions on the label.DD+DIS309. Attach the enclosed left drilling template (see figure 6).00E Options 4 Using the drilling templates 1.0). Observe the mounting instructions on the label. 2. 4. Figure 5: Right drilling template on the film feed table 3.

09.11. a second person will be necessary for mounting the light tight cover. Figure 8: Upper screw connection If there is a light tight wall at the film feed table. 3. Mount the light tight cover by means of the three enclosed Phillips screws .00 Agfa Group Confidential 5270/5272 Section 9 / 5 . Figure 7: Positioning of the light tight cover 2.Options DD+DIS309. Tilt the light tight cover on the film feed table as shown in figure 7. Connect the light tight cover first above the display housing. Mount the bottom of the light tight cover by means of the screws removed before.00E 5 Mounting the light tight cover 1.

3.11. Press the bottom plate up. Mount the bottom of the light tight cover on the left hand side by means of the delivered EJOT screw.DD+DIS309. 4. 2.00 Agfa Group Confidential .00E Options 4. Section 9 / 6 5270/5272 09. Insert the enclosed seal from below into the provided recess of the display housing (see in figure 10). Mount the bottom plate by means of screw removed before. The rib of the seal must be on the inside of the display housing. Figure 10: Positioning of the seal The seal prevents light from leaking in. Clamp the bottom plate of the display housing on the sealing rib (see in figure 10). Figure 9: Left screw connection 6 Additional sealing of the display housing 1.

00 Agfa Group Confidential 5270/5272 Section 9 / 7 .00E 7 Mounting the guide bracket on the light tight cover 1. Slide the screw through the previously drilled hole from the inside of the film feed table. Mount the enclosed spacer bushing on the screw from the outside (see spot in figure 12).11. Place the washer and the spring washer on the screw. 3.Options DD+DIS309. 2. Figure 11: Positioning the screw We recommend to use pliers to guide the screw (plus washer and spring washer) through the drill hole (see figure 11). Figure 12: Positioning the spacer bushing 09.

Switch the machine back on. Section 9 / 8 5270/5272 09. 5. Insert the enclosed stud through the recess of the guide bracket across the screw (see spot in figure 13).11. Figure 13: Guide bracket with screw connection Install the guide bracket on the other side of the film feed table in the same way.DD+DIS309.00E Options 4. Insert the racks again. Mount the machine cover.00 Agfa Group Confidential . 8 Completion of the modification 1. 2. 3. Connect the stud and the screw (see figure 13).

Modifications 10 Section 10 describes subsequent modifications in the machine resulting from technical changes. Section 10 .

.

.Chapter 10: Intentionally left blank.

.

Technical Standard Modifications 11 Section 11 contains an overview of all technical modifications. Section 11 . This refers to hardware as well as software modifications.

.

.. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 11 / I ...S..........04E Manufacturing Standard Modifications Chapter 11 Contents 1 Introduction of the Processor Software CLLC_1203 (CM+9 5270 9410 1) .. Revision 1 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E.........DD+DIS441.O.O..S.. 1 Edition 6.... / Classic E...

.

Edition 6.S.DD+DIS441.O.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 11 / 1 .S. Revision 1 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E. / Classic E.04E Manufacturing Standard Modifications 1 Introduction of the Processor Software CLLC_1203 (CM+9 5270 9410 1) Introduction as production standard: Type 5270 / 100 as of SN and 4730 Type 5270 / 105 1138 - Description: The introduction of Processor Software CLLC_1203 solves dryer problems.

.

Maintenance 12 Section 12 describes all routines and tests necessary during maintenance. Section 12 .

.

Technical Documentation Order No.C 0_0 DR The Maintenance Instructions can also be ordered separately.O.O.S.03E *1WACH41* 1 piece WACH4 MA 1 Classic E.03E printed in Germany 03 / 2004 Agfa Group Confidential .S. Classic E. Order number: DD+DIS302. CL Type 5270 / 105 Type 5270 / 100 Maintenance Instructions Internal Update #5 0 00 0_1 527 2 .: DD+DIS302.

not only the safety devices! We reserve the right to change data and characteristics in the light of technical progress. Note: Electrical repairs and connections must only be made by certified electricians. These instructions describe adjustments and routines. Please observe the pertinent safety instructions.Caution: This system uses mains voltage. CE Declaration: According to the medical directives the CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes void if the product is modified without permission of the manufacturer! This applies to all parts. Mechanical repairs and connections must only be made by certified technicians. which must only be performed by qualified technical personnel. Agfa Group Confidential .

7 3...... 10 Maintenance instructions ............................... and general care ....................................... / Classic E................. 8 Protection material ..1.03E Maintenance Instructions Chapter 12 Contents 1 1....................................................................... 9 Cleaning substances: ......................... 24 Appendix: Maintenance Checklist ........... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E..................................... 15 Cleaning the rack and tank systems........................................1 2..1 1.............................. 10 How to use the maintenance instructions ...1 3.............. 8 Spare parts kits..........................2 Maintenance. 10 3...........................1......................................................................................................................... 1 Safety check...................1 3...........O......... 7 Auxiliary equipment ..................................................... 22 4 Machine Care by the Customer..................4 2................................................. 7 Special tools ................................................................................. 6 2 2.................................2 3........2 1.... page 1-3 Edition 6................... 9 3 3............. 13 Checking...3 3..................DD+DIS302..................O.... 11 Analysis......S..............6 3...................S............5 3....................7 Required Tools and Maintenance Materials ..... 21 Functional test ...................... 5 Checking the function of the GFI switch 0FI................5 2...................................3 Safety...................................... 4 Safety switches.................. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / I ........................... 7 Cleaning instructions............................................... 10 Maintenance procedure ....................................................................4 3.................................................................................................................3 2................................2 2............... 7 Lubricants .............6 2............................................................................ 11 Maintenance Preparations ......8 Maintenance intervals ........ cleaning.... 21 End of maintenance ......................

.

• The machine must only be operated by qualified personnel trained on the machine. If photo-chemicals get in your eyes. always observe the applying safety and environmental regulations. If required.S. • Repairs or modifications on the machine must only be performed by trained service personnel authorized by AGFA. AGFA will guarantee safety only for combinations which are approved by AGFA. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 1 • Edition 6. proceed exactly according to the warning instructions and/or the instructions published by the manufacturers of the chemicals. damage or injuries. AGFA will not be liable for any resulting disturbances. • If the machine is connected with other components or assemblies. and therefore presents a risk for patients. • Built-in or external safety devices must not be circumvented or disabled. Special instructions for the handling of chemicals • • • • When handling chemicals. Avoid inhaling of chemical fumes. user and environment. • Ensure that the machine can always be supervised and that any tampering is prevented. • Ensure that only trained personnel have access to the machine.S.03E Maintenance Instructions 1 Safety General safety instructions • The machine must only be used as described in the operating instructions. / Classic E. or may affect the machine function with the consequence that the machine can no longer be used as intended.DD+DIS302. immediately rinse your eyes with cold water. • Disconnect the machine from the mains before starting any maintenance. • If a mains connection is absolutely required these maintenance routines must only be made by specially trained personnel. and must immediately be disconnected from the mains. or if it is not serviced correctly.O. • Like all technical devices. Make sure that there is sufficient Classic E. • When installing the machine make sure that either the mains plug or an all-cable disconnecting device is provided in the internal installation close to the machine and is easily accessible. Afterwards a physician must be consulted immediately. Wear stipulated protective clothing and safety goggles. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . this machine must be operated. Any other use may result in damage to the machine. When disposing of chemicals and waste water. • In case of visible damage on the machine housing the machine must not be operated or used.O. cared for and serviced correctly as described in the documentation provided with the machine. • If the machine is not operated correctly. you must comply with the local regulations and the provisions for environmental protection. as well as the operating and warning instructions pertaining to these chemicals. • In case of conspicuous smoke or noises. immediately disconnect the machine from the mains.

In addition to the safety regulations mentioned in this document the country specific safety regulations must be observed! Chapter 12 / 2 Classic E. the machine must immediately be disconnected from the mains and cleaned thoroughly by the service personnel. If solution gets into the inside of the machine (e.03E ventilation at the installation site of the machine. / Classic E. The use of additional chlorine or chlorine containing substances can lead to irreversible damage of the equipment.O. Verify tightness of all connections for chemicals and water. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O. • • • • The film processor must not be operated in the direct vicinity of the patients as defined in EN60601-1 and IEC 601-1. on the machine in regular intervals.e. as well as waste water. Do not use additional chlorine or chlorine containing substances inside the processor. i. by spilling during tank filling). At least check whenever suggested in the operating instructions and/or service instructions.g. Using these substances may void the manufacturers warranty. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Always comply with the installation instructions.Maintenance Instructions DD+DIS302. an air exchange that is at least ten times the room volume per hour.S.S.

DD+DIS302.S.O.03E Maintenance Instructions These maintenance instructions are to be considered confidential. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 3 . Edition 6.O. The instructions refer to the following components of the film processor: • Film feed table • Transport units • Main drive • Circulation pumps and their drive • Dryer / IR-heaters • Replenishment system • Tank and hose system / tank heaters • Water connections / water filter • Electrical connection Disconnect the machine from the mains before starting any maintenance and/or repair activities. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. If a mains connection is absolutely necessary this maintenance and repair work must only be made by specially trained personnel. / Classic E.S.

/ Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.Maintenance Instructions 1. 1: 2: 3: 4: Internal circuit of the machine to be tested Measuring equipment for testing the protective earth resistance Connection between meter and protective earth Connection between meter and conductive parts which may be touched in the machine to be checked Figure 1 When measuring the resistance consider that the total value always includes the resistance of the measuring cable. • Check the grounding connections at the metal panels and housing. Upon repairs regarding the mains voltage the protective earth must be checked (VDE standard). • Check the cable connections and plug for burnt spots.1 Safety check Electrical check DD+DIS302.2 Ohm (according to VDE 0702. • Check the function of the air filter and the cooling. Edition 1997). • Check the strain relief of the power cable. VBG4.3 Ohm. • Check the line fuses for the required value. Chapter 12 / 4 Classic E. with a fixed connection it is ≤ 0.S.O.O. The resistance of the PE with an earthed pin connector is ≤ 0.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .03E • Check the power cable and the cables inside the machine for damage.

there is a risk of injuries by moving mechanical or electrical parts. For service purposes the function of the safety cover switch can be overridden with a service key (locking pin CM+9042663090). Make sure to remove the locking pin before closing the covers. Otherwise the cover switch may be damaged or the adjustment position is lost.S. But even in case of interrupted safety switches 0SW2 and/or 0SW3 and with the mains switch 0SW1 (0S1) off.O. be careful. The safety function for the customer is then no longer effective. However.2 1 2 Figure 2 = Safety switch (cover) 0SW2 = Safety switch (dryer flap) 0SW3 527061CM. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 5 . / Classic E.S.CDR To ensure safety of the customer the machine has two safety switches.cdr Figure 3 Edition 6. there is still power applied on the following components as long as the power cord is plugged in: • • Ground fault interrupter 0FI Mains switch 0SW1 2 1 5273_061_001.O.DD+DIS302.03E Maintenance Instructions Safety switches 1. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.

Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O.cdr Figure 4 Information for the customer: This routine must be repeated 1x per month. / Classic E.Maintenance Instructions 1.03E A GFI switch: (IN = 30 mA in compliance with VDE 664) is integrated in the machine. this releases / deactivates the GFI switch! Activate the GFI switch by resetting the toggle switch. (No automatic reset) 1 2 5270_10012_001.O. Check the function of the ground fault interrupter (GFI switch).S. The machine must not be put in operation without an installed GFI switch! Chapter 12 / 6 Classic E.S.3 Checking the function of the GFI switch 0FI DD+DIS302. Press the button.

S. with liter scale commercially available Hose with shower l = 4 m.oz.03E Maintenance Instructions 2 2.DD+DIS302.O.O.69 fl.3 Lubricants Order number CM+9999991360 CM+9999992470 Designation Ballistol oil Grease Isoflex Topas NB52 (50ml / 1.82 fl. 10 l (338.18 fl.2 Auxiliary equipment Order number CM+9999992360 CM+9999992310 CM+9999915240 Designation Kresto hand washing lotion Plastic cleaner Cleaning sponge 2.1 Required Tools and Maintenance Materials Special tools In addition to the normal equipment the following tools are required: Order number CM+9042663090 CM+9999902910 Tool description Locking pin (service key.S.) commercially available Bucket.oz. order two keys) Thermometer commercially available Graduated beaker. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.oz) Edition 6.). with coupling for the water tap and shut-off tap commercially available Torch or hand lamp commercially available Soft dust brush commercially available Bottle brush 2. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 7 . 1000 ml (33.

especially the rubber rollers.4 Cleaning instructions SAFETY DD+DIS302. / Classic E. Follow the safety instructions of the manufacturer! Splashes in the eyes or on the skin must be cleaned immediately with water. Do not use any spirit or alcohol to clean the rollers! Disposal: Always observe the regulations by the local authorities and the pertinent sewage protection laws when disposing of cleaning chemicals and water! 2. Therefore it is always necessary to use rubber gloves and protective goggles when mixing and using cleaning substances.O. 20 minutes. the standard covers and panels must be put on all electrical components! All cleaning substances may irritate the skin and the eyes. The cleaning substances may attack the components.S.03E For cleaning the machine tanks make sure that the power plug of the machine is disconnected! Before cleaning. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .5 Protection material Order number CM+9999915040 CM+9999915050 CM+9999991550 Buy locally Designation Protection gloves Protection goggles Protection cream Work coat / jump suit Chapter 12 / 8 Classic E. Thorough rinsing with water or neutralizing chemicals is required. Therefore the reaction time should not exceed approx. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.Maintenance Instructions 2.S. During mixing of the cleaning powder avoid breathing of the powder dust.O.

Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.7 Cleaning substances: Order number Developer tank CM+9999992250 Fixer tank CM+9999992840 CM+9999992000 Water tank CM+9999991930 CM+9999992590 Anti-algae agent CM+9999992260 Anti-lime agent CM+9999992840 CM+9999992210 AGFA FIXCLEAN BIC BIO PVC BECKEN CLEAN 3752J V7W91 BIC ALGEFIN 86 A WDQ02 BIC ARGALEX 91 Cleaner and Neutralizer BIC OXOCLEAN Water Tank Cleaner VR76F 65D1Q AGFA FIXCLEAN BIC FIXAREN 80 7352J VSBR6 BIC EBAREN 86 Cleaner and Neutralizer EBMBU Designation ABC Code Edition 6.S.6 see general information about spare parts kits (Chapter 8) 2. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 9 .DD+DIS302.O. / Classic E.03E Maintenance Instructions Spare parts kits Order number CM+05270100731 CM+05270100733 *) We recommend to carry the following parts kits*) for maintenance: Designation Repair Maintenance 2.O.

Maintenance Instructions DD+DIS302. Chapter 12 / 10 Classic E. • “Test & Adjust” routines in the integrated service (as of Software CLLC 1107).S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.1. the standard covers and panels must be put on all electrical components! • Do not use chlorine or chlorine containing substances in the film processor. • During maintenance please observe the safety regulations in this chapter and in Chapter 6. The use of chlorine or chlorine containing substances may cause irreparable damage in your film processor. / Classic E. 3.1. which support the maintenance work are listed under “auxiliary equipment”. this will be noted in the column “details”. Use of these substances may result in termination of the manufacturer’s warranty. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .1 Maintenance Maintenance instructions How to use the maintenance instructions All the points listed here (minimum maintenance points) must be carried out.S.1 3. • The sequence of the maintenance points in the checklist (see appendix) is identical with these maintenance instructions.O.2 Maintenance procedure • For cleaning the machine tanks make sure that the power plug of the machine is disconnected! • Before cleaning.03E 3 3. • If there is a detailed description for certain maintenance points in the service documentation.1. • The maintenance points have been arranged in a chronologically suitable order to make your work routines as efficient as possible.O.

After maintenance this message is reset in the SERVICE program <Service/Service Settings/Maintenance/Reset ServIndic> (see Chapter 6. an alternating display of FILM and MAINTENANCE reminds you daily during the first three film feeds until the maintenance is actually made.2 at least 4 maintenance jobs per year (depending on various factors. if <Service/Service Settings/Maintenance/Service Indication/ On> is set. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 11 .6).DD+DIS302.3 Analysis Test points Infocounter analysis to determine possible weak points Measures The infocounter data can be listed directly on Discussion with customer Discuss current problems with the customer.6).03E Maintenance Instructions Maintenance intervals If SERVICE INDICATION has been activated in the SERVICE program.: • less processing cycles. The following maintenance cycles are recommended: 3. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.cdr Figure 5 Edition 6. • water quality (algae growth) • extent and intensity of general care by the customer • setup of the <Service Settings> (anti-algae) The maintenance cycles must be entered in the SERVICE program <Service/Service Settings/Maintenance/Service Interval> (see Chapter 6. as e. / Classic E.S.O. Any Display Settings Language Service 5 5273_10012_003. the operator will be reminded of a required maintenance according to the selected maintenance cycle. If the maintenance is due. the machine display. 3.g.S.O.

Maintenance Instructions Test points For analysis the following information in the InfoCounters menu must be evaluated: DD+DIS302. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . FIX Repl. The initial causes of problems are to be solved and damaged or worn components are to be replaced! (See Chapter 6.: At this option the time of the respective pump calibration with the adjusted calibration rates and the adjustment mode (DEV/FIX) can be displayed. Device Error: The (maximum) 100 last errors are recorded in plaintext together with date and time.3) Chapter 12 / 12 Classic E. DEV Repl.03E Measures Device Info: Display of machine type and installed software version. the amount of film and the selected jog-cycle (ON-OFFAUTO).O. Update the software if required. / Classic E. Liter: Display of the complete amount of replenished fixer and the replenished amount since the last maintenance. JOG Cycle: The film consumption of the last 10 days is displayed together with the date. The Error hit list is the main basis for planning the maintenance work. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Liter: Display of the complete amount of replenished developer and the replenished amount since the last maintenance.O. Info Counter: Maintenance: MAINTENANCE shows the last 10 maintenance jobs and the corresponding preset maintenance cycles. Film: Display of the complete amount of processed film and the processed film since the last maintenance in square meters. Pump Calibr. Thereby the maintenance work concentrates on the components which caused the majority of problems. Error Hit List: The previously occurred errors are displayed sorted according to their occurrence frequency and with error number and list position.S.S.

S. Runtime: Runtime shows the total number of operating hours.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. 3.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 13 . fixer. / Classic E.O.03E Test points Maintenance Instructions Measures Logbook: The actions of the machine are recorded after switching on and can be viewed here in plaintext together with date and time. and water tank and drain the solutions • Remove racks with guides from the tanks Remove racks Edition 6.DD+DIS302.4 Maintenance Preparations Steps Disconnecting the machine from the mains Remove covers and panels Drain tanks Sub-steps • Switch off the machine • Unplug the power plug • Remove machine cover and side panels • Open shut-off valves in developer.

O. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .03E Chapter 12 / 14 Classic E.S.S.Maintenance Instructions DD+DIS302. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O.

Gears the tooth faces and gear meshing use a bottle brush or sponge to clean from deposits replace defective parts if necessary Bottle brush. and developer racks for smooth operation for cleaning remove the panels on the rack drive side Screwdriver Chapt. / Classic E. sponge Chapt. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. Handle the racks in such a way that the gears stay in position.5 Edition 6.5 Checking.DD+DIS302. 6. cleaning.S.5 Gears are only plugged on but not secured. and general care Module 1 Check for smooth turning for centered hose position on the roller for cracks in the hose surface Cleaning and care if dirty clean carefully under running water Tools - Film scanner rollers Scanning rollers with antistatic hose (1) Details - Rack guides Guide fingers (1) 1 for a smooth surface of the guide fingers if dirty clean carefully under running water Sponge Chapt. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 15 .O.S. fixer.O. DEV FIX 1 FIX 2 WAT Rack system Water. 6.03E Maintenance Instructions 3. 6.5 Handle the rack guides with care to avoid scratches and damage.

S. Chapter 12 / 16 Classic E.03E Tools Details Sponge cleaning agent - WAT Water rack shaft / bearing and drive for lime deposits cleaning with “BIC BIO-PVC BECKEN CLEAN” possible if necessary.S. Distributor rack DIS / DRY for smooth operation tooth faces / axial clearance.Maintenance Instructions Module Rollers / shafts Bearings without springs Bearings with springs Check roller surfaces / bearings / shafts for wear and smooth operation axial play of the rollers bearings / spring for wear roller pressure replace defective parts Cleaning and care if dirty clean carefully under running water DD+DIS302.O.O. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Handle the racks in such a way that the gears stay in position. roller surface (especially the foam roller) for wear and contact pressure shaft bearing for wear rollers for dirt only clean the distribution rollers carefully in case of visible dirt using a soft sponge Sponge - Avoid the contact of grease on the surface of the rollers. allow to soak and then rinse with water for shafts and bearings prepare a cleaning bath BIC BIO PVC BECKEN CLEAN - Gears are only plugged on but not secured. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . apply concentrated cleaner on the gears.

S. fixer. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 17 . Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.DD+DIS302. or tank cleaner and then rinse thoroughly with water - Tank shut-off system system for tightness O-rings for perfect condition replace defective O-rings if necessary - - Level sensors / temperature sensor for dirt deposits and algae growth remove deposits from the electrodes Sponge - Edition 6.O.03E Module WAT FIX2 FIX1 DEV Maintenance Instructions Check for leaks / tightness of the system hose clamps for tight connection hoses for algae growth and dirt deposits Cleaning and care replace very dirty or very old parts Tools Details - Tank and hose system Drain + overflow pipes WAT FIX2 FIX1 DEV Developer. and water tanks for dirt deposits and algae growth Sponge clean the tanks with sponge.O. cleaning agent water. / Classic E.

O.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. the magnet of the pump rotor must face the outer tank wall when the pump duct is inserted! Drive shafts worm gear faces / gear meshing clean carefully using a damp sponge lubricate the worm drive slightly Sponge Cleaner Isoflex Topas NB52 - Liquid on the Control Board and in the electronic section must be avoided. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . 0. / Classic E.Maintenance Instructions Module Circulation pumps Pump ducts Check Cleaning and care Tools Brush DD+DIS302.S. 6. Bevel gears A for play (max.03E Details - for dirt and crystalline deposits clean pump ducts / pump housing / pump rotor thoroughly under running water using a brush replace if very dirty Upon assembly.5 mm) adjust the bevel gears if necessary - Chapt.5 Drive shaft bearings for wear replace bearings if necessary - - Chapter 12 / 18 Classic E.S.

O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 19 . sponge - Water supply Water filter / solenoid valve filter insert for dirt connections on the solenoid valve for tightness clean filter with a brush under running water Brush - Edition 6. / Classic E.S.O. reflector. reflector for dirt convection heater “film guides” (wire) Dryer rollers if the glass body of the infrared remove the dust with a soft heater is undamaged brush Brush - dryer rollers for dirt only clean with a damp cloth where dirt is visible - - Replenishment system check for tightness filter on replenisher pump for dirt for dirt in replenisher tanks replace the filter if necessary - - Replenisher tanks rinse if necessary Brush. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.03E Module Coupling unit to drive motor Dryer Check for complete connection Cleaning and care Maintenance Instructions Tools Details - Infrared heater.DD+DIS302. crossflow fan.S.

/ Classic E.Maintenance Instructions Module Water pressure hose Check for tightness / sharp bends / cracks due to aging Cleaning and care replace the hose if necessary Tools - DD+DIS302.S.03E Details - Electrical connection all connections for tightness - - Chapter 12 / 20 Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.

• Close the tanks.O. • Close the tanks.7 Functional test Steps Start operation Sub-steps • Insert the racks. / Classic E.DD+DIS302. • Open the tanks and drain them. Make sure to observe the safety instruction regarding the handling of chemicals! See Chapter 1. • Check if LEDs of the synchromotors are on. 20 minutes. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 21 . Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. Check the circulation Edition 6. Replenishment pumps • Calibrate the replenishment pumps (see Chapter 3).S. • Calibrate the developer pump first and then the fixer pump. • Rinse tanks and racks thoroughly with fresh water. Check the rack drives • Check meshing of worm gears. • Insert the racks without the guides. • Take out the racks with guides. • Check circulation of the solutions – movement on solution surface. 3. • Check the hose and tank system for tightness. • Switch off the machine and unplug the connection to the mains. • Fill the tanks with water and the respective cleaning agent. main drive and gears of the rack system. • Put the machine in operation (see Chapter 3).6 3.S. Cleaning and checking for tightness • Call up the cleaning mode in the service program <Service Settings / Cleaning Mode>. • The cleaning mode finishes after approx.03E Maintenance Instructions Cleaning the rack and tank systems Steps Preparing racks and tanks Sub-steps • Mount the rack covers. • Put the machine in operation.O. • Dispose of cleaning substances in compliance with local regulations.

Maintenance Instructions Steps Water replenishment >3l/min Sub-steps DD+DIS302. Splashes on the panels caused by photo chemicals / cleaning chemicals must be removed immediately if possible.03E • Take out the supply elbow and collect the water in a graduated beaker.5l. • Check for smooth film transport through the machine. • Call up the menu <Test and Adjust / Test Output / Others/ Water Supply> and the water valve will be triggered for 10s. • Check drying of the test films.8 End of maintenance Steps Close the machine Sub-steps • Connect all ground connections and mount all the side panels. When they dry they cause stains which are very hard to get off. • Check if the water rate is > 0.O. Insert the guides • Mount the guides on the racks – watch numbering on racks and guides! • Feed several test films. / Classic E. To clean the panels only use water and common household cleaners (without solvents!).O. Feed test films • Run a test with all the film sizes and using all operating modes! Register 12 / 22 Classic E.S. • Feed film. Check the dryer and transport Film scanner rollers • Call up the menu <Test and Adjust/ Test Input / Scanners>. • Check the function of the scanner rollers. 3. Check the processing quality • Process test wedges and check the results.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.

/ Classic E. Edition 6.DD+DIS302.S.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. / ON>. Reset the infocounters • When leaving the Service program <Service/InfoCounters /Info Counter/Clear TMPcountr. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 23 . • Check the Service indicators in menu <Service Settings / Maintenance / Service Indic. / Service Indikat.S.03E Steps Reset the service interval Maintenance Instructions Sub-steps • Call up the menu <Service Settings / Maintenance / Reset Servindic.> confirm with YES.O. > and confirm with YES.

03E 4 Machine Care by the Customer The customer must be informed that regular cleaning and care is necessary in a film processor.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . / Classic E.Maintenance Instructions DD+DIS302. For an exact description of the cleaning and care jobs refer to the Operation Manual. TYPE 5270/100 A H B K Z G C K G C K G D K E J F I I 527012am.cdr Figure 7 Register 12 / 24 Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O.O.S.cdr Figure 6 TYPE 5270/105 L A B K Z G C K G C K G D K E J F I I 5270_10012_002.

2 / fixer rack 1. Rinse the circulation pumps of all tanks (B. Clean the transport rollers of the dryer (F) with a damp sponge. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 12 / 25 . Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. D) under running water. Rinse the upper rack guides (G) with warm water.S. Edition 6.2 Water tank / water rack Distribution rollers Dryer G H I J K Z Upper rack guides (crossovers) Film feed table Dryer: Cross flow fan Convection heater Dryer: IR-heaters Racks: central roller / main drive Film transport direction Interval Daily Weekly Every 3 months Action (care) Clean the film feed table (H) daily with a damp cloth or a soft sponge. and then dry it. Every 6 months Clean the water filter.S. C.O.O. / Classic E.DD+DIS302. Clean the distribution rollers (E) with a damp sponge.03E Maintenance Instructions A B C D E F Film scanner rollers Developer tank / developer rack Fixer tank 1.

.

DD+DIS302.03E Maintenance Instructions Classic E.S.O. CL Type 5270/ 100/ 105 Work Instruction for order no./ Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Checklist / page 1 .03E Remarks (by the customer): INFO Logbook and/or Device Error *) Problem Number of occurrences (date) *) Listing of the error messages since the last maintenance: By evaluating the “infocounter” information the main focus for the upcoming maintenance can be determined.O. SN Maintenance must be carried out according to the maintenance instructions DD+DIS302. / Classic E.S. INFO consumption and/or infocounter consumption Total FILM developed Developer consumption Fixer consumption since last deletion Edition 6. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.S.O.O.

Check the function / check glass body for discoloring. OK Functional test Developer temperature Fixer temperature. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Check Red pilot lamps are on OK n.03E Cleaning Film scanner rollers Rack / guide units (crossovers) Gears Level sensors Drive shafts Tanks / drain hoses Circulation pumps dev. OK Check the wear parts Film scanner rollers Transport units Gears Rollers / shafts / bearings with springs Distribution rollers Rack guide units (crossovers) Drive shafts Worm shaft / worm gears Bevel gears Bearings Coupling unit Circulation pumps Function in dev. drain the tank and clean it./fix.Maintenance Instructions DD+DIS302. Feed film and watch the transport./fix. OK Checklist / page 2 Classic E. / Classic E. film guide units Replenishment system Replenishment rate Replenishment pump. Check for noises / crystalline deposits / algae growth Check the surface movement on the tanks. Check film drying./water Dryer rollers IR-heaters. Clean with damp sponge rinse if necessary Check / clean Mix fresh solutions. OK n. clean Check the developer / fixer for crystalline deposits and check the water tank for algae growth. check hose for cracks and position. Check the clock and the brightness. stop valve Filter on pump Check for smooth operation.O. Check Check / replace if necessary OK n./water Solution circulation Dryer IR-heaters Reflector plates. Check for play Check for wear Check the connection. Check in the SERVICE program. clean Clean with damp sponge Remove all dust with a soft brush. Check the gear meshing and lubricate the worm shafts. uniform drive. Check visually and clean if necessary. for smooth operation Check the axial play / check general condition. Check for dirt. Check the NOMINAL values by measuring.O. and pressure. clean Check for dirt. reflector plates / cross-flow fan Distribution rollers Replenisher tanks Water supply solenoid valve / filter Chemicals Clean only if dirty Clean and rinse carefully Clean and rinse carefully Check for dirt. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . 34°C. Check for wear. for smooth operation Check for smooth surface. fixed Film drying Dryer step setting Transport function in wet / dryer section Film scanner rollers Processing quality Circulation pump drive – synchro motors (left hand machine side) Compare NOM / ACT temperature and adapt NOM temperature in fixer tank reached? Check if films are sticking.S.S.

Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.DD+DIS302.O. OK Date / Signature Service Engineer: Customer Edition 6. OK Options and Accessories Integrated accessories Functional test OK n. Check for leaks / tightness. Water supply rate Water high pressure hose Check for leaks. OK End of maintenance End of maintenance Check if all ground connections are plugged in. Check Check for beginning clogging. OK n.S. Check. Check Check for tight connection. clean if necessary. Check the function with film. OK n. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Checklist / page 3 . clean if necessary / check the position in the mounting plate.O. Delete infocounters Start a new maintenance cycle in <Service / Service Settings / Maintenance / Reset ServIndic>! (otherwise the service request will not be cleared) OK n. Clean Check Check for good condition. Check (electrically and mechanically).S. OK Check for electrical safety Electrical connection Terminal strip XK1 on PCB1 (GS1) Condition of the electric cables and the mains plug Plug connections / ground connections Cover switch Check and tighten the screw connections if necessary. / Classic E.03E Maintenance Instructions Safety check Tank and hose system Tank shut-off system Hose connections Water drain / overflow (algae growth) Level detection Water connections Check the filter / water supply solenoid valve.

Copyright © 03. Germany Agfa Group Confidential . errors.03E Agfa-Gevaert AG All rights reserved Published by Agfa-Gevaert AG Fototechnik Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D .81539 München Misprints. and technical modifications reserved AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert AG.2004 DD+DIS302.

Fieldservice Bulletins 13 Section 13 contains the Fieldservice Bulletins.: • • • Errors with safety aspects Errors in the series which can be restricted to a certain time or batch Special logistic actions Section 13 .g. this is urgent and important information (usually on individual sheets) e.

.

S.GSO Library. 01 Order No. printed in Germany 06 / 2004 Agfa Company Confidential .04E *1WVX7U1* 1 piece WVX7U MA 1 Urgency immediately Next service In case of failure As required Reason Safety Reliability Quality improvement Functional changes Compatibility Subject Classic E.: DD+DIS157. see MedNet .O. • For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the order list. Type 5270 / 100 / 105 Cure for Complaint (PowerHelp) Problem may concern all devices Problem depending on serial number / batch New spare part Control Board PCB1 (CM+9 5270 9450 0) and Processor SOFTWARE CLLC1107 (CM+9 5270 9410 0) available as Spare Part This document describes the functions of Control Board PCB1 and Processor Software CLLC1107 as well as the features different to the previous version.Field Service Bulletin No.

software for the Film Processor IC50 / IC51 Version CLLC1107 . (1) For the installation of Control Board CM+9 5270 9450 X observe the following table: Type 5270 / 100 5270 / 105 Production standard as of SN 4500 1500 Machine Classic E. including .Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS157.03DEF The following spare parts can also be ordered individually: Designation • Software for film processor IC50 / IC51 Version CLLC1107 • Clock chip IC-CMOS-DS 12887 • PLD programmed IC88 V1001 Required time: 1h Required tools: • Phillips screwdriver size 2.04E 1 Subject Control Board PCB1 (CM+9 5270 9450 X) With order number CM+9 5270 9450 X we introduce the PCB1 as successor of CM+9 8405 6940 X.S. Scope of delivery: • Control Board pre-assembled in the screening plate. This board is not a successor for Control Board CM+9 5270 7850 X.S. (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) No.O. magnetic • IC extraction tool CM+9 9999 1005 0 • Grounding strap CM+9 9999 0830 0 Order number CM+9 5270 9410 X CM+9 0441 7030 X CM+9 5270 7717 X Chapter 13 / 2 Classic E.clock chip IC-CMOS-DS 12887 .S. Classic E. 01 Agfa Company Confidential .O.O.PLD programmed IC88 V1001 • Enclosure for Control Board DD+DIS344.

DD+DIS157.04E

Field Service Bulletin

1.1

New functions
The installation of Control Board CM+9 5270 9450 X together with the Processor Software CLLC1107 included in the shipment offers the following additional functions: • Level of fixer2 can be monitored individually. Condition is: - a level sensor present in the fixer2 tank and ST76 plugged • The circulation pumps can be monitored individually. Condition is: - modified cable connections (as of SN 4500 for Type 5270 / 100 and as of SN 1500 for Type 5270 / 105) There are not plans for a modification of these cable connections in the field.

1.2

Compatibility
Control Board CM+9 5270 9450 X can only be installed in the machines in combination with the Processor Software CLLC1107 which is included in the shipment. Control Board CM+9 5270 9450 X covers all functions of the previous version CM+9 8405 6940 X.

No. 01 Agfa Company Confidential

Classic E.O.S. (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Chapter 13 / 3

Field Service Bulletin

DD+DIS157.04E

1.3

Optical features for differentiation
Predecessor and successor boards can easily be distinguished by the following features: • Reset switch (S1) – modified layout • Clock chip (IC52) – different position • ST80 = ST88 – different position and designation Predecessor: Control Board CM+9 8405 6940 X (section)

Figure 1 Successor: Control Board CM+9 5270 9450 X (section)

Figure 2

Chapter 13 / 4

Classic E.O.S. (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

No. 01 Agfa Company Confidential

DD+DIS157.04E

Field Service Bulletin

2

SOFTWARE CLLC1107 – CM+9 5270 9410 X
Scope of delivery: • Software set of IC50 / IC51 Version CLLC1107 • Enclosure DD+DIS278.03DEF Required time: ½h Required tools: • IC extraction tool CM+9 9999 1005 0 • Grounding strap CM+9 9999 0830 0

2.1

New functions
• Level of fixer2 can be monitored individually. Condition is: - a level sensor present in the fixer2 tank and ST76 plugged • The circulation pumps can be monitored individually. Condition is: - modified cable connections (as of SN 4500 for Type 5270 / 100 and as of SN 1500 for Type 5270 / 105) There are not plans for a modification of these cable connections in the field.

2.2

Compatibility
Processor Software CLLC1107 can only be installed in Control Board CM+9 5270 9450 X. Control Board CM+9 5270 9450 X covers all functions of the previous version CM+9 8405 6940 X.

No. 01 Agfa Company Confidential

Classic E.O.S. (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Chapter 13 / 5

Field Service Bulletin No. 2
Order No.: DD+DIS249.04E

*1W1YZR1*
1 piece W1YZR MA 1

Classic E.O.S.
Type 5270/100 as of SN 4500

Classic E.O.S. CL
Type 5270/105 as of SN 1500

Urgency Immediately Next service In case of failure As required

Reason Safety Reliability Quality improvement Functional changes Compatibility

Subject Cure for Complaint (PowerHelp) Problem may concern all devices Problem depending on serial number / batch New spare part

Introduction of Processor Software CLLC_1203 Order Number: CM+9 5270 9410 1 Control Board PCB1 incl. CLLC_1203 Order Number: CM+9 5270 9450 1
• The introduction of Processor Software CLLC_1203 solves dryer problems. • Change the software only in case of problems. • Replace the Control Board PCB1 only in case of problems with the control board.

• For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the order list, see MedNet - GSO Library.

printed in Germany 08 / 2004 Agfa Company Confidential

Field Service Bulletin

DD+DIS249.04E

Error symptoms Remedy

After switching from any dryer level to step 2 there is no drying effect. The solution for this problem is integrated in Software Version CLLC_1203.

1

Software CLLC_1203 (CM+9 5270 9410 1)
Scope of delivery: • EPROM IC 50 CLLC_1203 • EPROM IC 51 CLLC_1203 • Enclosure (DD+DIS205.04D/E/F) Required tools: Large screwdriver Extraction tool for ICs in PLCC housings CM+9 9999 1005 0 Grounding strap CM+9 9999 0830 0 Required time: 0.5 h

Software CLLC_1203 CM+9 5270 9410 1 has been installed in production machines as of the following serial numbers:

Machine
Classic E.O.S. Classic E.O.S. CL Compatibility

Type
Type 5270 / 100 Type 5270 / 105

Serial Number SN
as of 4730 as of 1500

Processor Software CLLC_1203 must only be used on the Control Board PCB1 CM+9 5270 9450 X. This control board is installed in the Classic E.O.S. series (Type 5270/100) as of SN4500 and in the Classic E.O.S. CL series (Type 5270/105) as of SN1500. Software CLLC_1203 must never be installed in the Control Boards GS1 CM+9 5270 7830 X, CM+9 5270 7850 X , CM+9 5270 7960 X.

Chapter 13 / 2

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

No. 2 Agfa Company Confidential

DD+DIS249.04E

Field Service Bulletin

The control boards can easily be distinguished by the following features: • • Reset switch (S1) – modified layout Clock chip (IC52) – different position

Classic E.O.S. (Type 5270/100) up to SN4499 Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270/105) up to SN1499 Control Board CM+9 5270 7830 X, CM+9 5270 7850 X , CM+9 5270 7960 X (section)

5270_dis20104_001.cdr

Figure 1 Classic E.O.S. (Type 5270/100) as of SN4500 Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270/105) as of SN1500 Control Board CM+9 5270 9450 X (section)

5270_dis20104_002.cdr

Figure 2

No. 2 Agfa Company Confidential

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Chapter 13 / 3

Field Service Bulletin

DD+DIS249.04E

2

Control Board PCB1 incl. CLLC_1203 (CM+9 5270 9450 1)
Scope of delivery: • Control Board pre-assembled in the screening plate, including - software for the Film Processor IC50 / IC51 Version CLLC_1203 - clock chip IC-CMOS-DS 12887 - PLD programmed IC53 V1001 • Enclosure for the Control Board DD+DIS206.04D/E/F Required time: 1h Required tools: • Large screwdriver • Phillips screwdriver size 2, magnetic • Grounding strap CM+9 9999 0830 0 Control Board PCB1 CM+9 5270 9450 1 has been installed in production machines as of the following serial numbers:

Machine
Classic E.O.S. Classic E.O.S. CL

Type
Type 5270 / 100 Type 5270 / 105

Serial Number SN
as of 4730 as of 1500

Compatibility • To ensure compatibility of control board and software install the enclosed Processor Software CLLC_1203 on Control Board PCB1 CM+9 5270 9450 X.

Chapter 13 / 4

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

No. 2 Agfa Company Confidential

Field Service Bulletin No. 3
Order No.: DD+DIS277.04E

*1W4WAS1*
1 piece W4WAS MA 1

Classic E.O.S.
Type 5270 / 100 as of SN 4500

Classic E.O.S. CL
Type 5270 / 105 as of SN 1500

Urgency Immediately Next service In case of failure As required

Reason Safety Reliability Quality improvement Functional changes Compatibility

Subject Cure for Complaint Com0404010101 (PowerHelp) Problem may concern all devices Problem depending on serial number / batch New spare part

Magnet Not Sufficiently Fixed in the Machine Cover

This document describes the symptoms of an undefined operating status as well as the cause and remedy by fixing the magnet again.

• For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the order list, see MedNet - GSO Library.

printed in Germany 08 / 2004 Agfa Company Confidential

Field Service Bulletin

DD+DIS277.04E

Error symptoms

The machine is not ready for operation or switches to undefined conditions between on/off mode. (Complaint: COM040401010101)

4

1

3

2

Figure 1

Error cause

The magnet (1) integrated in the cover (4) got loose or dropped out and prevents correct closing of the cover. This impedes the function of the safety switch (3) located on the machine surface (2) partly or completely. You may assume that the magnet got loose if it is no longer flush with the magnet holder.

Remedy

Use a two-part glue and fix the magnet in its holder, the gap of 0.5 mm must be completely covered with glue. We recommend the two-part DELO-AUTOMIX 1895 or a similar product with equivalent properties. We do not supply this glue, please purchase this glue locally. For the properties of DELO-AUTOMIX 1895 go to the Internet under http://www.delo.de/datenblatt/DELO-DUOPOX_1895_(TIDB-D).pdf.

Chapter 13 / 2

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

No. 3 Agfa Company Confidential

DD+DIS277.04E

Field Service Bulletin


1 4 2 2 3
Figure 2

Clean the magnet and magnet holder from grease and dirt. It is not necessary to remove any remaining glue. Prepare the 2-part glue according to the manufacturer's instructions. Apply the 2-part glue (3) in the magnet holder (2). Insert the magnet (1) with the upper magnet side (4) facing the machine. Press the magnet (1) down in its holder (2).

• • • •

1 2 2


Figure 3

Fix the magnet (1) aligned with its holder (2).

Required time: ½ h

No. 3 Agfa Company Confidential

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

Chapter 13 / 3

Field Service Bulletin No. 4
Order No.: DD+DIS288.04E

*1W4XML1*
1 piece W4XML MA 1

Classic E.O.S.
Type 5270 / 100 as of SN 4500

Classic E.O.S. CL
Type 5270 / 105 as of SN 1500

Urgency Immediately Next service In case of failure As required

Reason Safety Reliability Quality improvement Functional change Compatibility

Subject Cure for Complaint (Powerhelp) Problem may concern all devices Problem depending on serial number / batch New device

Introduction of Anti-Algae-Unit Type: 5279/100
This document describes the newly introduced Anti-Algae-Unit Type 5279/100, an optional device for X-ray film processors.

For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the Order List. See MEDNET -> GSO Library.

printed in Germany 08 / 2004 Agfa Company Confidential

Field Service Bulletin

DD+DIS288.04E

Subject

The Anti-Algae-Unit has been developed to prevent of algae contamination to the water tank. Therefore, controlled by a timer, Algezid II is pumped to the water tank of a X-ray film processor via an integrated pump. The timer activates the pump in certain time ranges, which are adapted to an average film processing cycle and to the maintenance cycle of the film processor.

W

F

D

5279_100_001.cdr

figure 1

The Anti-Algae Unit cannot be used in parallel with the Chiller for developer cooling, since only one optional connection is possible on the water tank elbow. Algezid II is not included in delivery. Distribution of Agfa Algezid II: Contact your local Agfa Service, Art: BUNDZ Or in USA : Agfa Corporation, 100 Challenger Road, Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660, USA, Phone: (001201) 4402500, Fax: (001) 3424742

Order Information • Order Number:

CM+9 5279 9100 0

• Start of production: 01.08.2004

Documentation

Service documentation and Spare Parts List Anti-Algae-Unit (order number: DD+DIS126.04E) There is no training required for FSEs

Training

Chapter 13 / 2

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

No. 4 Agfa Company Confidential

HEALTHCARE
Global Services Organisation
Order No.: DD+DIS214.04E

Field Service Bulletin No. 5

*1WYZZE1*
1 piece WYZZE 1

Classic E.O.S.
Type 5270/100 as of SN 4500

Classic E.O.S. CL
Type 5270/105 as of SN 1500

Urgency Immediately Next service In case of failure As required

Reason Safety Reliability Quality improvement Functional changes Compatibility

Subject Cure for Complaint (PowerHelp) Problem may concern all devices Problem depending on serial number / batch New Spare part

Installation of the Tank Reinforcement CM+9 5270 9071 0

This document describes the installation of a tank reinforcement that prevents bending of the intermediate tank walls.

• For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the order list, see MedNet - GSO Library.

printed in Germany 11 / 2004 Agfa Company Confidential

Field Service Bulletin

DD+DIS214.04E

Error symptoms Error cause

The feed rollers of the water rack rub on the intermediate wall Tank wall between fixer and water tank bulges. In some machines this bulging causes the feed rollers of the water rack to rub on the intermediate wall. Reason:
-

Temperature differences between fixer and water tanks; fixer tank full, water tank empty, while the machine is OFF, the intermediate wall is bulging parameters effective during tank manufacturing which cannot be influenced.

-

Remedy

Mounting of a U-shaped tank frame on the upper edge of the intermediate wall between fixer and water tank. CM+9 5270 9071 _ Scope of delivery: •

1 x U-shaped steel tank rail Installation Instructions DD+DIS104.04D/E/F

Required time: approx. ½ h If you have any problems with chemical carry-over from tank to tank when using the tank reinforcement (capillary effect) please order Elastosil E43 separately. Information about the "Elastosil E43" silicone Due to strict regulations regarding the shipping of "dangerous substances" the silicone tube is no longer included in the shipment of the tank reinforcement. Order number: CM+9 9999 9278 0

Chapter 13 / 2

Classic E.O.S. / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105)

No. 5 Agfa Company Confidential

HEALTHCARE
Global Services Organisation
Order No.: DD+DIS184.05E

Field Service Bulletin No. 6

*1YYOOD1*
1 piece YYOOD MA1

Classic E.O.S.
Type 5270 / 100 as of SN 4500

Classic E.O.S. CL
Type 5270 / 105 as of SN 1138

Bulletin Information
Urgency
Immediately Next service In case of failure If required

Ranking
Mandatory – safety relevant Mandatory for affected systems Recommended – quality improvement Only for information Not compatible

Subject
Cure for Complaint COMXXXXXXXXXXX (PowerHelp) Problem may refer to machines where the current sensor board has been replaced. Problem only concerns devices with serial number // batch

Service 574: "IR heater in dryer defective" due to measuring error caused by wrong cable positioning at the Current Sensor Board PCB2.
This document describes how to correct the wrong cable positioning at the Current Sensor Board PCB2.

For an overview of valid FSBs refer to the order list, in the MedNet -> GSO Library.

Printed versions of this document are not controlled. The reader should always make sure to use the newest edition of the document available via MedNet .

printed in Germany 2005-07-06 Agfa Company Confidential

6 2005-07-06 . Remove top cover and side panels on the left.Field Service Bulletin DD+DIS184. • • Printed versions of this document are not controlled.S. Monitoring of the IR heater has only minimum tolerances and therefore triggers the error message 574. Mount the covers and panels again. Check Check the number of windings around the current sensor: (1) (2) Switch off machine and disconnect from mains. Chapter 13 / 2 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E.S.05E Error symptoms Error cause Service 574: "IR-heater in the dryer defective" Wiring error on the Current Sensor Board PCB2 Measuring error caused by wrong cable positioning at the Current Sensor Board PCB2: one and a half windings around the current sensor generally result in low current values. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) No. A PCB2 B Figure 1 Figure 2 Wrong cable positioning Continue with Remedy. / Classic E.O.O. The reader should always make sure to use the newest edition of the document available via MedNet . Remove the dryer panels. Figure 3 Correct cable positioning Check completed. Connect the machine to the mains and switch on.

Unthread the cable from the current sensor. This results in wrong current values during TEACH IN and function monitoring. Remove the Current Sensor Board PCB2 from the holder. = 2 full windings. it can only pass the sensor twice because of its length. Thread the cable 3 times through the current sensor from below. which are 1. The reader should always make sure to use the newest edition of the document available via MedNet .2 of the documentation). Unplug ST2 (B). No.O. Figure 5 (8) (9) Insert current sensor PCB2 in the holder. / Classic E.S.O. Plug in ST2 (B).S. (see Figure 5) .5 windings. (13) Execute the <TEACH IN> procedure (see Chapter 6.DD+DIS184. CL Chapter 13 / 3 (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Agfa Agfa Company Confidential .05E Field Service Bulletin Remedy (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Open the cable tie (A). (10) Screw the cable to the cable terminal (A). Figure 4 The cable must pass 3 times through the current sensor! If the cable is threaded from above through the current sensor. (12) Connect the machine to the mains and switch on. (11) Mount the covers and panels again. 6 2005-07-06 Classic E. Printed versions of this document are not controlled.

.

CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE: Use.S. dissemination.HEALTHCARE Imaging Services Document No.: DD+DIS009. Task Importance Required To be applied at all sites corrective preventive action or commercial goodwill Category Scope Cure for PowerHelp Complaint: HQ_0612080003.O. Type 5270 / 100 as of SN 4500 Classic E. CL Type 5270 / 105 as of SN 1138 Manufacturer’s Warning about Ground Fault Interrupters with Possibly Higher Trigger Current.07E Service Bulletin No. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. 07 Classic E.S.O. Next Service Selective To be applied on affected sites corrective preventive action or commercial goodwill Problem affects serial number(s) / batch(es) listed below Recommended Optional Improves functionality of product Problem affects all sites Reporting After completion of your task the following entry in your Service Report is required: * Insert the document number into the field "Comment" (SMS form) DD+DIS009.07E * Purpose of the Document: • It describes how to check the GFI switch. distribution or reproduction of this bulletin by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled. • For a complete overview of Service Bulletins refer to the Order List in MedNet. 01-2007 Agfa Company Confidential Document Node ID: 14331793 serv_001_service_bulletin_global_e_template_v02 Copyright © 2006 Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare .

07 . Affected components have also been installed in Classic E.O.S.Service Bulletin DD+DIS009. equipment.S.07E 1 Subject Introduction A manufacturer’s warning has been issued regarding a batch of ground fault interrupters (GFI) with possibly higher trigger current.S. Affected machines Testing the GFI Operator protection on the Classic E.S. Type 5270 / 105: SN 1138 . Type 5270 / 100: SN 4500 .S. The GFI switches were manufactured between January 2003 and May 2005 and have been installed in the following series: • Classic E.O.O.1142 Please note: as of 2003 GFI switches of the affected batch were also delivered as spare parts. As long as the GFI reacts during the test this protection is still in effect.O. The GFI switch must only be replaced if it fails to react during the functional test. so all machines can be affected.5818 • Classic E.O. Type 5270/100/105 No. is still guaranteed – even without the GFI – since the machine is completely encapsulated for operator protection. The GFI is exclusively used for machine protection. 2 Prerequisites SPARE PARTS: GFI switch Order number: CM+9 0452 3171 0 Page 2 of 3 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E.

07 Classic E.S. Replace the defective GFI switch. b) The GFI switch fails to react. 1 2 5270_10012_001. The switch is defective.O. No.DD+DIS009.cdr NOTE: Inform the customer that the function of the GFI switch must be checked 1x per month.07E Service Bulletin 3 Checking the Function of the GFI Switch REQUIRED TIME: approx. 5 minutes Press the test button (1). a) GFI switch reacts (toggle switch (2) tilts to “0”). as described in the User Manual. Type 5270/100/105 Page 3 of 3 Agfa Company Confidential . Activate the GFI switch by flipping the toggle switch (2) back. The switch function is correct.

.

• Replacement of clock chips and/or batteries.O.S. . 10-2007 Agfa Company Confidential Document Node ID: 19674321 global_service_bulletin_template_v0§ Copyright © 2007 Agfa HealthCare N. 5270/100 as of SN 4500 Classic E.HEALTHCARE Imaging Services Document No. CL 5270/105 as of SN 1138 This Bulletin is for Information Only Empty Battery of the Clock Chip Causes Incorrect Date and Incorrect Time Display Followed by a Calibration Request Measure Urgency Applying to all devices Next service Applying to the devices listed below Optional.O.S.: DD+DIS223. to improve the product function Ranking This document describes: • Compatibility and obvious differences of control boards and clock chips.07E Service Information Bulletin No. 08 Classic E. DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE: The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. distribution or reproduction of this bulletin by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful. dissemination. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.V. CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE: Use.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Service Information Bulletin LIST OF CONTENTS 1 2 3 DD+DIS223..........2 3....................................................................................... 08 ..........................1 3..........................................................S.......................................................................2................................................................................................ 5 3......................................................... Type 5270/100/105 No.........1 Replacing the Clock Chip and/or Battery .....................................................8 Calibrating the Replenishment Rate ........................ 3 1..6 Type 5270 / 100 as of SN 6107 (Control Board II) and/or Type 5270 / 105 as of SN 1143 (Control Board II): Replace the Battery....... 15 Page 2 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E........................................................................1..................................................... 4 Remedy ................07E Introduction ...............2 3................................................... 14 4............1 Differentiation Criteria for Control Boards and Clock Chips..............8 Setting Date and Time ...................................7 Daten neu setzen ...................O....1 Appendix – Overview of Differentiation and Compatibility Criteria of Control Boards and Clock Chips .....................................................1 3......................................................................................................................................3 Prerequisites .......................................5 Type 5270 / 100 as of SFN 4500 up to SN 6106 (Control Board I or II) and/or Type 5270 / 105 as of SN 1138 up to SN 1142 (Control Board I or II): Replace the Clock Chip or Battery.....13 Disposing of the Battery and/or the Clock Chip ..1......14 Getting the Machine Ready for Operation ................................2...............3 4 5 Checking the Remedy .................................................................................................................2 3...................................14 3.................................................................

4) with modified clock chips are available: The clock chip on these control boards is soldered to the board and the Lithium battery is plugged into the clock chip. Incorrect date and incorrect time are displayed. if calibration of the replenishment rates has been carried out • Values of the replenishment rate calibration • Processed film • Expiration date of the maintenance interval • Operating hours • Management of the Error Hit List Symptom 2 Error Remedy Depending on the installed control board. NOTE: The new control board was introduced to ensure compliance of the machines with RoHS regulations (Restriction of Certain Hazardous Substances). On previously installed control boards the clock chip including battery must be replaced. The clock chip fails to save data when the machine switches off.07E Service Information Bulletin 1 Symptom 1 Introduction The machine requests calibration of the replenishment rates after switching on.1 Differentiation Criteria for Control Boards and Clock Chips New control boards CM+9 5270 9450 3 (Label F8. The battery in the clock chip is empty.DD+DIS223. 1. There are no changes regarding the functions of the control board.5270.7890. The empty battery must be replaced.O.S. All data of the temporary infocounters is lost or displayed incorrectly when the machine is switched on again: • Status. 08 Classic E. either the clock chip or the Lithium battery of the clock chip must be replaced. Type 5270/100/105 Page 3 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential . No.

07E 2 Prerequisites NOTE: For an overview of the Control Boards I .O.S. 08 . SPARE PARTS: Order spare parts depending on the installed control board: • or • Clock chip Lithium battery Order number CM+9 0441 7030 0 Order number CM+9 0486 2012 0 for Control Board I for Control Board II TOOLS: • Small screwdriver • Small Phillips screwdriver • Grounding strap CM+9 9999 0830 0 • Graduated beaker (at least 1000 ml) Page 4 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E.Service Information Bulletin DD+DIS223.II refer to the Appendix. Type 5270/100/105 No.

08 Classic E. For an overview of the Control Boards I . Type 5270/100/105 Page 5 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential .2 describe the replacement of the clock chip as well as the replacement of the battery. NOTE: Sections 3.1 . 30 min 3. always depending on the respective SN range.1 Replacing the Clock Chip and/or Battery (1) (2) Switch off machine and disconnect from mains.S. Remove top cover and side panels on the right.1.07E Service Information Bulletin 3 Remedy REQUIRED TIME: Replacing the clock chip/battery Calibrating the replenisher pumps and setting the time approx..O. 3.II refer to the Appendix..1. No. 15 min each approx.DD+DIS223.

Type 5270/100/105 No. Insert the new battery in the correct position according to socket notch (1). Do not distort the battery when pressing it down! ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 IC57 C210 ST63 ST85 LITHIUM BATTERY ST57 SI2 ST54 ST62 ST66 S1 IC52 ST64 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST88 ST65 ST67 ST68 ST71 ST72 Brightness Con trast 1 ST81 ST82 ST15 ST87 Film Out R464 R465 IC78 ST74 ST76 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 disxxx_001.S.cdr Figure 2: Replacing the battery (5) Connect the machine to power. Insert the new clock chip in the correct position according to the socket notch (1).1. Carefully place the pins on the socket and do not distort the chip when pressing it down! ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 IC57 C210 ST63 ST85 ST57 SI2 ST54 ST62 ST66 S1 IC52 (4) IC 52 ST47 1 ST64 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST81 ST82 Brightness Contrast ST15 ST87 Film Out R464 R465 ST65 ST67 ST68 ST88 ST71 ST72 IC78 ST74 ST76 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 5273_10065_007.1 Type 5270 / 100 as of SFN 4500 up to SN 6106 (Control Board I or II) and/or Type 5270 / 105 as of SN 1138 up to SN 1142 (Control Board I or II): Replace the Clock Chip or Battery NOTE: Depending on the control board only one of the actions is required.cdr Figure 1: Replacing the clock chip IMPORTANT: Incorrect installation may result in damage of the newly installed clock chip. Control Board II has been installed ( action “battery replacement”).07E 3. see Figure 3: Replacing the battery. Either replace the clock chip (Control Board I): (3) Carefully pull the clock chip out of its socket using a small screwdriver. If the control board was replaced during repair. 08 . Or replace the battery (Control Board II): (3) (4) Pull the battery straight up to remove it. See Figure 1.O.Service Information Bulletin DD+DIS223. Page 6 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E. Control Board I has been installed ex-factory ( action “clock chip replacement”).

1. Do not distort the battery when pressing it down! ST55 MC29 MC28 MC27 ST89 ST90 IC57 C210 ST63 ST85 LITHIUM BATTERY ST57 SI2 ST54 ST62 ST66 S1 IC52 (4) ST64 ST53 IC50 IC51 IC63 ST65 ST67 ST68 ST88 ST71 ST72 Brightness Con trast 1 ST81 ST82 ST15 ST87 Film Out R464 R465 IC78 ST74 ST76 IC79 IC88 ST75 ST78 disxxx_001.DD+DIS223.2 Type 5270 / 100 as of SN 6107 (Control Board II) and/or Type 5270 / 105 as of SN 1143 (Control Board II): Replace the Battery (3) Pull the battery straight up to remove it.O. see Figure 3: Replacing the battery.cdr Figure 3: Replacing the battery (5) Connect the machine to power.S. Type 5270/100/105 Page 7 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential . No. 08 Classic E.07E Service Information Bulletin 3. Insert the new battery in the correct position according to socket notch (1).

Type 5270/100/105 No.1 3.2.2. Set the clock again. 08 . This resets all infocounters to zero (second operator required). Pull out the replenisher supply pipes of developer or fixer. Hold the end of the supply pipe in a graduated beaker (minimum capacity: 1000 ml).07E 3.2. Description Calibrating Rate Setting See chapter 3.1 Calibrating the Replenishment Rate Preparations: (1) (2) (3) (4) Press both arrow keys and hold them until the machine switches on.O.2 Setting the Data The following setup must be carried out for all machines: (1) (2) Calibrate the developer and fixer pumps. respectively. Remove the left hand side panel.Service Information Bulletin DD+DIS223.S. Page 8 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E.2 3.

Type 5270/100/105 Page 9 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential .DD+DIS223.O. 08 Classic E.07E Service Information Bulletin Start the calibration: 1 Cal Dev and Fix go to Test / Adjust 2 Settings Language Auto filling Service Service 1x 3 Service InfoCounters Test & Adjust Test & Service Adjust > 5 sec 4 Device ErrTest Autotest Test Input Test Output DEV Pump CAL 1x DEV Pump CAL FIX Pump CAL No.S.

. .S.Service Information Bulletin DD+DIS223. (30 seconds) Page 10 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E.07E Calibrate the developer pump: 5 Air Bleeding Service Reg PumpsOFF 1x NOTE: Start the "Air Bleeding" with the key until no more bubbles are visible in the developer supply hose! The removed chemicals can be poured back into the respective machine tanks. . 6 Air Bleeding Reg Pumps ON 1x 7 Air bleeding completed Start Test? 8 >1000ml Processing ### . 08 .O. . . Type 5270/100/105 No.

No.S. Type 5270/100/105 Page 11 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential .DD+DIS223.O. 08 Classic E.07E Service Information Bulletin 9 Processing! Service ############### Insert result xxxx ml supplied amount = XXXml 10 Dev Pump Cal in steps of 5 ml Calibrate the fixer pump: 11 FIX Pump Service CAL 12 Air Bleeding Service Reg PumpsOFF NOTE: Activate the "Air Bleeding" with the key until no more bubbles are visible in the supply hose for the developer! The removed chemicals can be poured back into the respective machine tanks.

Service Information Bulletin DD+DIS223. . 08 . . Type 5270/100/105 No. .S.0°C 2 Min Page 12 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E. (30 seconds) 16 Processing! Service ############### Insert result xxxx ml supplied amount = XXXml 17 FIX Pump Service CAL in steps of 5 ml 18 OK 34. .07E 13 Air Bleeding Reg Pumps ON 1x 14 Air bleeding completed Start Test? 15 >1000ml Processing ### . .O.

yyyy Time: hh:mm Date: dd.Press this key to cancel a setting.2. Call up the menu option <Set Date/Time>: Any Display and simultaneously and Settings Language Service 5 527003m10-e.S. Action Select <Set Date/Time> Set the date Confirm the set date Set the time Confirm the set time dd = day hh = hours = month = minutes yyyy = year Time: hh:mm Keys Result Date: dd.mm.yyyy Date: Time: mm mm No.DD+DIS223. 08 Classic E.cdr (3) Set date and time: NOTE: .2 Setting Date and Time (1) (2) Access the SERVICE program by pressing the keys holding them (5sec).O.07E Service Information Bulletin 3. Type 5270/100/105 Page 13 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential .mm.

07E 3. To do so switch the machine off and on again. 4. or display of date and time is still incorrect.S. 08 . After replacement of the Lithium battery: If the machine still request calibration. The machine no longer requests calibration. Page 14 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential Classic E.O.Service Information Bulletin DD+DIS223. the clock chip itself is defective and the control board must be replaced.1 Getting the Machine Ready for Operation (1) Mount all covers and panels.3 Disposing of the Battery and/or the Clock Chip (1) Dispose of the used clock chip and/or the battery in compliance with the disposal regulations by local authorities! 4 Checking the Remedy (1) Result Check the function. Type 5270/100/105 No. Correct date and time are displayed ( clock chip saves data).

7890._ No.S.x (x = 4) Clock chip with yellow Lithium battery Order number battery: CM+9 0485 2012 0 Lithium Battery F8.5270.6106 ex factory Type 5270/105 as of SN 1138 .1142 ex factory Control Board: CM+9 5270 9450_ Label: F8.7890.07E Service Information Bulletin 5 Appendix – Overview of Differentiation and Compatibility Criteria of Control Boards and Clock Chips Type 5270/100 as of SN 4500 . Type 5270/100/105 Page 15 of 15 Agfa Company Confidential .7890.5270.DD+DIS223._ Control Board I Black clock chip Order number: CM+9 0441 7030 0 F8.7890.5270. 08 Classic E._ Clock chip is not downward compatible Control Board II is downward compatible Control Board II Type 5270/100 as of SN 6107 ex factory Type 5270/105 as of SN 1143 ex factory Control Board: CM+9 5270 9450 x (x = 3) Label: F8.O.5270.

.

Site Planning 14 Section 14 contains all planning data including the required measures to be carried out on site before the machine is delivered. The section is divided into • • • Construction planning data Technical connection and performance data Safety instructions Section 14 .

.

: DD+DIS303.O.03E *1WACPK1* 1 piece WACPK MA 1 Classic E.S. CL Type 5270/105 INSTALLATION PLANNING and Technical Data Internal Update #5 R .CD _02 0 0 00 0_1 527 The Installation Planning Instructions can also be ordered separately. Order number: DD+DIS303.O.03E printed in Germany 03 / 2004 Agfa Group Confidential .Installation Planning Order No.S. Type 5270/100 Classic E.

Mechanical repairs and connections must only be made by certified technicians. Agfa Group Confidential . Note: Electrical repairs and connections must only be made by certified electricians. not only the safety devices! We reserve the right to change data and characteristics in the light of technical progress. CE Declaration: According to the medical directives the CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes void if the product is modified without permission of the manufacturer! This applies to all parts.Caution: This system uses mains voltage. Please observe the pertinent safety instructions. These instructions describe adjustments and routines. which must only be performed by qualified technical personnel.

..... light seal at the darkroom feed table ............... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E........................ Type 5270/100 ...O..................O.. 12 Installation at the wall opening ................. 14 Installation at the wall opening with light tight wall ........ 10 Classic E... Type 5270/100 .......... 16 Hoses and installation material.......................................... 9 Access for Repair and Maintenance....S...O............ Type 5270/100 ... Type 5270/100) ..................S............................................... 4 3 3.................... light seal at the dryer with light tight wall ....... film feed in the darkroom.........S...1 6..................... 12 Machine in the daylight. 7 Classic E...........O.................................S.............. 6 4 4......................O....1 Machine in the darkroom. CL Type 5270/105 ........................S............1 Installation .......O... 5 Classic E........2 System Overview............................. 15 8 8........... 1 Scope of Delivery and Accessories....................................... 8 5 6 6.2........03E Installation Planning Chapter 14 Contents 1 2 2..... CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Register 14 / I .................... CL Type 5270/105 ........ 3 Peripheral equipment.1 7...2 2...... CL Type 5270/105 ..2 Transport path ...........1 7.........O..S........................................................................... / Classic E.................S...............1 2...............3 2.................. 3 Classic E...................... 14 7.....O.O........................................... film exit in the daylight..............................................................................1 4..........DD+DIS303.............1.........S.. 5 Classic E.................... 11 7 7..........................1 3...............O........3 Light tight wall ............................... 10 Classic E....S.....................2 7..... Type 5270/100 .. 4 Exhaust connection through the floor. 12 Installation with light tight wall ...... 16 Edition 6...... 3 Classic E..... CL Type 5270/105 . 13 7...........S................. 7 Classic E...............S....4 Safety .......................1.....2 Machine Dimensions.........O.......................................2 Daylight / Darkroom Installation (only Classic E.................

................ 41 Chapter 14 / II Classic E.........2 8.......................................4 DD+DIS303............................................19 8....................S........................6.. 22 Disposal tanks ....O......................S............... 35 Film types........................1 8........................................... 37 12 12........................................................................................O..................................1 9..... 37 Classic E.........................................Installation Planning 8................................................................................7 8.................2 9......................................1 10.....................................25 Wall / machine connection at a water pressure > 6 bar.O............................................. 35 Film formats........03E Supply and disposal through the lower front panel (only Classic E................................................................ Type 5270/100) . 37 Classic E............................6.................5 8..... 20 Installing the disposal hoses..................S...............1 11............. 34 10 10...29 Exhaust connection through the floor ..2....................................7......26 Overview of adaptation parts for water installations: ....3 8.....................................................1 8........2 Exhaust connection .............................2 8..............4 Machine Specifications...21 8..........................2...4 Machine Standards and Directives ..S.......................... 36 11 11.......... CL Type 5270/105 ...... 35 Type overview.................................27 8............ 35 Functional data ............ 24 Wall / machine connection at a water pressure of 2 – 6 bar...........4 8............30 8.........17 Required openings for standard installations .. 29 Exhaust connection through lower front panel (only Type 5270/100)................................ 39 13 Checklist for Installation Planning ....2 Dimensions and Weights.....................3 Technical Data . 17 Instructions for breaking out the openings............................. 38 Electromagnetic compatibility ....S..3 10..6 8. 33 Ambient and climatic conditions .........................2.. 33 Electrical data .........2..................1 12............................................................8 Electrical connection of the machine ............................. / Classic E.....18 Installing the disposal hoses... 23 Water connection ....................................2 10....................................3.......3 Replenisher tanks for developer and fixer .. Type 5270/100 ... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential ........ CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6... 33 Transport and storage conditions .......3 8.....................................7............................2 12..............6.......... 31 9 9.....O.O............1 Supply and disposal through the floor.2 8..................3 12.... 38 Radio interference suppression....................................17 Installing the developer / fixer supply hoses............... 38 Safety..............................1 8..................... 38 Certificates and guidelines................................

• Ensure that only trained personnel have access to the machine. • Disconnect the machine from the mains before starting any maintenance. • If photo-chemicals get in your eyes.e. • If a mains connection is absolutely required these maintenance routines must only be made by specially trained personnel. • Wear stipulated protective clothing and safety goggles. • Avoid inhaling of chemical fumes. • When disposing of chemicals and waste water. • If the machine is not operated correctly. as well as the operating and warning instructions pertaining to these chemicals.S. • Built-in or external safety devices must not be circumvented or disabled.O. immediately disconnect the machine from the mains. i. • Always comply with the installation instructions. immediately rinse your eyes with cold water. • In case of visible damage on the machine housing the machine must not be operated or used. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 1 .S. • Verify tightness of all connections for chemicals and water. At least check whenever suggested in the operating instructions and/or service instructions. and environment. Agfa will not be liable for any resulting disturbances. Any other use may result in damage to the machine or may affect the machine function with the consequence that the machine can no longer be used as intended. • Repairs or modifications on the machine must only be performed by trained service personnel authorized by Agfa. Make sure that there is sufficient ventilation at the installation site of the machine. Afterwards see the doctor immediately. • Ensure that the machine can always be supervised and that any tampering is prevented. • When installing the machine make sure that either the mains plug or an all-cable disconnecting device is provided in the internal installation close to the machine and is easily accessible. • In case of conspicuous smoke or noises. as well as waste water. Special instructions for the handling of chemicals • When handling chemicals.DD+DIS303. damage or injuries. proceed exactly according to the warning instructions and/or the instructions published by the manufacturers of the chemicals. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. and must immediately be disconnected from the mains. an air exchange that is at least ten times the room volume per hour. on the machine in regular intervals. and therefore presents a risk for patients. / Classic E. you must comply with the local regulations concerning waste water and environmental protection. or if it is not serviced correctly.O. Agfa will guarantee safety only for combinations which are approved by Agfa.03E Installation Planning 1 Safety General safety instructions • The machine must only be used as described in the operating instructions. If required. Edition 6. • The machine must only be operated by qualified personnel trained on the machine. • If the machine is connected with other components or assemblies. always observe the applying safety and environmental regulations. cared for and serviced correctly as described in the documentation provided with the machine. this machine must be operated. • Like all technical devices. user.

The film processor must not be operated in the direct vicinity of the patients as defined in EN60601-1 and IEC 601-1.g. • The water connection is in compliance with DIN 1988 / EN 1717:2001.O.O. Subchapter B. the machine must immediately be disconnected from the mains and cleaned thoroughly by the service personnel. Class A.Installation Planning DD+DIS303. Adherence to safety regulations • This film processor meets the safety requirements as defined in EN 60950: 1997 (IEC 950) and EN 60601-1-2: 1993.2 No. Chapter 14 / 2 Classic E. / Classic E. and FCC 47 Part 15. UL 1950 and CSA C22. • Do not use additional chlorine or chlorine containing substances inside the processor.03E • If solution gets into the inside of the machine (e. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. EN 55011. Using these substances may void the manufacturers warranty.S. by spilling during tank filling). The use of additional chlorine or chlorine containing substances can lead to irreversible damage of the equipment. 950 and has interference suppression as defined in EN 50081-1.

OVERFLOW • Installation kit • Accessory box with small installation parts • Accessory box with installation parts for the exhaust • Technical documentation Type Power connection ABC Code 37XK3 5270/100 1 N~ 230 V (200-240 V) 50/60 Hz 2.O.3m long.S. OVERFLOW • Installation kit • Accessory box with small installation parts • Accessory box with installation parts for the exhaust • Technical documentation Type Power connection ABC Code EFPHK 5270/105 1 N~ 230 V (200-240 V) 50/60 Hz Edition 6. / Classic E.S. 1.O.DD+DIS303.O.1 Scope of Delivery and Accessories Classic E. self-adhesive • Pipe • Label (wrap-around) DEV. FIX. WAT. 1.03E Installation Planning 2 2. self-adhesive • Pipe • Label (wrap-around) DEV.S. CL Type 5270/105 Machine Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.O. WAT.S.2 Classic E. Accessory box • Wire chute • Exhaust hose including joint to the connection stub • Power cable UL NEMA 6-20 P • Power cable VDE CEE 7 standard cover VII • Sealing tape 12x12mm. FIX.3m long. Type 5270/100 Machine Classic E. CL Accessory box • Wire chute • Exhaust hose including joint to the connection stub • Power cable UL NEMA 6-20 P • Power cable VDE CEE 7 standard cover VII • Sealing tape 12x12mm. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 3 .S.O.O.S.

O.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.3 Peripheral equipment Mixer Mixer communication cable (Mixer to film processor) Replenisher tanks (2 x 30 liters) with level sensor / cable 5 m Replenisher tanks (2 x 80 liters) with level sensor / cable 6 m Type 5280 CM+9528030301 DD+DIS303.03E Type 8186 / 701 ABC Code: FJ1QL Type 8186 / 101 ABC Code: F98XW 2.4 Exhaust connection through the floor Order an additional exhaust stub Ø 100 mm.O. / Classic E. CM+9522030091 Chapter 14 / 4 Classic E.Installation Planning 2.

DD+DIS303.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 5 . According to the required configuration further installation planning for corresponding equipment (e.O. Type 5270/100 4 1 3 2 5270_10014_006. 5270/100 Disposal tanks or connection to a centralized disposal system Chemical solution mixer Replenisher tanks for developer and fixer instead of mixer Water connection via water filter (not shown) Depending on the customer’s wishes.1 TYPE 5270/100 System Overview Classic E.S. mixer) must be taken into consideration.g.03E Installation Planning 3 3. Edition 6.S.cdr Figure 1 The system requires the following components which must be considered in the planning: 1 2 3 4 -Film processor Classic E. / Classic E. the film processor can be combined with the following additional equipment.O.O.S.

S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . CL Type 5270/105 The system requires the following components which must be considered in the planning: 1 2 3 5 4 5270_10014_005. / Classic E.03E Classic E.S.O. According to the required configuration further installation planning for corresponding equipment (e.Installation Planning 3.cdr Figure 2 1 2 3 4 5 -- Film processor Classic E. the film processor can be combined with the following additional equipment.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. CL 5270/105 Laser Imager LR3300 Disposal tanks or connection to a centralized disposal system Chemical solution mixer Replenisher tanks for developer and fixer instead of mixer Water connection via water filter (not shown) Depending on the customer’s wishes.O.O. mixer) must be taken into consideration.2 TYPE 5270/105 DD+DIS303. Chapter 14 / 6 Classic E.S.O.g.

03E Installation Planning 4 4.16) 210 (8.18) 30 (1.36) 1130 (44. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Figure 3 Classic E.20) 470 (18.93) 30 (1.12) .O.O.95) 5270_10014_003.S.S.13) 495 (19.18) 80 (3.26) 1130 (44.cdr 540 (21.49) 985 (38. Type 5270/100 710 (27. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 7 105 (4.21) 945 (37.92) 710 (27.27) 60 (2.DD+DIS303.49) 120 (4.1 TYPE 5270/100 Machine Dimensions Classic E.S.72) 1065 (41.O.95) 385 (15.95) 615 (24.15) 710 (27.5) Dimensions in mm (inch) Edition 6.78) 760 (29.49) 130 (5. / Classic E.

156) 740 (29.38) 65 (2. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.95) .3) 420 (16.Installation Planning 4.cdr Classic E.156) 470 (18.81) 740 (29.S.87) LR3300 Dimensions in mm (inch) Chapter 14 / 8 Figure 4 5270_10014_004. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential 710 (27. CL Type 5270/105 710 (27.26) 1165 (45.344) 740 (29.2 TYPE 5270/105 DD+DIS303.03E Classic E.O.16) 795 (31.27) 35 (1.13) 210 (8.56) 1760 (69.S.54) 985 (38.87) 1020 (40.38) 650 (25.O.5) 120 (4.O.S.59) 1165 (45.72) 35 (1. / Classic E.3) 745 (29.95) 540 (21.

DD+DIS303.O.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.O.S. CL Smallest door width (Type 5270/100/105) without pallet with pallet at least 73 cm (29 inch) at least 82 cm (32 inch) Edition 6.S.03E Installation Planning 5 Transport path The film processor must fit through all doors and hallways on its transport path to the installation site. Classic E. / Classic E. / Classic E.O. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 9 .S.

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Type 5270/100 The required floor space for the film processor (with feed table. The free space indicated in the illustration must be guaranteed for repair and maintenance.03E 6 6.19) 310 (12.S.O.O. otherwise the time required for service will increase. Minimum dimensions: Do not go below this minimum space. / Classic E. Optimum dimensions: We recommend to plan on this free space.88 inch). chute and the required clearance on the left) is 1270 x 860 mm (50.O.S.cdr A Figure 5 (A) Operation side Dimensions in mm (inch) Chapter 14 / 10 Classic E.21) 5270_10001_004.1 TYPE 5270/100 Access for Repair and Maintenance Classic E.Installation Planning DD+DIS303. 2340 (92.03 x 33.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .

03E Installation Planning Classic E.57) 740 (29. CL Type 5270/105 6.O. 2710 (106.64) A LR3300 740 (29.92) 2120 (83. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.52) 1700 (66. otherwise the time required for service will increase.O.O.98) 40 (1.15) 600 (23.15) 600 (23.37) 860 (33.98 x 33.88 inch).88) 600 (23.2 TYPE 5270/105 The required floor space for the film processor in combination with the Laser Imager LR3300.58) 1000 (39.S.cdr A 300 (11.4) 5270_10001_005.76) 1910 (75.S. feed table. Optimum dimensions: We recommend to plan on this free space.25) 1710 (67.76) 380 (14.64) 400 (15.64) 700 (27.DD+DIS303. / Classic E. The free space indicated in the illustration must be guaranteed for repair and maintenance.S. In case of an installation of the Laser Imager LR3300 or another daylight system observe the installation documentation enclosed with the machine. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 11 .82) Figure 6 (A) Operation side Dimensions in mm (inch) Edition 6.77) 400 (15. chute and the required clearance on the left is 1700 x 860 mm (66.97) 3120 (122. Minimum dimensions: Do not go below this minimum space.

580 (22.cdr Figure 8 Dimensions in mm (inch) Chapter 14 / 12 Classic E.O. light seal at the darkroom feed table Installation at the wall opening Film feed Film output (wire chute) A 60° chamfer must be provided on the wall opening.8) Wall Wall base Wall opening max.8) max. 7.cdr Figure 7 Dimensions in mm (inch) Wall opening: min.1) 3 1 50 (1.1.1 7.97) 527214nm.Installation Planning DD+DIS303.O. Wall Wall base Light seal (foam rubber – by the meter) Order no. CM+0000014259 1 min.S.S.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .03E 7 Daylight / Darkroom Installation (only Classic E. Type 5270/105 has been designed for installation as daylight system.97) 2 527014jm. / Classic E. film feed in the darkroom.1) Darkroom 4 3 Daylight 6 2 5 50 (1. 1120 (44. 1120 (44. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.O. 680 (26.1 TYPE 5270/100 Machine in the daylight. Type 5270/100) Chapter 7 “Daylight / Darkroom Installation” only refers to the Standalone Version Type 5270/100.

2 Installation with light tight wall Film feed A 60° chamfer must be provided on the wall opening.0) min.4) max. 1120 (44. / Classic E.79 inch) with opening 2 50 (1.1) 5 7 6 527014pm.7) max.O. CM+0000014259 Darkroom Installation Planning TYPE 5270/100 3 2 4 1 Daylight min.cdr Figure 9 Dimensions in mm (inch) Wall opening Wall 1550 (61. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 13 . 20 mm (0. 1500 (59. 1110 (43.97) 2 1 1 min. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.3.1) max. 680 (26.cdr Figure 10 Dimensions in mm (inch) See 7.1) 3 Overlap wall / light tight wall at least 5 cm on all sides Wooden board. Wall Light tight wall Film output (wire chute) Wall base Light seal (foam rubber – by the meter) Order no. 1120 (44.8) 527014lm. Light tight wall Edition 6.03E 7.S.1.DD+DIS303. 670 (26.S.O.

O. 1110 (43.cdr Figure 12 Dimensions in mm (inch) See 7.S.cdr TYPE 5270/100 Darkroom 3 Daylight 2 Figure 11 Dimensions in mm (inch) The lower the height of the wall opening the more difficult will be the access to the film removal.Installation Planning 7.03E Machine in the darkroom. 1500 (59. light seal at the dryer with light tight wall Installation at the wall opening with light tight wall 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Film feed Wall A 60° chamfer must be provided on the wall opening.8) 527014lm. 1120 (44.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. 1120 (44.3.O. 670 (26. CM+0000014259 Wall base 1 min. Light tight wall Chapter 14 / 14 Classic E. film exit in the daylight.97) 3 2 1 1 min.1) 2 50 (1.2.79 inch) with opening min. Wall opening 3 1 2 Wall 1550 (61.1) 6 7 527014rm. Light tight wall Film output (wire chute) Light seal (foam rubber – by the meter) Order no. 680 (26. 20 mm (0.97 inch) on all sides Wooden board. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .2 7.4) max.1) max.1 DD+DIS303.0) Overlap wall / light tight wall at least 50 mm (1. / Classic E.7) max.

The manufacturer does not supply the light tight wall (wooden board) required for the installation of a film processor! Edition 6.16 inch x 35.03E Installation Planning Light tight wall 7.S.97 inch) must be guaranteed on all sides.DD+DIS303.7) max. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.cdr . 1120 (44. / Classic E. An overlap of 50 mm (1. 1110 (43.3 TYPE 5270/100 min.8) 1020 (40.1) min. 670 (26. 680 (26.2) Figure 13 Dimensions in mm (inch) Coverage of a wall opening of up to 1400 mm x 900 mm (55.O.46 inch) is possible. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 15 5273_10003_004.4) max.O.S.

93 inch) Order an additional joint for the floor connection! Supply CM+9521075161 CM+9521075041 CM+9521075050 CM+9034200440 CM+9522030091 Chapter 14 / 16 Classic E.12 CM+0000064082 fiber-reinforced Fixer blue (FIX) 10x3 / 0.16 CM+0000007620 (WAT) safety overflow fiber-reinforced The accessory box includes an approx.39x0.S.39x0.O.03E 8 8.94 inch) can be ordered by the meter: Order number CM+0000064117 Hose clamp Supply CM+9037170090 Disposal CM+9037200400 CM+7037196490 Exhaust Hose connection Disposal Threaded bush Y – connector Exhaust connection ∅ 100 mm (3.75x0. and safety overflow in the machine are marked by tapes: = developer = water DEV WAT = fixer = safety overflow FIX OVERFLOW Tapes to be wrapped around external hoses are included in the accessory box.75x0. 50 cm (19.1 Installation Hoses and installation material Only use fiber-reinforced PVC hoses Ø 19x4 mm for the external hose connections (outside the machine)! The supply and disposal hoses for developer.75x0.12 CM+0000064083 fiber-reinforced The following hoses are to be used for the disposal connections: Disposal Color Dimensions Order number connection (mm / inch) Developer red (DEV) 19x4 / 0. / Classic E.69 inch) long PAP hose for the exhaust connection.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.16 CM+0000064133 fiber-reinforced Fixer blue (FIX) 19x4 / 0. fixer. The following hoses are to be used for the supply connections: Supply Color Dimensions Order number connection (mm / inch) Developer red (DEV) 10x3 / 0. water.Installation Planning DD+DIS303. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . The PAP hose (Ø 100 mm / Ø 3.16 CM+0000064134 fiber-reinforced Water transparent 19x4 / 0.O.

S. tanks Developer supply Fixer 2 supply Water supply E D C B A F G H Figure 15 5273_10002_004.2 TYPE 5270/100 Required openings for standard installations (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) Exhaust connection Developer overflow / drain Fixer overflow / drain 1 Water overflow / drain Safety overflow.2 8.2. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 17 . 527303nm.DD+DIS303.cdr Figure 14 8. Type 5270/100) Instructions for breaking out the openings • It is not necessary to remove the front panel in order to break out the openings.O. • Mark the recesses to be broken out with a felt-tip marker.cdr Edition 6.O. • The material can be broken out by holding a screwdriver against he groove and hitting it with a hammer.03E Installation Planning 8.2. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.O.1 TYPE 5270/100 Supply and disposal through the lower front panel (only Classic E.S.

39x0.2.39 inch) Hose clamp Pipe stub Ø 10x1 mm (0. can be ordered.S.03E Installing the developer / fixer supply hoses Only use fiber-reinforced PVC hoses Ø 10x3 mm (0.CDR Figure 16 (F) (G) POS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Developer (DEV) Fixer (FIX) (A) Supply direction Configuration Pre-installed in the machine Not included in shipment.O.O.12 inch) for the external hose connections (outside the machine)! Position the hoses without kinks! Installing the developer / fixer supply: 2 1 3 4 5 7 8 9 6 7 10 G F A 527003OM. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.39x0. CM+0000064082 CM+0000064083 Not included in shipment.06 inch) Hose positioning / reinforcement bend-protection Hose clamp Hose connection stub Threaded bush Rubber elbow Ø 10 mm (0. CM+9511017920 Not included in the shipment. / Classic E.12 inch) fiber-reinforced Developer: red Fixer: blue Hose clamp 10 Chapter 14 / 18 Classic E. can be ordered. can be ordered. can be ordered.S.35x0. CM+9037200230 Designation PVC hose Ø 9x1. can be ordered. can be ordered. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . CM+7946064580 Pre-installed in the machine Included in the accessory box Not included in shipment.39x0.Installation Planning 8.5 mm (0. CM+7037200210 Not included in shipment.04 inch) PVC hose Ø 10x3 mm (0. CM+9511017970 Not included in shipment.3 TYPE 5270/100 DD+DIS303.

if this is permitted by the local regulations.2.75x0. CM+9037200400 Not included in shipment.S.DD+DIS303.16 inch) CM+0000064134 Water (transparent.75x0.03E 8. can be ordered CM+0000064133 . can be ordered. fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0. CM+9889629521 Not included in shipment.S. CM+7839185010 Not included in shipment.79 inch) 4 Threaded bush 5 Hose clamp 6 7 Rubber elbow Pipe stub Ø 20 mm (0.10 inch) transparent 2 Hose clamp 3 Hose connection stub Ø 20 mm (0. Install the drain hose to the floor drain. / Classic E.4 TYPE 5270/100 Installation Planning Installing the disposal hoses Only use fiber-reinforced PVC hoses Ø 19x4 mm (0.O.75x0. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 19 Included in the accessory box Not included in shipment. tanks Configuration Pre-installed in the machine Pos Designation 1 PVC hose Ø 19x2.16 inch) CM+0000007620 • Combine the hoses of the safety overflow (OVERFLOW) and water (WAT) with a Y piece and connect them with one drain hose.16 inch) for the external hose connections (outside the machine)! Position the hoses without kinks! A 1 2 3 4 5 5 5 7 8 Figure 17 6 B D E 527003QM.O.79 inch) 8 PVC hose. can be ordered.75x0.75x0.5 mm (0. Edition 6. can be ordered. fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.CDR (A) (B) (C) Drain direction Developer drain / overflow Fixer drain / overflow (D) (E) Water drain / overflow Safety overflow. fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0. Developer (red.16 inch) Fixer (blue.

12 inch) for the external hose connections (outside the machine)! Position the hoses without kinks! Classic E. (5270/100) TYPE 5270/100 Classic E. can be ordered.O.03E Only use fiber-reinforced PVC hoses Ø 10x3 mm (0. • Position the hoses together through the opening in the bottom to the mixer or to the individual tanks.35x0. CM+0000064082 CM+0000064083 Included in the accessory box H • If necessary shorten the internal supply hoses and insert the hose connection stub (4) again.06 inch) Hose clamp 3 Hose connection stub 4 10 Hose clamp 9 PVC hose Ø 10x3 mm (0.39x0.CDR Figure 18 Pos Designation PVC hose 1 Ø 9x1. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.39x0.O.S.S. Chapter 14 / 20 Classic E. / Classic E.3 Supply and disposal through the floor DD+DIS303.O. can be ordered.CDR H 3 10 1 4 5270_10014_011.5 mm (0.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O. CL (5270/105) TYPE 5270/105 H 1 4 9 3 10 1 4 9 5270_10003_016.12 inch) fiber-reinforced Developer: red Fixer: blue Safety pressure hose 9 Figure 19 Configuration Pre-installed in the machine Not included in shipment.Installation Planning 8. • Connect the fiber-reinforced (external) PVC hoses with the hose connection stub (4) of the internal supply hoses. CM+9037200230 Not included in the shipment.S.

16 inch) Configuration Pre-installed in the machine Not included in the shipment. Install the drain hose to the floor drain.03E 8.75x0.75x0. can be ordered CM+0000064133 CM+0000064134 CM+0000007620 • Shorten the internal disposal hoses if necessary and insert the hose connection stub (3) again.S.79 inch) 5 Hose clamp 8 PVC hose.CDR 5 Figure 20 Pos Designation 1 PVC hose Ø 19x2.1 Installing the disposal hoses Installation Planning WAT FIX2 FIX1 DEV 1 2 3 8 5270_10003_017. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 21 . fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0. fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0. Edition 6.O.75x0. fiber-reinforced): Ø 19x4 mm (0. • Connect the fiber-reinforced (external) PVC hoses with the hose connection stub (3) of the internal disposal hoses.16 inch) Water (transparent.S. / Classic E. CM+9037200400 Not included in shipment. • Combine the hoses of the safety overflow (OVERFLOW) and water (WAT) with a Y piece and connect them with one drain hose.5 mm (0.3.10 inch) transparent 2 Hose clamp 3 Hose connection stub Ø 20 mm (0. • Position the disposal hoses of developer (DEV) and fixer (FIX) together through the opening in the bottom and to the central disposal site.DD+DIS303. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.75x0.16 inch) Fixer (blue. if this is permitted by the local regulations. Developer (red.O.

/ Classic E. fixer.4 inch) an be ordered for the Mixer: CM+9528030301 Chapter 14 / 22 Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .O. developer.74 inch) maximum suction length: 15 m (590.55 inch) Replenisher tanks must not be installed inside the machine! The customer cannot refill the tanks! Level monitoring in the replenisher tanks Four plugs are provided on the Control Board PCB1 for connection of the replenisher supply for mixer. and for the anti-algae solution.Installation Planning 8.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. A communication cable with 20 m (787.4 Replenisher tanks for developer and fixer DD+DIS303.S.O.03E Replenisher pump with filter Replenisher tanks or Mixer Replenisher hose Figure 21 • To be observed for the use of individual tanks or a mixer: maximum suction height: 2 m (78.

not even in case of overflow due to clogged lines. Install the respective hoses and protection facilities. It must be guaranteed that developer or fixer solution never gets into the wash water. Centralized disposal Drain hoses (below the film processor) Figure 23 Edition 6. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 23 . / Classic E. or • Disposal in centralized disposal station Disposal connections through the lower front panel Disposal tanks Figure 22 In case of a disposal with individual tanks. and water.O. dated Jan.S. The installation of the disposal lines to the disposal tanks must be carried out professionally by authorized technicians.03E 8.S. Disposal through the floor: Disposal through the floor to the centralized disposal station with one disposal hose each for developer. In other countries the corresponding national regulations must be considered. if the wash water is drained into the public sewage system. In other countries the respective country-specific regulations and laws must be observed. 1994. In Germany this must be done in compliance with §19 WHG and DIN 1988 / EN 1717:2001. fixer.DD+DIS303.5 Disposal tanks Installation Planning For disposal of chemicals and wash water the regulations of the local authorities regarding the pertaining Sewage Act must be observed! If it is allowed to drain the exhausted solutions into the sewer. Disposal possibilities Disposal through the front panel (only type 5273/100): Disposal connections through the lower front panel: • Disposal in individual tanks (developer / fixer). Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. In Germany the pertaining regulations are the general minimum requirements for the disposal of waste water in waters. 31. and water is drained in the sewer. For maintenance purposes we recommend a separate drain fro cleaning chemicals.O. then the drain pipe must be a polyethylene pipe up to the main pipe (vertical drain pipe). Appendix 53 – Photographic Processes (silver halide photography). the disposal hoses are always filled with chemicals.

Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . 5 °C 6. Water pressure Water temperature pH value Water conductivity value 2 bar (200 kPa) to 6 bar (600 kPa) min.O. Chapter 14 / 24 Classic E.cdr Dimensions in mm (inch) Figure 24 • Position the safety pressure hose.oz.7) 5 6 7 Pressure reducer (manometer).03E Water consumption Permanent replenishment: max.O.S. all the way to the shut-off valve or pressure reducer. / min). 3µS/cm Reliable level detection in the water tank cannot be guaranteed if this value is too low. for water pressure > 6 bar Flexible safety pressure hose Solenoid valve Dirt filter 527314sm. Shut-off valve Clutch 1 2 3 4 not included in shipment Threaded fitting 2000 (78. Safety CM+9036260160 pressure hose: tested in compliance with DIN 57700 Part 600 2 m (78.Installation Planning 8. 3 liters / min (101. mounted at the dirt filter. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) 230 Edition 6.74 inch) long ³/4" union nut • For safety we recommend to provide a floor drain close to the machine.45 fl.5 to 8 min. Regulations The free water supply of the machine is in compliance with the regulations of DIN 1988 / EN 1717:2001 (technical regulations for the installation of drinking water). The water supply rate per square meter of processed film can be changed via code. / Classic E.S.6 Water connection Also see Chapter 3 DD+DIS303.

/ Classic E. This consists of a ventilation valve with integrated check valve. Y Z Pos. 150 mm Y Z 527214VM.DD+DIS303.03E 8.1 Installation Planning Wall / machine connection at a water pressure of 2 – 6 bar To protect the drinking water from a return flow of waste water via the hand shower a safety fitting (1) must be installed. The installation according to the standard DIN 1988 / EN 1717:2001 must follow the illustration! 3/4" (1/2)" (3/4)" USA 4 3 1/2" 1 2 min.CDR X Figure 25 If necessary the individual assemblies must X be supported.6. ½" chromium plated Hand shower with ½" hose Hexagon reduction ¾" USA piece (brass) Hexagon reduction ¾" piece (brass) Edition 6. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 25 .S.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S. 1 Cleaning sink Overflow Waste water Remarks optional Part number FU+8966008 FU+58618 CM+9034200580 CM+9034200590 Qty 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 Designation Size Safety combination.O.

CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.Installation Planning 8. / Classic E. The installation according to the standard DIN 1988 / EN 1717:2001 must follow the illustration! Set the pressure reducer to a pressure value between 2 and 6 bar! 1/2" 3/4" (1/2)" (3/4)" USA 1/2" 1 3 4 5 2 min.S. Y Z Pos.S.O.O. This consists of a ventilation valve with integrated check valve.2 Wall / machine connection at a water pressure > 6 bar DD+DIS303.10 bar Hexagon reduction piece (brass) Chapter 14 / 26 Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .03E To protect the drinking water from a return flow of waste water via the hand shower a safety fitting (1) must be installed. chromium plated Hand shower with hose Pressure reducer SYR 315 Manometer 0 . 1 Cleaning sink Overflow Waste water Dimensions ½" ½" ½" ½" ¾" optional Remarks Part number FU+8966008 FU+58618 FU+8656001 FU+8656002 CM+9034200590 Qty 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 Designation Safety combination.6.CDR X Figure 26 If necessary the individual assemblies must X be supported. 150mm Y Z 527214WM.

03E Installation Planning 8. chromium plated) A ¾ " internal thread + seal B ½ " external thread CM+7034215230 Reduction piece with seal (movable parts.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 27 .O.6. chromium plated) A ½ " internal thread B ¾ " external thread CM+7034200280 Reduction nipple (brass) A ¾ " external thread B ½ " internal thread CM+9034200590 Reduction piece (brass) Edition 6.O.DD+DIS303. / Classic E. brass.3 Overview of adaptation parts for water installations: Adaptation part with name Connection Order number/ part number A ½ " external thread B ¾ " external thread CM+7034200320 Reduction nipple (brass) A ¾ " external thread CM+9034200600 B ¾ " external thread Double nipple (brass) A ½ " external thread B ½ " external thread CM+7034200260 Double nipple (brass.S.

085-12 UNS-3B internal thread PIPE THREADS American National Standard Reduction piece (fitting for USA) A ¾ " internal thread B ½ " external thread CM+7523010550 Reduction piece (brass. / Classic E.O.Installation Planning Adaptation part with name Connection DD+DIS303.O. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . compact part) for ½ " screw connection CM+9896611740 ¾ " screw connection CM+9034200610 A ¾" union nut B ¾" union nut Pressure hose CM+9036260160 Flat seal Chapter 14 / 28 Classic E.03E Order number/ part number A ¾ " external thread CM+9034200580 B 1.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.

03E Installation Planning Exhaust connection 8. • Connection stub at the machine: ∅ 100 mm • Max. Edition 6.7.7 Also see Chapter 3 8. / Classic E. 50 m³/h – max. length of the exhaust hose: 5 m.1 Exhaust connection through lower front panel (only Type 5270/100) Dimensions in mm Figure 27 Flexible exhaust hose ∅ 100 mm Crossover Connection piece for exhaust hose The film processor has an integrated exhaust unit.O.O.S. If the hose is longer install an additional fan! • Exhaust volume: min. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 29 . 100 m³/h For functional reasons the exhaust connection must always lead out of the machine.DD+DIS303.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.

/ Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.O.S.Installation Planning 8. center hole through the floor _ 114 mm ∅> Order no. length of the exhaust hose: 5 m If the hose is longer install an additional fan! • Exhaust volume: min.03E Dimensions in mm Figure 28 Flexible exhaust hose ∅ 100 mm Exhaust connection through the floor Exhaust connection: 2 screw-type exhaust connections.7. Chapter 14 / 30 Classic E. 100 m³/h For functional reasons the exhaust connection must always lead out of the machine. 50 m³/h – max. • Connection stub at the machine: ∅ 100 mm • Max. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .: CM+9522030091 The film processor has an integrated exhaust unit.2 Exhaust connection through the floor DD+DIS303.O.

240 V) 15 / 16 A A GFI switch: (IN = 30 mA in compliance with VDE 664) is integrated in the machine. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. UL Electrical installations in the installation room must be in compliance with the regulation "National Electrical Code" (NEC) (NFPA 70). 8. 50/60 Hz (200 .5 mA < 0. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 31 .O.5 (3 wires) cable length 3. Leakage current towards PE Protective earth Installation regulations < 3. PVC line SJT 3 x AWG 12 (with plug NEMA 6-20 P) cable length 3.5 m usable length 2.DD+DIS303.8 Mains connection in the installation room VDE Double shockproof outlet according to DIN 49441 and CEE 7 standard plate VII UL Outlet for three-prong plugs NEMA 6-20 R Required connection cable (scope of delivery) VDE PVC line H05VV .S.S.3 m UL Cable included in the accessory box to replace the VDE cable.1 Ω towards ground VDE Electrical installations in the installation room must be in compliance with the regulations IEC 364.F 3G 1.4 m Main breaker Upon machine installation it must be ensured that either the mains connector or an all-pole circuit breaker for the installation on site is located close to the machine and easily accessible. / Classic E.4 m usable length 2.O. VDE 0100 and VDE 0107.03E Installation Planning Electrical connection of the machine Power connection Fuse protection 1N~ 230 – 240 V. Edition 6.

03E 1 4 2 3 Figure 29 Chapter 14 / 32 Classic E. 527314km.O.S. in compliance with VDE 664) Note: Parts and are not included in the machine shipment.Installation Planning Outlet connection: All-pole main breaker (option: if there is no access to the outlet) Mains supply with outlet Power cable with three-prong plug GFI switch (IN = 30 mA. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . / Classic E.O.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.cdr DD+DIS303.

1N~ 230 – 240 V. max. i. Make sure that there is sufficient ventilation at the installation site of the machine.S. 10 °C (50 °F). no condensation Avoid inhaling of chemical fumes.O. Electrical installations in the installation room must be incompliance with IEC 364 (VDE 0100 / 0107).O. max. an air exchange that is at least ten times the room volume per hour. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.DD+DIS303. Acoustic test ISO 7779 (airborne noise) during standby during film cycle max. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 33 .240 V) Safety regulations 9.45 kWh (1620 kJ) 2. A GFI switch: (IN = 30 mA in compliance with VDE 664) is integrated in the machine.2 Ambient and climatic conditions Room temperature min. 30 °C (86 °F) Room temperature min. 80 %. 35 dB (A) max. 48 dB (A) Relative humidity Ventilation Light-tightness Edition 6.e.S. / Classic E. 10 %.1 Technical Data Electrical data Power connection Power consumption: Standby (room temperature ~ 20 °C) during film processing Fuse protection Leakage current towards PE Main breaker 0.9 kW/h (10440 kJ/h) 15 A / 16 A < 3. maximum 2500 Lux The machine must not be opened during the operation. 50/60 Hz (200 . 5 °C (41 °F) below the set developer temperature min.5 mA Upon machine installation it must be ensured that either the mains connector or an all-pole circuit breaker for the installation on site is located close to the machine and easily accessible. It is light tight only if all panels are correctly mounted.03E Installation Planning 9 9.

) Film run (max.87 inch) into the room 250 W / 900 kJ/h into the connected 1200 W / 4320 kJ/h exhaust into the room 900 W / 3240 kJ/h total 2100 W / 7560 kJ/h Integrated exhaust in the dryer is a standard feature. 55 °C for 96 h (IEC 68-2-1 (Ab)) (IEC 68-2-2 (Bb)) Relative humidity in the given temperature range between 5% and 95%.75 N / in²) A cleaning sink with water tap and hose shower should be provided for maintenance work. The machine has not been designed for the installation in the X-ray room.03E Upon machine installation in the close vicinity to the X-ray room. Floor conditions Floor load Cleaning sink Heat emission (approx. During standby mode the exhaust can be set to half-capacity via the service program. 50 N / cm² (7.O. chemical-resistant floor covering (pH value 4 .75 inch) 20 cm (7. -25 °C for 72 h max.O. 70 cm (27.Installation Planning Radiation effects DD+DIS303. Chapter 14 / 34 Classic E. there is no internal screening against scattered radiation. the local regulations for radiation protection must be followed (protection of personnel against scattered radiation).3 Transport and storage conditions Ambient temperature up to max.11) A floor drain close to the film processor is recommended.) Exhaust connect. Waterproof.e. During film cycle the exhaust runs at full capacity.S.S. Minimum inside dimensions of the sink: Width Depth Height Standby (max. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. i. / Classic E.56 inch) 40 cm (15. values) 9.

O.240 V) 50/60 Hz 5270/105 1N~ 230-240 V (200 .O.1 inch) 35 x 43 cm (13. CL Type Power connection ABC Code ECZ26 ECZ38 5270/100 1N~ 230-240 V (200 . Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. / Classic E.9 inch) 43.S.9 x 3. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 35 .9 inch) 35 x 43 cm (13.S.S.O.1 inch) Roll film Type 5273/105 Sheet films Processing of roll film is NOT possible! smallest size largest size max.O.DD+DIS303.5 cm (17.3 Film formats Type 5270/100 Sheet films smallest size largest size max. 10. film width 13 x 18 cm (5.1 inch) Roll film Processing of roll film is NOT possible! Edition 6. film width 10 x 10 cm (3.1 Machine Specifications Type overview Machine Classic E.2 Film types All commercially available medical x-ray films suitable for machine processing. Classic E.5 cm (17.8 x 16.8 x 16.1 x 7.S.03E Installation Planning 10 10.9 inch) 43.240 V) 50/60 Hz 10.

8 l (196.S.4 Functional data Process code Feeding speed Processing time in DEV Processing time (film 35 x 35 cm) Film: end / end incl.2 °F) approx.O.6 fl.8 l (196.73 in/min) 18./min) 2 bar 6 bar min.45 fl.oz. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.oz.2 °F) Dryer step setting Standard setting replenishment cycles Developer / fixer Standard setting Replenishment rate Developer / fixer Water Range Replenishment rate Developer / fixer Water Water supply Adjustment range for water pressure min.Installation Planning 10.03E RP (2min) 80 cm/min (31.99 in/min) 12.3 sec 218 sec 253 sec 75 8.O. max. / Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential .2 °F) Fixer 2 tank temperature Heating time from 20 °C (68 °F) to 34 °C (93.) 5. 20 min 13 (Software Version CLLC1107.25 m² (3. Film Films / h (35 x 35 cm) Machine tank volumes Developer Fixer 1 Fixer 2 Water Developer tank temperature standard adjustable between 25 °C (77 °F) .15 fl.oz.18 fl.5 to 8 < 1 ppm 36 °C (96.oz.47 in/min) 38.5 in/min) 24.8 sec 107 sec 124 sec 150 DD+DIS303.9 sec 142 sec 164 sec 110 EXT (3min) 52 cm/min (20.4 °F) 34 °C (93.88 in²) 400 ml/m² 30000 ml/m² 50 – 800 ml/m² 3000 – 30000 ml/m² 3000 ml/min (101.8 °F) 34 °C (93.S.2 °F) 34 °C (93.) 10 l (338.) 38 °C (100.8 l (297.oz.15 fl. Water conductivity value Water pH value Silver concentration in the waste water HT (60s) 160 cm/min (62.39 °C (102.2 °F) Chapter 14 / 36 Classic E. 3 µS / cm If the value drops below this threshold reliable level detection in the water tank can no longer be guaranteed! 6. older versions: 10 steps) 0.5 sec 71 sec 82 sec 220 IP (90s) 106 cm/min (41.) 5.

kg (lbs) 200 (441) 135 (297) 165 (364) 11. Type 5270/100 Dimensions Length mm (inch) incl.95) Height mm (inch) 1460 (57.49) Weight with packing material without packing material with full tanks Weight approx. kg (lbs) 200 (441) 135 (297) 165 (364) Edition 6.48) 1130 (44.O.S. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.5) 710 (27.48) 1130 (44.S.O.5) 710 (27.1 Dimensions and Weights Classic E.S.95) Height mm (inch) 1460 (57. / Classic E.24) without packing 1270 (50) material (with feed table and chute) Width mm (inch) 800 (31.DD+DIS303. CL Type 5270/105 Dimensions Length mm (inch) incl.2 Classic E.49) Weight with packing material without packing material with full tanks Weight approx. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 37 .24) without packing 1070 (42.03E Installation Planning 11 11. packing box 1200 (47.16) material (with docking unit and chute) Width mm (inch) 800 (31.O.O. packing box 1200 (47.

12.Installation Planning DD+DIS303. Class B "Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Medical Equipment" (corresponds to VDE 0878. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. 1995 “Safety of Information Technology Equipment.O. Canada) US Standard FCC 47 Part 15.2 Radio interference suppression Europe In compliance with EN 50081-1: 1992 "Generic Standard for Emission Requirements".95 “Safety of Information Technology Equipment. Class A / Edition 8/ 1976 Equipment considered “Non-Household Appliances” 12. Part 81-1/ 03. / Classic E. Including Electrical Business Equipment”.S. 97).1 Machine Standards and Directives Safety Europe EN 60950 / A11 1997 "Safety of Information Technology Equipment" (identical with IEC 950: 1992 and with VDE 0805/ 11.03E 12 12. Part 22 / 04. Subchapter B.S. Canada CSA 22.O. business and commercial areas.3 Electromagnetic compatibility EMVG (German Electromagnetic Compatibility Act) and EC Regulation 89 / 336 / EEC. and in doctors’ offices. 93) EN 55011 1998. 950 .98) For equipment in residential areas. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . North-America (USA. Including Electrical Business Equipment”.2 No. EN 50082-1: 1997 EN 61000-3-2 “Limit Values for Harmonic Emissions” EN 61000-3-3 “Limit Values for Flicker” Chapter 14 / 38 Classic E. USA UL 1950 July 3. (identical with VDE 0839.

03E Installation Planning Certificates and guidelines CE Medical Device Directive 93/42 EEC TÜV Product Service Mark “Design tested and monitored” UL Approbation C-UL Approbation “Technical directives for drinking water installations. / Classic E.1994 (Germany) Ministry for Environmental Rubrique No.O.DD+DIS303.S. 2950 Maximum water consumption for Protection . Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.S.single-layer emulsions must not exceed a (France) maximum of 15l/m2 * . Part 4/ 1988 / EN 1717:2001 12. Value> Edition 6.4 General conditions and Appendix 53 – Photographic Processes administrative regulations for (silver halide photography) minimum requirements on the disposal of waste water into public waters. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 39 . dated 31.double-sided emulsions must not exceed a maximum of 30l/m2 * * Activated in the program <Service Settings / Replenishment / Wat. Repl.O.01. protection against reflux” E 477 50 (M) E 477 50 (M) DIN 1988.

O.Installation Planning DD+DIS303.O.S.03E Chapter 14 / 40 Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6.S.

O. / Classic E. length_____m Exhaust: connection piece installed on site Supply hoses installed Disposal hoses installed Exhaust connection installed Exhaust rate sufficient 9 10 11 Water connection Free space around machine Wall opening present Required minimum guaranteed considered 2 Transport path yes no 3 4 Installation version Unloading and unpacking Required external connections: 5 6 6 7 Film processor Mixer Silver recovery Hose connections 8 Air conditioning system Edition 6. water) Sufficient floor load Elevator (door size.S.S.DD+DIS303. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.O. load) Door size Daylight Darkroom Free space provided for lifting the machines off the pallet prepared: All-pole circuit breaker Outlet (distance to machine:_____m) Outlet (distance to machine:_____m) Outlet (distance to machine:_____m) Supply and disposal through rear wall Supply and disposal through the floor Exhaust hose required. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 14 / 41 .03E Installation Planning 13 Checklist for Installation Planning General 1 System components yes no Film processor Daylight system Mixer Replenisher tanks Centralized disposal Disposal tanks Silver recovery (fixer.

Copyright © 03. Germany Agfa Group Confidential . errors.03E Agfa-Gevaert AG All rights reserved Published by Agfa-Gevaert AG Fototechnik Tegernseer Landstraße 161 D . and technical modifications reserved AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert AG.2004 DD+DIS303.81539 München Misprints.

• Section 15 .Glossary / Key Word Index 15 Section 15 comprises of two parts: • Glossary: Explanation of special terms and abbreviations Key Word Index: Alphabetic listing of machine specific terms with reference to the section where this term is explained in detail.

.

... 1 Edition 6....................DD+DIS301....................O...S.... / Classic E....... Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E...S...O... CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 15 / I ...........03E Glossary / Key Word Index Chapter 15 Contents 1 Glossary .

.

O.S.S.03E Glossary / Key Word Index 1 Glossary BASEINIT Basic Initialization – Resets the parameters of the film processor to default (as delivered ex-factory). Type 5270/105 designed for operation in connection with Laser Imager LR3300 Darkroom feed table (Electrically) Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory European Economic Community Electromagnetic compatibility of devices European Norm = European Standard Ecologically Optimized System – Film processor with double fixer tank system. European Community Communauté Economique Européenne.O. main processor Cathode Rate Tube (Scopix) cassette Canadian Standards Association Developer. Electro Static Discharge Extended Process – longest processing time (3min) for top film quality Federal Communications Commission Ground fault interrupter (German abbr. which reduces the silver carry-over into the water tank considerably.O.S. Communauté Européenne.DD+DIS301. / Classic E. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 15 / 1 .: FI) Abbreviation for Fixer Serial Number. German Standardization Institution Machine version Classic E. consecutive number to identify machines (German: FN) Generic Array Logic Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Printed circuit (German: Gedruckte Schaltung) CE CEE CPU CRT cassette CSA DEV DIN DOCKING DUKA table (E)EPROM EEC EMVG / EMC EN EOS ESD EXT Process FCC GFI switch FIX SN GAL GFCI GS Edition 6. abbreviation Deutsches Institut für Normung. all customer specific settings are deleted and must be entered again in the SERVICE program. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E. European Economic Community Central Processor Unit.

Liquid Crystal Display Light Emitting Diode National Electrical Code National Fire Protection Association Original Equipment Manufacturer The current increase measured by the current sensor of the film processor when an additional consumer switches on. working memory of a CPU Infocounter Interface IP Process IR ISO Jog-cycle LCD LED NEC NFPA OEM Offset current OMT PAP hose PCB PE PG screw connection PLD PLLC RAM Chapter 11 / 2 Classic E.03E International Electro-technical Commission Immersion time Time a film spends in the developer solution. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Edition 6. Defined interface between a device and software.O.Glossary / Key Word Index HT Process IC IEC High Throughput Process shortest processing time (60 s) Integrated Circuit DD+DIS301. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential . solder-free plastic socket for chips with contact faces on all four sides Random Access Memory.S. / Classic E. Program module of the machine software to save machine indications and operation data. Object Modeling Technique Exhaust hose made of cardboard – aluminum – cardboard Printed Circuit Board. DEV Impeller Info Logbook Blade wheel of the circulation pump Function of the machine software which records detailed information about an occurred problem in chronological sequence. (in German “GS”) Protective Earth Heavy-duty screw connection (strain relief for cables) Programmable Logic Device Plastic Leadless Chip Carrier.O.S. Intermediate Process – medium processing time (90s) Infra-Red light International Organization for Standardization Replenishment of the set developer and fixer rate always after an hour without film development.

Indicator.S. CL (Type 5270 / 100 / 105) Chapter 15 / 3 . abbreviation Tiltwatch Timeout VDE WAT Edition 6. Institution of German electricians Water. to replenish the respective solutions Regular Process Standard processing time (2min) Procedure to check the sensitivity of photographic plates and films. Program module of the machine software to determine current reference values (only in machines with current sensor). fixer. the functional sequence or the complete machine will be stopped.O. or water. Indicator.DD+DIS301.S. / Classic E. which indicates if the machine was exposed to illegally strong impacts.O. which indicates if the machine was tilted. If a function cannot be carried out within a given monitored time frame.03E Replenishment RP Process Sensitometry Shockwatch SOLO TEACH IN Glossary / Key Word Index Supply of developer.O.S. Type 5270/100 designed for standalone operation. Machine version Classic E. Revision 0 Agfa Group Confidential Classic E.

.

S.Classic E.S. CL Type 5270 / 105 as of SN 1138 th Type 5270 / 100 as of SN 4500 Classic E.: DD+DIS301.O. 6 Edition Order No.O.03E c Te hn l ica Do cu m en ta tio n .